Eil BPCL Kochi Qap For NDT

Click on the Document Title to go to that section of the document
Table of Contents
Document Number Rev. Document Title Page
Number
A307-000-YF-MR- 0 ENQUIRY DOCUMENT 2
2853-1300-RFQ
A307-000-YF-MR- A Ultrasonic Flowmeters 102
2853
A307-000-16-51- 0 VENDOR DATA REQUIREMENTS 107
VDR-2853
A307-000-16-51-SIV- 0 SPECIAL INSTRUCTION TO VENDOR 110
2853
A307-000-YF-TQS- A TECHNICAL QUESTIONAIRE 117
2853
A307-000-16-51-CF- 1 COMPLIANCE FORMAT 118
2853
A307-000-16-51-MD- 0 DEVIATION LIST 120
2853
A307-000-16-51-ID- 0 DATASHEET INDEX AND DATASHEETS 121
2853
A307-000-16-51- 0 Installation Schematic for Flare gas Ultrasonic Flowmeter 166
0200
A307-000-16-51- 0 Process Ultrasonic Flowmeter with Spool Piece Schematic 167
0201
A307-000-16-51- 0 Ultrasonic Flowmeter Schematic (Insertion type) 168
0203
A307-000-16-51-OD- 0 UPSTREAM/DOWNSTREAM STRAIGHT LENGTH 169
2853
6-52-0011 0 Standard Specification for Ultrasonic Flow Meter 171
6-52-0032 4 Standard specification for electronic / pneumatic instruments. 185
6-52-0042 3 Standard specification for thermocouples, RTDs and thermowells. 201
7-52-0035 3 Thermowell. 210
A307-000-16-51-MD- 0 PIPING MATERIAL SPECIFICATION 213
0012
A307-000-16-51-SP- 0 JOB SPECIFICATION FOR NON-DESTRUCTIVE EXAMINATION 257
0016 REQUIREMENT OF PIPING
6-79-0013 1 Material requirements for carbon steel components used in sour 277
service for petroleum refinery environments
A307-000-16-51-MD- 0 Job Specifiaction for Surface Preparation & Protective Coating 283
0010
6-78-0001 0 Specification for Quality Mgt. System Requirements from Bidders 331
6-78-0003 0 Specification for Documentation Requirement from Suppliers 340
Page 1 of 351
EI Bhawan Annexe, Bhikaiji Cama Place, RK Puram, New Delhi – 110 066, INDIA
Phone No : 0091-11-26762121 ; Fax No : 0091-11-26191714, 26167664
REQUEST FOR QUOTATION (RFQ)
RFQ No. : SM/ A307-000-YF-MR-2853/1300 Date: 11–JUN-2014
Client : BHARAT PETROLEUM CORPN. LIMITED

Project: INTEGRATED REFINERY EXPANSION PROJECT
AT KOCHI REFINERY
MR No.: A307-000-YF-MR-2853
Item: ULTRASONIC FLOWMETERS
Due Date & Time: 10-JUL-2014 & Up to 1200 Hrs. (IST)
A Pre-bid conference will be held on 23-JUN-2014 at 1100

PRE-BID MEETING: Hrs. (IST) at R&D Complex, Engineers India Limited,
Gurgaon
At 1400 Hrs. (IST) on 10-JUL-2014 (at EIB - 5th Floor,

Engineers India Limited, Bhikaiji Cama Place, R.K. Puram,
UNPRICED BID OPENING: New Delhi – 110066, India) (In case the bid due date happens to
fall on Holiday, the next working day shall be deemed to be due
date)
PRICED BID OPENING: TIME & VENUE SHALL BE INTIMATED LATER.
Gentlemen,
Bids are requested on behalf of our Client M/s Bharat Petroleum Corporation Limited on e-procurement
system for the subject item in total compliance to technical specifications, scope, terms & conditions of enquiry
documents / attachments.
1. Bidder should submit their bids strictly as per the requirements outlined hereunder and as specified in
the material requisition.
2. The bidders are required to submit soft copies of their bids electronically on the CPP Portal only (URL:
http://eprocure.gov.in/cppp) using valid Digital Signature Certificates, on or before the bid submission
date and time. Bidders are required to register themselves at http://eprocure.gov.in/cppp).
Bidders to refer attached E-TENDERING METHODOLOGY (ANNEXURE-I) for detailed instructions
on registration and online bid submission.
3. Special Notes for e-tendering:
a. NIC Portal mandates that the bidders are to be registered on the portal. The enquiry is being issued
through EIL Tender Portal http://tenders.eil.co.in and Bidders can download the complete RFQ
documents from the EIL Tender Portal only. And bidders shall submit their bids through NIC Portal
(https://eprocure.gov.in/eprocure/cppp) only.
b. All those vendors who have still not registered on the NIC Portal are required to register on the same
(immediately after issue of enquiry on EIL Tender portal but not later than ten days before the bid due
date) for facilitating uploading of their bids on the NIC Portal failing which it will not be possible for them
to upload their bids. Pursuant to registration, the vendors are required to inform regarding NIC
registration details.
Page 1 of 7
Page 2 of 351
c. Only NIC registered vendors can upload their bids on the NIC portal. Therefore, all those bidders who
have not complied with the above registration requirements will not be eligible to bid. NIC registered
bidders will be able to upload their bids from about one week before the bid due date up to Bid Due
Date. However, an EIL enlisted vendor for the subject Limited RFQ who completes their NIC
Registration (including Digital Signature Certificate Registration) on NIC Portal atleast 2 (two) working
days prior to the Final Bid Due Date shall be allowed to upload their bids through a Corrigendum
issued by EIL in the NIC Portal, provided such request from the concerned Vendor is received in EIL
through E-mail by concerned Dealing Officer/RFQ Issuing Authority at least 2 (two) working days prior
to Bid Due Date. Request for extension in due date of submission of bids due to non registration
or delayed registration in NIC portal shall not be entertained.
d. The bid has to be necessarily submitted on the NIC Portal only. Inability of the bidders to upload their
bids on account of not completing the registration with NIC portal as mentioned above will not be a
reason for seeking BDD extension.
e. Enlisted vendors of EIL who have completed the registration on NIC shall only be allowed to submit the
bids through NIC Portal. Therefore, it is in the interest of the bidders that they register on the NIC Portal
at the earliest.
f. The vendor registration on NIC Portal is a very user friendly process. However, in case of any doubt,
the vendor may contact the 24 X 7 CPP Portal helpdesk at Contact No. 1800 3070 2232 or Mr. Amrit
Chaswal at Ph. No. +91-7532022483 / 011 2676 2073 and E-mail: [email protected].
4. Bidders in their own interest are requested to register on CPP Portal and upload/submit their bid well in
time. Bidder will be responsible for any delay due to other issues.
5. Bidders are required to upload the complete bid comprising of Part-I:- Unpriced Bid along with all
supporting documents & Part-II :- Priced Bid on the CPP Portal (http://eprocure.gov.in/cppp) only.- Refer
E-Tendering Methodology (ANNEXURE-I) enclosed with RFQ documents.
6. Upon the successful and timely submission of bids, the portal will give a successful bid submission
message & a bid summary will be displayed with the bid no. and the date & time of submission of the bid
with all other relevant details. The bid summary has to be printed and kept as an acknowledgment of the
submission of bid. This acknowledgment may be used as an entry pass for attending the un-priced bid
opening, if bidders so desire.
7. Technical specification should be strictly as per the Material Requisition attached. It may be noted that
the Bid shal be evaluated as received and technical queries may not be issued.
8. Commercial requirements are specified in the Special Instructions to Bidders, General Purchase
Conditions, Agreed Terms & Conditions (ATC) questionnaire and all other RFQ documents. The pre-
filled Agreed Terms & Conditions Questionnaire should be returned duly signed and stamped along with
copy of your un-priced bid.
9. The order, if placed, will be issued by our above-mentioned client.
10. If not bidding, please inform vide E-mail with attached regret letter within the due date & time, with
reasons(s) of not participating in the RFQ. In case there is no response, names of such bidder may not
be considered for issuance of future enquiries.
11. Direct bids only, without the intermediary of an Indian Agent will be considered from Foreign Bidder.
12. Repeat Order is applicable to this RFQ / MR as per GPC.
13. Delivery Period:-
FOR INDIAN BIDDERS: Within 8 Months on FOT Despatch Point Basis from the date of Fax of
Acceptance. Date of LR/GR shall be considered the date of delivery.
FOR FOREIGN BIDDERS: Within 7 Months on FOB International Sea Port of Exit Basis from the Date
of Fax of Acceptance. Date of clean bill of lading shall be considered the date of delivery.
Page 2 of 7
Page 3 of 351
14. Payment Terms shall be as per following:-
For Indian bidders: The payment to Indian bidders shall be made in accordance with S. No. 1.2,1.6
& 1.7 Under Section A of Special Instruction to Bidders (SIB).
For Foreign Bidders: The payment to foreign bidders shall be made in accordance with S. No. 2.1 &
2.5 Under Section A of Special Instruction to Bidders (SIB).
The offer should be valid for 04 (FOUR) months from final bid due date.
15. Only E-Bids uploaded in the e-tendering portal (http://eprocure.gov.in/cppp) shall be acceptable.
Physical bids and Bids/ Offer through Email or fax/ Telex/Telegraphic or Bids received in open
condition or Bids in any other mode shall not be accepted.
13. The bidder shall bear all costs associated with the preparation and submission of its bid, and the
Purchaser/Consultant shall in no case be responsible or liable for these costs regardless of the
conduct or outcome of the bidding process.
14 . Canvassing in any form by the Bidder or by any other agency on their behalf may lead to
disqualification of their bid.
15 . The E-bids received online shall be opened at EIL office on due date and time as specified above.
Bidder can view online the name of the other bidders who have submitted their e-bids after opening is
performed by EIL.
16 . All technically and commercially acceptable bidders will be advised of venue, date and time of priced
bid opening. Bids shall be opened online, hence bidders may review opening status at their places.
Interested bidder may sent their representatives (duly authorised by a competent person and having
the Letter of Authority as per proforma enclosed), of such technically and commercially acceptable
bidders. Time and Date of opening of Price Bids shall be notified to the qualified and acceptable
bidders at a later date.
17 . As Purchaser intends to contract directly with suppliers of the goods for which bids are invited, the
bids should be prepared by the suppliers and submitted directly. Purchaser reserves the right to reject
offers made by intermediaries.
18 . Addendum / corrigendum to the RFQ documents if issued must be signed and submitted along with
the bid.
19 . Bidders to note that price changes against Technical / commercial clarifications, in line with terms &
conditions of enquiry documents are not allowed. In case any bidder gives revised prices / price
implications against such clarifications, their bid shall be liable for rejection.
20 EIL reserves the right to use in-house information for assessment of bidder’s capability for
consideration of bid.
21 In case any bidder is found to be involved in cartel formation, his bid will not be considered for
evaluation / placement of order. Such bidder will also be debarred from bidding in future.
22 The bidder who is providing the technology from the company which is recently acquired / taken over
by them or purchasing the technology by other companies, shall provide proper documentary
evidence. In the absence of the same their offer shall be liable for rejection.
23 Bidders are requested to quote as per their capability as registered in EIL, as on the date of issue of
RFQ.
24 Owner reserves its right to allow Public Sector Enterprises (Central/State), Micro & Small Enterprises
(MSEs) and MSEs owned by Scheduled Caste (SC)/ Scheduled tribe (ST) entrepreneurs, purchase
preference as admissible/applicable from time to time under the existing Govt. policy. Bidder to
submit documentary evidence for the same duly certified by Statutory Auditor of the bidder or a
practicing Chartered Accountant (not being an employee or a Director or not having any interest in the
Bidder’s company / firm) where audited accounts are not mandatory as per law.). In this regard, item
wise quantity may be splitted and the quoted price shall remain valid.
25 The Net Worth of the bidder should be positive as per the immediate preceding year's audited
Page 3 of 7
Page 4 of 351
financial results. If the bidder is not meeting the above criteria their bid shall not be evaluated further.
Bidders are therefore requested to furnish the Audited Financial Statement for the immediate
preceding year including Profit & Loss Account.
Bidders are required to submit the complete audited financial report for the preceding
financial year including balance sheet, profit and loss statements along with all relevant
annexures required to assess the positive net worth of the bidder in that financial year. Failure
to submit the same may render your bid liable for rejection.
In place of complete Annual Financial Documents required for the assessment of the Net
Worth, the bidder can provide a certificate from any Practicing Chartered Accountant or their
Statutory Auditor in case of foreign bidders and from statutory auditor in case of indigenous
bidders that their net worth is positive as per the last audited financial statement as per
formula given in Annexure-II
26 PRE-BID MEETING
26.1 The bidder(s) or his official representative are invited to attend a Pre-Bid Meeting on 23-JUN-
2014 at 1100 hours (IST) which will take place at R&D Complex, Gurgaon.
26.2 The bidder is requested to submit any questions by courier/fax/e-mail to reach EIL at least
two working days before pre bid meeting. These questions shall be replied during the pre bid
meeting.
26.3 Record Notes including the test of the questions raised (without identifying the sources of the
query) and the responses given will be transmitted to all bidders.
27 Purchaser reserve the right to make any changes in the terms and conditions of purchase and to
reject any or all the bids.
Contact Persons for this RFQ are:

Mr Subhendu Mondal, AGM(C&P),
Phone No. +91-(0)11-2676-3883 & email: [email protected]
Mr L.Thavurya, Senior Manager (C&P),
Ms. Chandreyee M Das, Engineer (C&P),
Page 4 of 7
Page 5 of 351
* Please specify RFQ. No. SM/ A307-000-YF-MR-2853/1300 in all Correspondence.
THIS IS NOT AN ORDER
Very truly yours,
For & on behalf of
Bharat Petroleum Corporation Limited
(SUBHENDU MONDAL)
ASST. GEN. MANAGER(C&P)
ENGINEERS INDIA LIMITED
Enclosure: As per List Attached
LIST OF ENCLOSURES
DOCUMENT
A) Request For Quotation (RFQ)
B) Proforma of Letter of Authority for Attending Un-priced / Priced Bid Opening
C) Price Schedule Format (For Indian Bidders)
D) Price Schedule Format (For Foreign Bidders)
E) Commercial document:
i) Agreed Terms & Conditions (For Indian Bidders)
ii) Agreed Terms & Conditions (For Foreign Bidders)
iii) Agreed terms and Conditions (For Indian Sourced Items supplied by
Foreign Bidder)
iv) Special Instruction to Bidders (SIB)
v) General Purchase Conditions (Indian)
vi) General Purchase Conditions (Imported)
vii) Terms & Conditions for Supervision (For Indian Bidders)
viii) Terms & Conditions for Supervision (For Foreign Bidders)
ix) Special Packaging Requirements ( For Foreign Bidders)
x) Tax Residency Certificate
xi) Proforma of Bank Guarantee (Performance)
xii) Integrity Pact
xiii) E-tendering Methodology (Annexure-I).
xiv) Instructions for Foreign bidders for DSC
F) Technical document MR No. A307-000-YF-MR-2853
Page 5 of 7
Page 6 of 351
Proforma of Letter of Authority
for Attending Unpriced / Priced Bid Opening
No. Date:
The Asst.General Manager (C&P)

Engineers India Limited
Engineers India Bhawan EIB-5th Floor
1-Bhikaiji Cama Place
New Delhi – 110 066
India
Attn.: Mr. S.MONDAL
Dear Sir,
We ………………………………………..hereby authorise following representative(s) to attend the

Unpriced / Priced Bid Opening against your RFQ No……………..……… .……………..………… for
……………..….……………………… (Item Name)
1. Name & Designation …………………………. Signature ……………………….
2. Name & Designation …………………………. Signature ……………………….
We confirm that we shall be bound by all and whatsoever our representative(s) shall commit.
Yours faithfully,
Signature _________________________
Name & Designation ________________
For & on behalf of __________________
Note:
This Letter of Authority should be on the letterhead of the bidder and should be signed by a
person competent and having the Power of Attorney to bind the bidder.
Page 6 of 7
Page 7 of 351
ANNEXURE-I
PROVISIONS FOR MICRO AND SMALL ENTERPRISES UNDER PPP, 2012
i) In Tender, participating Micro and Small Enterprises quoting price within price band of L1+15%
shall also be allowed to supply a portion of requirement by bringing down their prices to L1 price
in a situation where L1 price is from someone other than a micro and small enterprises and such
micro and small enterprises shall be allowed to supply upto 20% of the total tendered value. In
case of more than one such Micro and Small Enterprises, the supply shall be shared
proportionately (to tendered quantity). Further, out of above 20%, 4% (20% of 20%) shall be
from MSEs owned by SC/ST entrepreneurs. This quota is to be transferred to other MSEs in case
of non-availability of MSEs owned by SC/ST entrepreneurs.
ii) The quoted prices against various items shall remain valid in case of splitting of quantities of the
items as above.
iii) In case bidder is a micro or Small Enterprise under the Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises
Development Act, 2006, the bidder shall submit the following:
a) Documentary evidence that the bidder is a Micro or Small Enterprises registered with
District Industries Centers or Khadi and Village Industries Commission or Khadi and
Village Industries Board or Coir Board or National Small Industries Corporation or
Directorate of Handicrafts and Handloom or any other body specified by Ministry of
Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises.
b) If the MSE is owned by SC/ST Entrepreneurs, the bidder shall furnish appropriate
documentary evidence in this regard.
c) The above documents submitted by the bidder shall be duly certified by the
Statutory Auditor of the bidder or a practicing Chartered Accountant (not
being an employee or a Director or not having any interest in the bidder’s
company/ firm) where audited accounts are not mandatory as per law.
If the bidder does not provide the above confirmation or appropriate document or any evidence, then it
will be presumed that they do not qualify for any preference admissible in the Public Procurement Policy
(PPP), 2012.
Note :- The provisions for micro & small enterprises under PPP, 2012 mentioned above shall only
be applicable for such items for which evaluation shall be done on item wise basis and
the same shall not be applicable for items for which group wise / block wise (more than
one tag/ item) evaluation is to be done.
Page 7 of 7
Page 8 of 351
PREAMBLE TO PRICE SCHEDULE (INDIAN BIDDER)
RFQ NO. SM/A307-000-YF-MR-2853/1300
ITEM : ULTRASONIC FLOWMETERS
COMPANY'S NAME: M/s -------------------------------------

1 Scope of supply including testing, inspection, documentation etc., shall be strictly as per Material Requisition and other documents which are part of RFQ.
2 Indian Bidders must quote item wise Freight charges in the space provided in the price schedule.
3 Bidder shall furnish built-in CIF value if any, against each quoted item, giving details of description of goods, qty. rate of Custom Duty etc. in attached Format-"CIF/CD".
4 Bidder to clearly indicate 'Quoted' or "Not Quoted" against each group in the price column in the unpriced Price Schedule. Bidders to submit Price Part of above Price
Schedule in their Priced Bid and Unpriced Part with the Unpriced Bid.
5 Bidder shall furnish prices/details as above, in accordance with Instructions To Bidders/ Request for Quotation.
6 All the Columns of quoted items in the Price Schedule must be filled with required information, as applicable.
7 Bidder must quote the price in enclosed Price Schedule formats only. The formats shall not be changed and/or retyped.
8 Quoted prices are firm and fixed till complete execution of the entire order and no variation on any account is allowed.
9 TPI shall be done by EIL/BPCL & charges for the same shall be borne by them. However for Imported components charges for TPI shall be done by the agencies
mentioned in SIB & should be included in quoted supply price.
10 Itemised Prices for 2 years operation & maintenance spares shall be furnished as per enclosed format and shall not be included in the quoted supply prices. Prices for
2 years operation & maintenance spares should be valid for 12 months from Contractual Delivery Date for main equipment.
11 Bidders shall quote per diem supervision charges as per Material Requisition in the relevant Price Schedule Format enclosed herewith.
12 Bidder must upload scanned copy of Unit Rates of each Tag/items of all groups & submit alongwith their Priced Bid in separate folder in the e-tendering
portal. Blank (Unpriced) copy of the same, duly stamped & signed on each page specifying "Quoted/Not Quoted", as applicable shall also be submitted
with the Unpriced Bid.
13 In case of any discrepancy between Unit Price and Total Price, Unit Price shall prevail.
14 Evaluation shall be done on groupwise basis. Hence Bidder shall quote for all items in a group, failing which bid shall be liable for rejection on account of incomplete
scope.
15 Bidder to confirm that he has noted the contents of the Preamble to the Price Schedule, Price Schedule, RFQ, Material Requisition etc and quoted his prices
accordingly without any deviation.
NOTES: 1. Bidders are mandatorily required to enter their name in the each page of excel file / pdf file of Price Schedule provided in the e-tender portal for
submission of Unpriced & price bid.
2.Price Schedule contains total 6 pages .
Page 9 of 351
PRICE SCHEDULE FOR SUPPLY (INDIAN BIDDERS)
RFQ NO. SM/A307-000-YF-MR-2853/1300
NAME OF BIDDER: M/S
Group as per Items Code Qty (LOT) Total Price on FOT Despatch Total Freight Charges upto Cenvatable Service Tax
MR. Point Price including P&F Project Site (Including included Transportation
(INR) service Tax) (INR) Charges in %
1 2 3 4 5 6
1 SUPPLY OF FOLLOWING ITEMS AS PER COMPLETE SCOPE MENTIONED IN MR. NO. A307-000-YF-MR2853 COMPLETE IN ALL RESPECTS
Ultrasonic Flowmeter with Spool Piece (Process Liquid-0ID
GROUP A: 1
Qty - 1 no.)
Ultrasonic Flowmeter with Spool Piece (Process Liquid-0IF
GROUP B: 1
Qty - 1 no.)
Ultrasonic Flowmeter with Spool Piece (Process Liquid-0IY
GROUP C: 1
Qty - 1 no.)
Ultrasonic Flowmeter without Spool Piece (Process Liquid-0IY
GROUP D: 1
Qty - 2 nos.)
Ultrasonic Flowmeter with Spool Piece (Process Gas-0IY Qty -
GROUP E: 1
2 nos.)
GROUP F: Ultrasonic Flowmeter Cooling Water (IUS Qty- 1 no.) 1
GROUP G: Ultrasonic Flowmeter Raw Water (IUR Qty- 2 nos.) 1
GROUP H: Ultrasonic Flowmeter Flare (IUF & IUS Qty- 2 nos.) 1
GROUP I: Ultrasonic Flowmeter Flare (IFP Qty- 2 nos.) 1

GROUP J: Ultrasonic Flowmeter Flare (00H Qty- 1 no.) 1
5 Supply of two years operation and Maintenance Spares, as per MR. Bidder to furnish itemised price list for each tag no. as per MR in the Format enclosed with
this price schedule.
6 Unit Rates of items for addition/deletion purpose, as per MR. Furnished itemwise Unit Rates for addition/ deletion as per Cl. No. A1 (e) of Special
Instruction to Vendors.
8 Supervision of erection,testing and commissioning of items specified at Bidder shall quote Per Diem Rate for Supervision in separate sheet enclosed with this
item 1.00 above as per MR. price schedule.
Page 10 of 351
ENCLOSURE TO PRICE SCHEDULE FOR SUPPLY (INDIAN BIDDERS)
FORMAT - "CIF/CD"
RFQ NO. SM/A307-000-YF-MR-2853/1300
NAME OF BIDDER: M/S __________________________
DETAILS OF BUILT-IN-CIF VALUE OF IMPORT CONTENT CONSIDERED AND INCLUDED IN QUOTED FOT DESPATCH POINT PRICES UNDER PRICE SCHEDULE
DESCRIPTION CIF value of Import Content included RATE OF IMPORT DUTY INCLUDED IN QUOTED SUPPLY PRICES
For Item Description Qty. in quoted supply prices for column CUSTOM BASIC CVD + EDU. EDU. CESS SAD (%) TOTAL
Sl . No. of Imported (Unit____) (2) Qty. TARIFF CUSTOMS CESS ON ON CUSTOM
as per Items *(1) (In Rs) NO. DUTY (%) CVD (%) CUSTOM DUTY (%)
MR DUTY (%)
Rate in Rate in Words

Figures
1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9
7
i)_____
ii)_____
iii)______
iv)_____
For Item v)_____

SL. No 1 vi)______
TOTAL CIF VALUE

NOTE: *(1) Unit to be specified by the Bidder.
2) Bidder to furnish the above details separatly for each item S. No. of MR.
Page 11 of 351
PRICE SCHEDULE FOR 2 YEARS OPERATION & MAINTENANCE SPARES (FOR INDIAN BIDDER)
RFQ NO. SM/A307-000-YF-MR-2853/1300
NAME OF BIDDER: M/S __________________________
S. NO. Item Tag Nos. Description of spare Qty Unit FOT Despatch Point Total FOT Despatch Point Transportation Charges up to
parts (Unit_____)* Price including P&F Price including P&F Site excluding Service Tax in
(INR) (INR) percentage of price
mentioned in column 6
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
*UNIT TO BE SPECIFIED BY BIDDER
Page 12 of 351
PRICE SCHEDULE FOR SUPERVISION (FOR INDIAN BIDDER)
RFQ NO. SM/A307-000-YF-MR-2853/1300
NAME OF BIDDER:
M/s__________________________
Item SL. Description of Items as per No. of Personnel Per Manday charges (Per person) Overtime rate/ hour beyond normal Overtime rate/ hour for work on Service Tax Plus Ed.
No. as MR Required for 8 hours work on normal 8 hours work on normal working weekly off days / holidays (as Cess in %
per MR working day excluding Service days excluding Service Tax & Edu. applicable to Refinery Site)
Tax & Edu. Cess thereon. (INR) Cess thereon. excluding Service Tax & Edu.
(INR) Cess thereon. (INR)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 Per-Diem rate for Supervision of erection, testing and commissioing of items as per scope mentioned in MR.
8 For Sr. No. 1 of MR
08.01 GROUP A:
08.02 GROUP B:
08.03 GROUP C:
08.04 GROUP D:
08.05 GROUP E:
08.06 GROUP F:
08.07 GROUP G:
08.08 GROUP H:
08.09 GROUP I:
08.10 GROUP J:
Note
1 Per manday charges quoted by the bidder at Col 4 shall be in accordance with the "Terms & Conditions for Supervision of Erection & Commissioning" enclosed with the
RFQ Document and shall be inclusive of all charges including To& Fro travelling charges. Bidder to note that nothing extra shall be paid by the owner over and above the
quoted per manday charges except Cenvabale Service Tax which shall be payable extra..
2 For evaluation purpose, 1 (One) manday for each group as per MR shall be considered for supervision. If bidder quotes different per manday charges for different
supervisory personnel then maximum per manday charges quoted shall be considered for evaluation.
3 Bidder to note that apart from above quoted price, no price for supervision shall be quoted elsewhere.
Page 13 of 351
PREAMBLE TO PRICE SCHEDULE (FOREIGN BIDDER)
RFQ NO. SM/A307-000-YF-MR-2853/1300
NAME OF BIDDER: M/S __________________________
1 Scope of supply including testing, inspection, documentation etc., shall be strictly as per Material Requisition and other documents which are part of RFQ.
2 Bidder must quote Air Freight Charges in the space provided in the price schedule.
3 All the Columns of quoted items in the Price Schedule must be filled with required information, as applicable.
4 Bidder must quote the price in enclosed Price Schedule formats only. The formats shall not be changed and/or retyped.
5 Quoted prices are firm and fixed till complete execution of the entire order and no variation on any account is allowed.
6 Bidder's quoted prices are inclusive of TPI Charges, TPI Agency will be Lloyds/BV/DNV/TUV/CEIL.
7 Bidder must submit signed and stamped Un-Priced copy of Price Schedule indicated "Quoted" or "Not Quoted" against each item with their Unpriced offer.
8 Foreign Bidder shall quote in USD / Euro / INR only.
9 Itemised Prices for 2 years operation & maintenance spares shall be furnished as per enclosed format and shall not be included in the quoted supply prices. Prices for 2 years operation &
maintenance spares should be valid for 12 months over and above the bid validity.
10 Bidders shall quote per diem supervision charges as per Material Requisition in the format enclosed.
11 Bidder must upload scanned copy of Unit Rates of each Tag/items of all groups & submit alongwith their Priced Bid in separate folder in the e-tendering portal. Blank (Unpriced)
copy of the same, duly stamped & signed on each page specifying "Quoted/Not Quoted", as applicable shall also be submitted with the Unpriced Bid.
12 In case of any discrepancy between Unit Price and Total Price, Unit Price shall prevail.
13 Evaluation shall be done on groupwise basis. Hence Bidder shall quote for all the requirements of MR / RFQ, failing which bid shall be liable for rejection on account of incomplete scope.
14 Bidder to confirm that he has noted the contents of the Preamble to the Price Schedule, Price Schedule, RFQ, Material Requisition etc and quoted his prices accordingly without any deviation.
NOTES: 1.Bidders must submit this document duly signed and stamped with both unpriced & priced offer.
2.Price Schedule contains total 5 pages .
Page 14 of 351
PRICE SCHEDULE (FOREIGN BIDDER)
RFQ NO. SM/A307-000-YF-MR-2853/1300
NAME OF BIDDER: M/S __________________________
FOR ITEM SUPPLIED FROM FOREIGN FOR ITEMS SOURCED FROM INDIA
Total Price on FCA Total Air Freight Charges from FCA Total FOT SITE Basis including P&F &
GROUP AS QTY International Air Port Basis as International Airport upto Kochi Air transportation charges, taxes & duties as per
DESCRIPTION/ TAG NO.
PER MR. (LOT) per Incoterms 2010) (Currency - Port (India) Annexure-I attached with SIB. (If applicable)
-------------) (Currency --------------) (CURRENCY-----)
1 SUPPLY OF FOLLOWING ITEMS AS PER COMPLETE SCOPE MENTIONED IN MR. NO. A307-000-YF-MR-2853 COMPLETE IN ALL RESPECTS
GROUP A: Ultrasonic Flowmeter with Spool Piece (Process Liquid-0ID Qty - 1 no.) 1
GROUP B: Ultrasonic Flowmeter with Spool Piece (Process Liquid-0IF Qty - 1 no.) 1
GROUP C: Ultrasonic Flowmeter with Spool Piece (Process Liquid-0IY Qty - 1 no.) 1
GROUP D: Ultrasonic Flowmeter without Spool Piece (Process Liquid-0IY Qty - 2 nos.) 1
GROUP E: Ultrasonic Flowmeter with Spool Piece (Process Gas-0IY Qty - 2 nos.) 1
GROUP F: Ultrasonic Flowmeter Cooling Water (IUS Qty- 1 no.) 1
GROUP G: Ultrasonic Flowmeter Raw Water (IUR Qty- 2 nos.) 1
GROUP H: Ultrasonic Flowmeter Flare (IUF & IUS Qty- 2 nos.) 1
GROUP I: Ultrasonic Flowmeter Flare (IFP Qty- 2 nos.) 1

GROUP J: Ultrasonic Flowmeter Flare (00H Qty- 1 no.) 1
5 Supply of two years operation and Maintenance Spares, as per MR. Bidder to furnish itemised price list for each tag no. as per MR in the Format enclosed with this price schedule.
6 Unit Rates of items for addition/deletion purpose, as per MR. Furnished itemwise Unit Rates for addition/ deletion as per Cl. No. A1 (e) of Special Instruction to Vendors.
8 Supervision of erection,testing and commissioning of items specified at Bidder shall quote Per Diem Rate for Supervision in separate sheet enclosed with this price schedule.
item 1.00 above as per MR.
Page 15 of 351 Page 2 of 4

PRICE SCHEDULE FOR 2 YEARS OPERATION & MAINTENANCE SPARES (FOR FOREIGN BIDDER)
RFQ NO. SM/A307-000-YF-MR-2853/1300

NAME OF BIDDER: M/S __________________________
S. NO. Item Tag Nos. Description of spare Qty (Unit_____)* Unit Price on FCA International Air Port Prices Total Price on FCA International Air Port Prices Air Freight Charges from International Air
parts as per INCOTERMS 2010 as per INCOTERMS 2010 Port to Kochi Airport (India)
(Currency………...) Col (4 x 5 ) in %(percentage) -applicable extra on
(Currency……...) Column No.6
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
*UNIT TO BE SPECIFIED BY BIDDER
Page 16 of 351
PRICE SCHEDULE FOR SUPERVISION (FOR FOREIGN BIDDER)
RFQ NO. SM/A307-000-YF-MR-2853/1300
NAME OF BIDDER: M/S __________________________
Item SL. Description of Items as per MR No. of Personnel Per diem charges (per person) for 8 hours Overtime rate/ hour beyond normal 8 Overtime rate/ hour for work on weekly off
No. as per Required work on normal working days excluding hours work on normal working days days/ holidays (as applicable to Refinery site)
MR Service Tax & Edu. Cess thereon. excluding Service Tax & Edu. Cess excluding Service Tax & Edu. Cess thereon.
thereon.
CURRENCY (--------------)
1 2 3 4
8 Per-Diem rate for Supervision of erection, testing and commissioing of items as per scope mentioned in MR.
8 For Sr. No. 1 of MR
08.01 GROUP A:
08.02 GROUP B:
08.03 GROUP C:
08.04 GROUP D:
08.05 GROUP E:
08.06 GROUP F:
08.07 GROUP G:
08.08 GROUP H:
08.09 GROUP I:
08.10 GROUP J:
Note
1 Per manday charges quoted by the bidder at Col 4 shall be in accordance with the "Terms & Conditions for Supervision of Erection, Testing & Commissioning" enclosed with the RFQ Document,
Inclusive of all charges including to & fro airfare (Travelling) charges . Bidder to note that nothing extra shall be paid by the owner over and above the quoted per manday charges except
Cenvabale Service Tax which shall be payable extra.
2 For evaluation purpose, 1 (One) manday for each group as per MR shall be considered for supervision. If bidder quotes different per manday charges for different supervisory personnel then
maximum per manday charges quoted shall be considered for evaluation.
3 Bidder to note that apart from above quoted price, no price for supervision shall be quoted elsewhere.
Page 17 of 351
A307_ATC (I) Page 1 of 8
BHARAT PETROLEUM CORPORATION LTD

IREP-Kochi Refinery
(Job No. A307)
AGREED TERMS & CONDITIONS (ATC)
(FOR INDIAN BIDDERS)
Supplier Name: M/s ______________________________________________________________
RFQ No.: __________________________________________________________________
Supplier’s Offer Ref No. & Date: ______________________________________________________
Tel. No. ___________________Mob. No. ______________________ Fax No. ________________
Contact Person: ___________________________ E-mail _________________________________
1. ALL CORRESPONDENCE MUST BE IN ENGLISH LANGUAGE ONLY.
2. DULY SIGNED & STAMPED COPIES OF THIS “QUESTIONNAIRE”, WITH ALL THE
CLAUSES DULY CONFIRMED/ PRECISELY REPLIED TO BY THE SUPPLIER, SHALL BE
ENCLOSED.
3. ALL COMMERCIAL TERMS ARE GIVEN/CONFIRMED IN THE QUESTIONNAIRE ITSELF

AND NOT ELSEWHERE IN THE QUOTATION. IN CASE OF CONTRADICTION, THE SAME
GIVEN HEREIN SHALL PREVAIL.
4. FAILURE ON PART OF THE SUPPLIER IN SUBMITTING THIS DULY FILLED-IN

“QUESTIONNAIRE” WITH UN-PRICED BID AND/ OR SUBMITTING INCOMPLETE
REPLIES MAY LEAD TO REJECTION OF SUPPLIER’S BID.
5. YOUR OFFER SHALL BE IN TOTAL COMPLIANCE WITH RFQ DOCUMENTS

CONTAINING COMMERCIAL AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS INCLUDING GENERAL/
TECHNICAL NOTES AND SCOPE OF SUPPLY/SERVICES/ SITE WORK, AS APPLICABLE
INCLUDING DOCUMENTATION AS PER MATERIAL REQUISITION (MR) AND
SUBSEQUENT TECHNICAL/ COMMERCIAL AMENDMENT AND TECHNICAL/
COMMERCIAL CORRIGENDUM, IF ANY.
SL.
DESCRIPTION SUPPLIER’S CONFIRMATION
NO.
1. Price Basis:
i) Quoted supply prices are on FOT - Despatch Point basis Confirmed
inclusive of Packing & Forwarding.
ii) Specify Despatch Point
-----------------------
iii) Freight Charges:
a) Confirmed , Quoted in Price
a) Confirm firm transportation charges inclusive of Service Tax Schedule
and Ed Cess, upto project site, has been quoted separately
by you in Price Schedule.
b) Confirmed
b) No Variation on any account (including Statutory Variation) on
Service Tax on Transportation Charges shall be paid by the
owner.
iv) Insurance:
a) For Supply Only

Transit/Marine Insurance of Equipment/ Item has been taken Confirmed.
care by the Owner & charges of the same have not been
included in the quoted prices.
SUPPLIER’S SIGNATURE WITH STAMP/SEAL
Page 18 of 351
SL.
NO.
b) For Supply + Site Work

Confirmed
Comprehensive Insurance (Transit/Marine-cum-storage-cum-
erection till handing over of equipment) has been taken care
by the Seller & charges of the same have been included in
the quoted prices.
2. Excise Duty applicable extra on Finished Goods:
a. Specify Excise Tariff Sub-Heading No. _________________
b. Present Rate of Excise Duty & Edu. Cess payable extra on ………..%
finished goods (including Spares)
c. Any variations in Excise Duty & Edu. Cess at the time of Confirmed
supplies for any reasons including variation due to Turnover
shall be borne by the Seller. Only Statutory Variations within
the Contractual Delivery / completion period shall be borne by
Purchaser.
d. If Excise Duty & Edu. Cess is not applicable at present due to Confirmed
any reason, the same shall be borne by Seller if it becomes
applicable later.
e. Confirm Excise Duty & Edu. Cess will not be applicable on Confirmed
transportation charges.
f. If Excise Duty & Edu. Cess is not applicable on transportation Confirmed

charges presently, and if it becomes applicable at the time of
delivery due to any reasons other than statutory, the same will
be borne by the Supplier. Confirm acceptance.
g. Non Cenvatable Excise Duty, if any is included in quoted Confirmed

prices & no variation on any account (including statutory
variation) shall be paid by Owner.
h. Only Statutory Variations, if any, in the present rate of Excise Confirmed

Duty, upto the Contractual Delivery Date / Completion Period
shall be to Owner’s account subject to documentary evidence
to be furnished by Seller.
3. Sales Tax applicable extra on finished goods:
a. Central Sales Tax against Concessional Form “C” payable (Applicable / Not Applicable)
extra on finished goods (including spares) is applicable & the (Please tick whichever is applicable)
present rate (in %age) is indicated
…………%
b. Kerala VAT payable extra on finished goods (including (Applicable / Not Applicable)
spares) without concessional form is applicable & the present (Please tick whichever is applicable)
rate (in %age) is indicated
………….%
c. If CST / Kerala VAT is not applicable at present due to any
reason, the same shall be borne by Supplier if it becomes Confirmed
applicable later.
d. Confirm CST/ Kerala VAT will not be applicable on Confirmed

e. If CST / Kerala VAT is not applicable on transportation Confirmed

Page 19 of 351
SL.
NO.
h. Only Statutory Variations, if any, in the present rate of CST / Confirmed

Kerala VAT, upto the Contractual Delivery Date / Completion
Period shall be to Owner’s account subject to documentary
evidence to be furnished by Seller.
4. Octroi / Entry Tax:
Octroi / Entry Tax, if applicable on finished goods (including Confirmed
spares) shall be borne and paid directly by Owner. Confirm
that Octroi / Entry Tax has not been included in the quoted
prices.
5. Any new or additional taxes/ duties and any increase in the
Confirmed
existing Cenvatable taxes/duties imposed after contractual
completion period shall be to Supplier’s account whereas any
corresponding decrease in the existing Cenvatable taxes/
duties shall be passed on to the Owner.
6. Spares Parts:
a. Confirm item wise unit price (FOT Despatch Point) of Confirmed
following spare parts as required in Material Requisition (MR)
have been included indicating itemised quantity.
i) Mandatory Spares are quoted as per MR. Confirmed (if Applicable as per MR)
ii) Commissioning spares as specified in MR are included in Confirmed (if Applicable as per MR)
the quoted Price.
iii) Special Tools & Tackles as specified in the MR are Confirmed (if Applicable as per MR)
iv) Confirm spares wherever required have been included in Confirmed (if Applicable as per MR)
the quoted price and list of spares is also furnished.
v) Recommended Spares for Two Years Operation & Confirmed (if Applicable as per MR)
Maintenance, as specified in MR have been quoted
separately with Price validity of One (1) year from Contractual
Delivery Date for Main Items/Equipment & List of such spares
has been furnished in the Unpriced Bid.
7. Site Work:
For Site Work, if in the scope of the Bidder as per MR, please
confirm the following:
Confirm that quoted site work prices are exclusive of Service
a. Tax & Edu. Cess but inclusive of VAT on Works Contract and Confirmed
all other applicable taxes & duties.
b. Percentage of Service Tax & Edu. Cess as applicable extra -------------------%
on Site Work.
c. Supplier shall submit the Assessment/ Liability
Certificate from Sales Tax authorities indicating the VAT
on Works Contract payable for enabling Owner to
deduct the same from Supplier Invoices & make Confirmed
payment to the tax authorities. TDS Certificate towards
VAT on Works Contract shall be provided by Owner.
Statutory variation on VAT on Works Contract shall not
be payable by Owner.
d. Statutory Variation on Service Tax & Edu. Cess on Site work
shall be paid by the Owner against documentary evidence
Confirmed
within Contractual completion period.
Page 20 of 351
SL.
NO.
e. Confirm that Entry Tax / Octroi applicable on Construction

Machinery/Equipment brought by the supplier to site to Confirmed
execute / complete the site work shall be borne by the
Supplier and same is included in the quoted prices. No
variation (including statutory) on such entry tax shall be paid
by the Owner.
8. Supervision / Training Charges:
a. Charges for Supervision / Training, if in the scope of the Confirmed, Quoted in Price
Bidder as per MR have been indicated by bidder separately in Schedule
the Price Schedule.
b. Percentage of Service Tax & Edu. Cess as applicable extra ----------------%

on Supervision / Training
c. Per-diem rate for supervision has been quoted in accordance Confirmed

with the Terms & Conditions for Supervision enclosed with the
RFQ Documents.
d. Where erection/ testing/ commissioning supervision, Noted & Confirmed

commissioning assistance is required as per RFQ Documents
/ Material requisition, penalty for non mobilization/delay in
mobilization as per order shall be applicable. The penalty
shall generally be 1.5 times the per diem rate for each day of
delay of reporting to site and shall be in addition to price
reduction for delayed delivery.
e. Bidders shall also provide additional BG of an amount equal Noted & Confirmed
to the per diem charges for the number of days considered for
evaluation, over and above 10% PBG to cover compensation
for delay in mobilizing the erection/ commissioning personnel.
This BG will be released to the bidder upon the erection/
commissioning personnel reporting at site. This BG shall be
furnished along with payment milestone for submission of
final documentation as per MR and shall be initially valid up to
six months which shall be extended based on the request by
Owner.
9. Confirm documentation charges as per MR are included in Confirmed

quoted prices.
10. Price Reduction for delay in delivery/ completion:
a) Confirm acceptance of price reduction schedule for delay in Confirmed

deliveries / completion as specified in GPC & Special
Instructions to Bidders (SIB) enclosed in RFQ Document.
Liquidated damages or penalty are not acceptable.
b) In case of delay, vendor will reduce the invoice amount by Confirmed

applicable reduction.
11. Delivery / Completion Period:

Please confirm delivery / completion period as specified in the Confirmed
RFQ Covering Letter.
12. Payment Terms:
Confirm acceptance of “Terms and Mode of Payment” as per Confirmed
respective clause(s) given in SIB and RFQ covering letter.
Page 21 of 351
SL.
NO.
13.1 PART ORDER:
a. Confirm acceptance of Part Order clause as per GPC Confirmed (If Applicable as per MR)
(Indigenous). And bidder also confirm acceptance to part
quantity orders of any items (having quantities 5 Nos. & more)
to facilitate purchase preference to MSME bidders as per
Govt. guide lines.
13.2 MSME BIDDERS:
YES/ NO
a Confirm whether the bidder is a MSME bidder or not. (Please tick whichever is applicable)
b In case bidder is a MSME bidder, they must submit
documentary evidence for the same duly certified by
Statutory Auditor of the bidder or a practicing Charted
_________________
Account (not being an employee or a Director or not
having any interest in the Bidder’s company/ firm) where
audited accounts are not mandatory as per law.
c In case bidder does not submit duly authenticated
documentary evidence as required above, bidder shall Confirmed
not be considered eligible for availing MSME benefits.
d Any charges quoted extra as lumpsum (like IBR,
Testing, freight, etc.) shall be applicable prorata on
Confirmed
value basis in the event of part order / part quantities/
split order.
14. Repeat Order:
Confirm Acceptance of Repeat Order clause as per RFQ Confirmed
Covering Letter / SIB / GPC.
15. Performance Bank Guarantee:

a) In the event of award of order, submission of Performance Confirmed
Bank Guarantee for 10% of total order value along with
Final supply payment valid till full guarantee period plus 3
(Three) months.
b) The Performance Bank Guarantee shall be strictly as per Confirmed

enclosed proforma and shall be from any Indian
Scheduled Bank or branch of an International Bank
situated in India and registered with Reserve Bank of
India as scheduled foreign Bank.
16. Guarantee / Warranty: Confirmed

Confirm acceptance to Guarantee / Warranty clause as
mentioned in the GPC/SIB.
17. Firmness of prices:

Confirm quoted prices shall remain firm and fixed till complete Confirmed
execution of order. Price Variation shall not be considered on
any account.
18. Testing and Inspection charges:

a. Goods supplied are subject to stage wise and final inspection
as specified in MR by EIL and no extra charges shall be Confirmed
payable by Owner towards the same. Travel, Living and
Personnel expenses of EIL’s Representative shall be borne
by Owner.
b. Quoted prices are:

i) Inclusive of all testing and inspection charges (if applicable)
as per MR. Confirmed
ii) Inclusive of all IBR/IGC/NACE charges (if applicable) as
required in the Material Requisition.
Page 22 of 351
SL.
NO.
Confirmed
iii) Inclusive of all statutory certification charges PESO/CCOE
etc. (if applicable) as required in the Material Requisition
Confirmed
c. Is your shop approved by IBR/CCE authority, if yes, indicate
validity.
i. IBR IBR Approved
ii. CCE
It is the responsibility of supplier to get the entire imported
materials and the built in imported contents inspected by TPIA Confirmed
(i.e. Lloyds/BV/DNV/TUV/CEIL) in the country of origin and
the quoted prices are inclusive of charges towards the same.
19. Import Content:
If your offer is based on certain imported raw materials (Applicable / Not Applicable)
required for equipments/ materials offered, please specify the (Please tick whichever is applicable)
following :
a. Confirm that quoted prices are based on Merit rate of Confirmed

Customs duty, CVD, Educational Cess and SAD as
applicable.
b. Indicate rate of Import Duties considered and included in the Refer Annexure to Price Schedule
quoted prices.
c. Indicate brief description/ specification with itemised CIF Refer Annexure to Price Schedule
value and country of origin of imported material.
d. Indicate classification with tariff no. under which Vendor Refer Annexure to Price Schedule
intends to import.
e. Confirm prices shall be firm on account of variation in foreign Confirmed

exchange rate.
f. Owner shall not provide any import licence. Noted

g. Quoted prices are after considering the benefit of CENVAT on Confirmed
CVD including Edu. Cess. In case material is shipped directly
to Port/Project Site, quoted prices are excluding CENVAT
benefit.
h. In case material is directly dispatched from port, CVD amount Confirmed

shall be reimbursed subject to submission of bill of entry
documents along with CVD invoice.
i. Any upward variation due to change in Customs Duty Confirmed

classifications shall be absorbed by the vendor. However, any
reduction in customs duty due to change in classification shall
be passed on to Owner.
j. Statutory variations, if any, in the rate of Import Duties upto Confirmed
rd
2/3 contractual delivery period shall be to Owner’s account.
k. Any increase in price due to increase in the rate of Import

Duties, due to any reasons, whatsoever, beyond the 2/3 rd Confirmed
contractual delivery period, shall be to vendor's account.
However, any decrease in Import Duties rate at the time of
actual clearance of imported materials shall be passed on to
Owner.
Page 23 of 351
SL.
NO.
l. The CIF Value(s) indicated by the vendor shall be deemed to Confirmed
be the maximum value(s) for the purpose of payment of
variation in custom duty and/or other statutory variations, if
any, thereon.
m. Variation in price due to Customs duty rate will be dealt Confirmed

separately after receipt of material at site, against
documentary evidence.
20. Validity of Bid:
a. Confirm Bid validity as stipulated in RFQ covering letter from Confirmed

the final due date of bid submission.
21. Compliance to RFQ documents:

a) Confirm your offer is in total compliance with RFQ Document Confirmed
containing technical specifications including General /
Technical notes, scope of supply/services/site work (as
applicable) including documentation as per Material
Requisition (MR) and subsequent amendment and
corrigendum, if any.
b) Confirm your offer is in total compliance with RFQ

documentation containing commercial terms and conditions
as per the following documents, without any deviation:
i) Request for Quotation (RFQ) Confirmed

ii) Special Instructions to Bidders (SIB) Confirmed
iii) General Purchase Conditions (GPC) Confirmed
iv) Terms & Conditions of Site work / GCC / HSE / Integrity Confirmed(if applicable)
Pact.
v) Terms & Conditions for Supervision services Confirmed(if applicable)
22. Whether any of the Directors of Bidder is a relative of any Confirmed No relation
Director of Owner/EIL or the Bidder is a firm in which any
Director of Owner/EIL or his relative is a Partner or the Bidder
is a private company in which any director of Owner/EIL is a
member or Director.
23. Please confirm you have not been banned or delisted by any Not Banned
Government or Quasi Government agencies or PSUs. If you
have been banned, then this fact must be clearly stated. This
does not necessarily mean cause for disqualification.
However if this declaration is not furnished the bid shall be
rejected as non-responsive.
24. Please confirm your offer contains the following:
24.1 UNPRICED OFFER- without any Deviations Confirmed

24.2 PRICED OFFER
a. Duly filled Price Schedule with relevant annexures Confirmed
25. Please confirm that you have quoted strictly for items based Confirmed
on your registration/approval with EIL as on date of issue of
RFQ.
26. Any claim arising out of order shall be sent to Owner in writing Confirmed
with a copy to EIL within 3 months from the date of last
despatch. In case the claim is received after 3 months, the
same shall not be entertained by Consultant/ Owner.
27. Printed terms and conditions, if any, appearing in quotation, Confirmed
shall not be applicable in the event of order. In case of
Page 24 of 351
SL.
NO.
contradiction between the confirmations given above and
terms & conditions mentioned elsewhere in the offer, the
confirmation given/confirmed herein above shall prevail.
28. Confirm that Net worth of the Bidder’s company is Confirmed & Submitted
positive as per the immediate preceding year’s audited
financial results & Immediate preceding year’s audited
annual financial results has been submitted along with un-
priced bid.
Page 25 of 351
A307_ATC (F) Page 1 of 7
M/s BHARAT PETROLEUM CORPORATION LIMITED

IREP-Kochi Refinery
(Job No. A307)
(FOR FOREIGN BIDDERS)
Supplier Name: M/s ______________________________________________________________
RFQ No.: __________________________________________________________________
2. DULY SIGNED & STAMPED COPIES OF THIS “QUESTIONNAIRE”, WITH ALL THE CLAUSES
DULY CONFIRMED/ PRECISELY REPLIED TO BY THE SUPPLIER, SHALL BE ENCLOSED.
3. ALL COMMERCIAL TERMS ARE GIVEN/CONFIRMED IN THE QUESTIONNAIRE ITSELF AND

NOT ELSEWHERE IN THE QUOTATION. IN CASE OF CONTRADICTION, THE SAME GIVEN
HEREIN SHALL PREVAIL.

“QUESTIONNAIRE” WITH UN-PRICED BID AND / OR SUBMITTING INCOMPLETE REPLIES
MAY LEAD TO REJECTION OF SUPPLIER’S BID.
5. YOUR OFFER SHALL BE IN TOTAL COMPLIANCE WITH RFQ DOCUMENTS CONTAINING

COMMERCIAL AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS INCLUDING GENERAL / TECHNICAL
NOTES AND SCOPE OF SUPPLY/SERVICES/SITE WORK, AS APPLICABLE INCLUDING
DOCUMENTATION AS PER MATERIAL REQUISITION (MR) AND SUBSEQUENT
TECHNICAL/COMMERCIAL AMENDMENT AND TECHNICAL/ COMMERCIAL
CORRIGENDUM, IF ANY.
SL.
NO.
1. a) Confirm that the offer contains firm prices on Confirmed
F.O.B. International Seaport of Exit Basis
b) Indicate International Seaport of Exit -----------------------------
c) Indicate the HSN Code of the Items __________________
d) Details of any Free Trade Agreement (FTA) /
Comprehensive Economic Partnership
Agreement (CEPA) / Treaty between Bidders
country Govt. & Indian Government for availing
custom duty exemption / concession. If bidder will
not specifically mention the same, it is to be Applicable / Not Applicable
considered that there is no specific Agreement /
Treaty between Govt. of Bidders & Purchasers
County.
e) Confirm quoted prices are inclusive of stowage
charges. Confirmed
f) Confirm that ocean freight charges upto port of

entry- Kochi, (India) has been quoted separately Confirmed , Quoted in Price Schedule
by you in the price schedule.
Page 26 of 351
SL.
NO.
g) In case you have not indicated the ocean freight
charges separately in the price schedule please
quote the same in terms of Percentage of the ------------ %
quoted FOB Price.
h) In case ocean freight charges are repeated
anywhere in the bid/Price Schedule/ATC, then Confirmed
higher shall be considered for evaluation & lower
for ordering. (In case of CFR)
2. Insurance:
a) For Supply Only
Price quoted must exclude Marine insurance
charges from FOB International Port of Exit, as Confirmed
same shall be arranged by the Owner. However
all marine insurance charges for inland transit
upto FOB International Port of Exit must be
included by you in your prices.
Comprehensive Insurance (Transit/Marine-cum-
Confirmed
storage-cum-erection till handing over of
equipment) has been taken care by the Seller &
charges of the same have been included in the
quoted prices.
3. Owner reserves the option to place order either on
FOB or CFR basis (applicable only as per Confirmed
requirement mentioned in RFQ documents).
a) Delivery / Completion period shall be as Confirmed
mentioned in the RFQ covering letter.
b) Confirm delivery period shall be reckoned from Confirmed
the date of Fax of Acceptance.
c) Confirm date of clean Bill of Lading shall be
considered as date of delivery. (In case order is Confirmed
placed on FOB port of Exit basis or on CFR
basis)
5. Taxes & Duties:

a. All taxes, duties and levies of any kind payable upto Confirmed
FOB International Port of Exit shall be borne by
Bidder.
Confirmed
b. Export permit/ licence if required shall be vendor’s
responsibility & any expenditure towards same will
be borne by Bidder.
a. Charges for Supervision / Training, if in the scope of Confirmed, Quoted in Price Schedule
the Bidder as per MR have been indicated by bidder
separately in the Price Schedule.
b. Per-diem rate for supervision has been quoted in Confirmed
accordance with the Terms & Conditions for
Supervision enclosed with the RFQ Documents.
c. Bidder to indicate Permanent Account Number (PAN) ---------------------------

to avoid any additional Tax deduction at source as
per the prevailing Indian Income Tax Acts / Rules.
Page 27 of 351
SL.
NO.
d. Where erection/testing/commissioning supervision, Noted & Confirmed

commissioning assistance is required as per RFQ
Documents / Material requisition, penalty for non
mobilization/delay in mobilization as per order shall
be applicable. The penalty shall generally be 1.5
times the per diem rate for each day of delay of
reporting to site and shall be in addition to price
e. Bidders shall also provide additional BG of an Noted & Confirmed

amount equal to the per diem charges for the number
of days considered for evaluation, over and above
10% PBG to cover compensation for delay in
mobilizing the erection/ commissioning personnel.
This BG will be released to the bidder upon the
erection/ commissioning personnel reporting at site.
This BG shall be furnished along with shipping
documents and shall be initially valid up to six
months which shall be extended based on the
request by BPCL.
7. Site Work:
For Site Work, if in the scope of the Bidder as per
MR, please confirm the following:
a. Confirm that quoted site work prices are exclusive of

Service Tax & Edu. Cess but inclusive of VAT on Confirmed
Works Contract and all other applicable taxes &
duties.
-------------------%
b. Percentage of Service Tax & Edu. Cess as
applicable extra on Site Work.
c. Supplier shall submit the Assessment/ Liability Confirmed

Certificate from Sales Tax authorities indicating the
VAT on Works Contract payable for enabling Owner
to deduct the same from Supplier Invoices & make
payment to the tax authorities. TDS Certificate
towards VAT on Works Contract shall be provided by
Owner. Statutory variation on VAT on Works
Contract shall not be payable by Owner.
Confirmed
d. Statutory Variation on Service Tax & Edu. Cess on
Site work shall be paid by the Owner against
documentary evidence within Contractual completion
period.
Confirmed
e. Confirm that Entry Tax / Octroi applicable on
Construction Machinery/Equipment brought by the
supplier to site to execute / complete the site work
shall be borne by the Supplier and same is included
in the quoted prices. No variation (including statutory)
on such entry tax shall be paid by the Owner.
8. Validity:
a. Confirm Bid validity as stipulated in RFQ covering Confirmed
letter from the final due date of bid submission.
9. Manufacturer’s Name and Address
Page 28 of 351
SL.
NO.
10. Inspection Charges:

a. Goods supplied are subject to stage wise and final
inspection as specified in MR by TPI agency i.e. Confirmed
Lloyds/BV/DNV/TUV/CEIL in the country of origin
and charges of the same shall be included in quoted
prices and it is supplier’s responsibility to arrange for
the same. No additional charges shall be paid by
owner towards the same.
i) Inclusive of all testing and inspection charges (if
Confirmed
applicable) as per MR.
ii) Inclusive of all IBR/IGC/NACE charges (if
Confirmed
applicable) as required in the Material
Requisition.
iii) Inclusive of all statutory certification charges
PESO/CCOE etc. (if applicable) as required in Confirmed
the Material Requisition.
11. Country of Origin:

Country of origin from where the goods have been --------------------------
offered.
12. Currency of Quote:
Furnish the currency of quote. Change in currency
once quoted will not be allowed. Bidder shall quote -----------------------------
either in USD / Euro / INR only.
13. Spares Parts:
a) Confirm item wise unit price (FOB Port of Exit bais)of Confirmed
following spare parts as required in Material
Requisition (MR) have been quoted indicating
itemised quantity.
ii) Commissioning spares as specified in MR are Confirmed (if Applicable as per MR)
included in the quoted Price.
iii) Special Tools & Tackles as specified in the MR Confirmed (if Applicable as per MR)
are included in the quoted prices.
iv) Confirm spares wherever required have been Confirmed (if Applicable as per MR)
included in the quoted price and list of spares is
also furnished.
b) Recommended Spares for Two Years Operation & Confirmed (if Applicable as per MR)
separately with Price validity of One (1) year from
Contractual Delivery Date for Main Items/Equipment
& List of such spares has been furnished in the
Unpriced Bid. Also itemwsie Ocean freight charges
upto port of entry, Kochi (India) for the spares has
been quoted.
14. Confirm documentation charges as per MR are
inclusive in your quoted prices. Confirmed
15. Confirm customer references list for the item/model Confirmed

quoted by you, is given in offer.
Page 29 of 351
SL.
NO.
16. Indicate shipping weight (net and gross) and volume
of the consignment.
---------------------------
a. Confirm goods to be supplied by you shall be
guaranteed for performance as per the General Confirmed
Purchase Conditions (Imports) & Special Instructions
to Bidders (SIB) and submission of the Bank
Guarantee 15% of Order Total Value (10% towards
Performance and 5% towards Price Reduction
Schedule for delay in Delivery) shall be valid till full
guarantee period plus 3 (Three) Months.
b. i) The Performance Bank Guarantee shall be Confirmed

strictly as per proforma enclosed with the GPC
document and shall be from any Indian
Scheduled Bank or any reputed International
Bank and shall be submitted within 15 days from
date of FOA.
ii) However, if Performance Bank Guarantee are Confirmed
furnished other than the Nationalised Indian
Bank, the banks where BGs are furnished, must
be Commercial Bank having net worth in excess
of Rs. 100 crore or USD 22 Millions and any
declaration to this effect will be furnished by such
Commercial Bank either in the bank guarantee
itself or separately on a letter head.
18. Guarantee / Warranty
Confirm acceptance to Guarantee / Warranty clause Confirmed
as mentioned in the General Purchase Conditions &
Special Instructions to Bidders.

Confirm quoted prices shall remain firm and fixed till
complete execution of order. Price Variation shall not Confirmed
be considered on any account.
20. Part Order:

a) Confirm acceptance of Part Order clause as per Confirmed if applicable as per MR()
GPC (Imports). And bidder also confirm
acceptance to part quantity orders of any items
(having quantities 5 Nos. & more) to facilitate Confirmed
purchase preference to MSME bidders as per
Govt. guide lines.
b) In case of part order confirm all lumpsum charges
quoted extra if any viz. Documentation, testing,
packing, crating, handling, FOB, IBR etc., shall be
Confirmed
applicable prorata on value basis in the event of
part order / part quantities/ split order.
21. Repeat Order:
Confirm Acceptance to Repeat Order as per RFQ Confirmed
Covering Letter/SIB/GPC/Material Requisition.
Page 30 of 351
SL.
NO.
22. Price Reduction on delay in delivery/completion:
a) Confirm acceptance of price reduction schedule Confirmed
for delay in deliveries/completion of work/services
specified in General Purchase Conditions (GPC)
enclosed with the RFQ Document. Liquidated
damages or penalty are not acceptable.
b) In case of delay, vendor will reduce the invoice

amount by applicable reduction. Confirmed
23. Payment Terms:
Confirm acceptance of payment terms as per
“Payment Terms and Mode of Payment” specified in Confirmed
Special Instructions to Bidders and RFQ covering
letter.
24. a) Letter of Credit shall be opened after receipt of

Confirmed
unconditional order acknowledgement along with
15% bank guarantee(as per Sl. 17a above) valid
till expiry of Material/Equipment Guarantee period
as per General Purchase Conditions and Special
Instructions to Bidders plus 3 (Three) months
claim period.
b) Letter of Credit shall be opened through a Govt.
of India Nationalised/ Scheduled Bank and hence Confirmed L/C not required
need not be confirmed.
OR
c) However, if you still insist for confirmed L/C,
confirmation charges shall be borne by you. Noted
Please confirm.
25. All Bank charges and stamp duties payable outside
India in connection with payments to be made under
Purchase Order for the item, if placed, shall be borne Confirmed
by you. All bank charges and stamp duties payable in
India shall be borne by the Purchaser.
26. Please indicate name and address of your Bankers
for L/C opening, telephone/E-mail address.
27.
a) Confirm your offer is in total compliance with RFQ Confirmed
Document containing technical specifications
including General / Technical notes, scope of
supply/services/site work (as applicable) including
documentation as per Material Requisition (MR) and
subsequent amendment and corrigendum, if any,
without any deviation.
Confirm your offer is in total compliance with RFQ Confirmed

b)
documents containing commercial terms and
conditions as per the following documents, without
any deviation:
Confirmed
i) Request for Quotation (RFQ)
Confirmed
ii) Special Instructions to Bidders(SIB)
v) Terms & Conditions for Supervision Confirmed (if Applicable as per MR)
vi)Terms & Conditions for Site work, GCC & HSE Confirmed (if Site Work is Applicable as
per MR)
Page 31 of 351
SL.
NO.
vii) Integrity Pact Confirmed
viii) Commercial / Technical Amendments, if any Confirmed

28. Direct offer without the intermediary of an Indian
Agent will only be considered. Noted & Confirmed.
29. Please confirm you have not been banned or delisted
by any Government or Quasi Government agencies
or PSUs. If you have been banned, then this fact
must be clearly stated. This does not necessarily be
Not Banned
cause for disqualification. However if this declaration
is not furnished the bid shall be rejected as non-
responsive.
30.1 Unpriced offer- without any deviations Confirmed
30.2 Priced Offer
Price Schedule with annexures only. Confirmed
31. Any claim arising out of order shall be sent to Owner
in writing with a copy to EIL within 3 months from the
date of last despatch. In case the claim is received Confirmed
after 3 months, the same shall not be entertained by
consultant / Owner.
32. Printed terms and conditions, if any, appearing in

quotation, shall not be applicable in the event of
order. In case of contradiction between the
Confirmed
confirmations given above and terms & conditions
mentioned elsewhere in the offer, the confirmation
given/confirmed herein above shall prevail.
33. Confirm that Net worth of the Bidder’s company is
positive as per the immediate preceding year’s
audited financial results & Immediate preceding Confirmed & Submitted
year’s audited annual financial results has been
submitted along with unpriced bid.
VENDOR’S NAME:
SIGNATURE & SEAL:
Page 32 of 351
BHARAT PETROLEUM CORPORATION LTD

IREP-Kochi Refinery
(Job No. A307)
(FOR INDIAN SOURCED COMPONENTS / SERVICES BY FOREIGN BIDDER)
Supplier Name: M/s ______________________________________________________________
RFQ No.: __________________________________________________________________
2. DULY SIGNED & STAMPED COPIES OF THIS “QUESTIONNAIRE”, WITH ALL THE
CLAUSES DULY CONFIRMED/ PRECISELY REPLIED TO BY THE SUPPLIER, SHALL BE
ENCLOSED.
3. ALL COMMERCIAL TERMS ARE GIVEN/CONFIRMED IN THE QUESTIONNAIRE ITSELF

AND NOT ELSEWHERE IN THE QUOTATION. IN CASE OF CONTRADICTION, THE SAME
GIVEN HEREIN SHALL PREVAIL.

“QUESTIONNAIRE” WITH UN-PRICED BID AND/ OR SUBMITTING INCOMPLETE
REPLIES MAY LEAD TO REJECTION OF SUPPLIER’S BID.
5. YOUR OFFER SHALL BE IN TOTAL COMPLIANCE WITH RFQ DOCUMENTS

CONTAINING COMMERCIAL AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS INCLUDING GENERAL/
TECHNICAL NOTES AND SCOPE OF SUPPLY/SERVICES/ SITE WORK, AS APPLICABLE
INCLUDING DOCUMENTATION AS PER MATERIAL REQUISITION (MR) AND
SUBSEQUENT TECHNICAL/ COMMERCIAL AMENDMENT AND TECHNICAL/
COMMERCIAL CORRIGENDUM, IF ANY.
SL.
NO.
1. Price Basis:
i) Quoted supply prices are on FOT - Site basis inclusive of Confirmed
Packing & Forwarding, Taxes & Duties and Freight Charges
ii) Specify Despatch Point
-----------------------
iii) Freight Charges:
a) Confirmed , Quoted in Price
a) Confirm firm transportation charges inclusive of Service Tax Schedule
and Ed Cess, upto project site, has already been included in
supply price in Price Schedule.
b) Confirmed
b) No Variation on any account (including Statutory Variation) on
Service Tax on Transportation Charges shall be paid by the
owner.
iv) Insurance:
a) For Supply Only

Transit/Marine Insurance of Equipment/ Item has been taken
care by the Owner & charges of the same have not been (Applicable / Not Applicable)
included in the quoted prices. (Please tick whichever is applicable)
Page 33 of 351
SL.
NO.

Comprehensive Insurance (Transit/Marine-cum-storage-cum-
erection till handing over of equipment) has been taken care (Applicable / Not Applicable)
by the Seller & charges of the same have been included in (Please tick whichever is applicable)
the quoted prices.
2. Excise Duty applicable & included in Finished Goods
price:
a. Specify Excise Tariff Sub-Heading No. _________________
b. Present Rate of Excise Duty & Edu. Cess applicable on ………..%

finished goods (including Spares)
c. Any variations in Excise Duty & Edu. Cess at the time of Confirmed
supplies for any reasons including variation due to Turnover
shall be borne by the Seller. Only Statutory Variations within
the Contractual Delivery / completion period shall be borne by
Purchaser.
d. If Excise Duty & Edu. Cess is not applicable at present due to Confirmed
any reason, the same shall be borne by Seller if it becomes
applicable later.
e. Confirm Excise Duty & Edu. Cess will not be applicable on Confirmed
f. If Excise Duty & Edu. Cess is not applicable on transportation Confirmed

g. Non Cenvatable Excise Duty, if any is included in quoted Confirmed

prices & no variation on any account (including statutory
variation) shall be paid by Owner.
h. Only Statutory Variations, if any, in the present rate of Excise Confirmed

Duty, upto the Contractual Delivery Date / Completion Period
shall be to Owner’s account subject to documentary evidence
to be furnished by Seller.
3. Sales Tax applicable included in finished goods price:
a. Central Sales Tax against Concessional Form “C” applicable (Applicable / Not Applicable)
on finished goods (including spares) is applicable & the (Please tick whichever is applicable)
present rate (in %age) is indicated
…………%
b. Kerala VAT applicable on finished goods (including spares)
(Applicable / Not Applicable)
without concessional form & the present rate (in %age) is (Please tick whichever is applicable)
indicated
………….%
c. If CST / Kerala VAT is not applicable at present due to any
reason, the same shall be borne by Supplier if it becomes Confirmed
applicable later.
d. Confirm CST/ Kerala VAT will not be applicable on
transportation charges. Confirmed
e. If CST / Kerala VAT is not applicable on transportation

charges presently, and if it becomes applicable at the time of Confirmed
Page 34 of 351
SL.
NO.
h. Only Statutory Variations, if any, in the present rate of CST / Confirmed

Kerala VAT, upto the Contractual Delivery Date / Completion
Period shall be to Owner’s account subject to documentary
evidence to be furnished by Seller.
4. Octroi / Entry Tax:
Octroi / Entry Tax, if applicable on finished goods (including Confirmed
spares) shall be borne and paid directly by Owner. Confirm
that Octroi / Entry Tax has not been included in the quoted
prices.
5. Any new or additional taxes/ duties and any increase in the
Confirmed
existing Cenvatable taxes/duties imposed after contractual
completion period shall be to Supplier’s account whereas any
corresponding decrease in the existing Cenvatable taxes/
duties shall be passed on to the Owner.
6. Spares Parts:
a. Confirm item wise unit price (FOT Site Basis) of following Confirmed
spare parts as required in Material Requisition (MR) have
been included indicating itemised quantity.
ii) Commissioning spares as specified in MR are included in Confirmed (if Applicable as per MR)
the quoted Price.
iii) Special Tools & Tackles as specified in the MR are Confirmed (if Applicable as per MR)
iv) Confirm spares wherever required have been included in Confirmed (if Applicable as per MR)
the quoted price and list of spares is also furnished.
v) Recommended Spares for Two Years Operation & Confirmed (if Applicable as per MR)
separately with Price validity of One (1) year from Contractual
Delivery Date for Main Items/Equipment & List of such spares
has been furnished in the Unpriced Bid.
7. Site Work:
For Site Work, if in the scope of the Bidder as per MR, please
confirm the following:
Confirm that quoted site work prices are exclusive of Service
a. Tax & Edu. Cess but inclusive of VAT on Works Contract and Confirmed
all other applicable taxes & duties.
b. Percentage of Service Tax & Edu. Cess as applicable extra -------------------%
on Site Work.
c. Supplier shall submit the Assessment/ Liability
Certificate from Sales Tax authorities indicating the VAT
on Works Contract payable for enabling Owner to
deduct the same from Supplier Invoices & make Confirmed
payment to the tax authorities. TDS Certificate towards
VAT on Works Contract shall be provided by Owner.
Statutory variation on VAT on Works Contract shall not
be payable by Owner.
d. Statutory Variation on Service Tax & Edu. Cess on Site work
shall be paid by the Owner against documentary evidence
Confirmed
within Contractual completion period.
Page 35 of 351
SL.
NO.
e. Confirm that Entry Tax / Octroi applicable on Construction

Machinery/Equipment brought by the supplier to site to Confirmed
execute / complete the site work shall be borne by the
Supplier and same is included in the quoted prices. No
variation (including statutory) on such entry tax shall be paid
by the Owner.
a. Charges for Supervision / Training, if in the scope of the Confirmed, Quoted in Price
Bidder as per MR have been indicated by bidder separately in Schedule
the Price Schedule.
b. Percentage of Service Tax & Edu. Cess as applicable extra ----------------%

on Supervision / Training
c. Per-diem rate for supervision has been quoted in accordance Confirmed

with the Terms & Conditions for Supervision enclosed with the
RFQ Documents.
d. Where erection/ testing/ commissioning supervision, Noted & Confirmed

commissioning assistance is required as per RFQ Documents
/ Material requisition, penalty for non mobilization/delay in
mobilization as per order shall be applicable. The penalty
shall generally be 1.5 times the per diem rate for each day of
delay of reporting to site and shall be in addition to price
e. Bidders shall also provide additional BG of an amount equal Noted & Confirmed
to the per diem charges for the number of days considered for
evaluation, over and above 10% PBG to cover compensation
for delay in mobilizing the erection/ commissioning personnel.
This BG will be released to the bidder upon the erection/
commissioning personnel reporting at site. This BG shall be
furnished along with payment milestone for submission of
final documentation as per MR and shall be initially valid up to
six months which shall be extended based on the request by
Owner.
f. Principal Foreign Bidder will takecare BG / penalty Noted & Confirmed

supervision services for complete package including
Indigenous supervision services if applicable.
9. Confirm documentation charges as per MR are included in Confirmed

quoted prices.
10. Price Reduction for delay in delivery/ completion:
a) Confirm acceptance of price reduction schedule for delay in Confirmed

deliveries / completion as specified in GPC & Special
Instructions to Bidders (SIB) enclosed in RFQ Document.
Liquidated damages or penalty are not acceptable.
c) In case of delay, vendor will reduce the invoice amount by Confirmed

applicable reduction.
d) Principal Foreign Bidder will be responsible for all Confirmed
obligation & liability of PRS applicable on Indian
Source Items / services.
Page 36 of 351
SL.
NO.

Please confirm delivery / completion period shall be as Confirmed
specified in the RFQ Covering Letter for foreign bidder on
FOT Site Basis. Date of Good Receipt (GR) shall be
considered as the date of delivery.
12. Payment Terms:
Confirm acceptance of “Terms and Mode of Payment” as per Confirmed
respective clause(s) given in SIB (Annexure-A)
14. Repeat Order:
Confirm Acceptance of Repeat Order clause as per RFQ Confirmed
Covering Letter / SIB / GPC.
a) In the event of award of order, submission of Performance Confirmed
Bank Guarantee for 10% of total order value along with
Final supply payment valid till full guarantee period plus 3
(Three) months.
b) The Performance Bank Guarantee shall be strictly as per
Confirmed
enclosed proforma and shall be from any Indian
Scheduled Bank or branch of an International Bank
situated in India and registered with Reserve Bank of
India as scheduled foreign Bank.
c) Principal Foreign Bidder will submit PBG for complete Confirmed
package including Indian Source Items / services.
16. Guarantee / Warranty: Confirmed
Confirm acceptance to Guarantee / Warranty clause as
mentioned in the GPC/SIB.
Principal Foreign Bidder will be responsible for all Confirmed
obligation & liability of Guarantee / Warranty of Indian
Source Items / services.
Confirm quoted prices shall remain firm and fixed till complete Confirmed
execution of order. Price Variation shall not be considered on
any account.
18. Testing and Inspection charges:
a. Goods supplied are subject to stage wise and final inspection
as specified in MR by EIL and no extra charges shall be Confirmed
payable by Owner towards the same. Travel, Living and
Personnel expenses of EIL’s Representative shall be borne
by Owner.
i) Inclusive of all testing and inspection charges (if applicable) Confirmed
as per MR.
ii) Inclusive of all IBR/IGC/NACE charges (if applicable) as Confirmed

required in the Material Requisition.
iii) Inclusive of all statutory certification charges PESO/CCOE Confirmed

etc. (if applicable) as required in the Material Requisition
c. Is your shop approved by IBR/CCE authority, if yes, indicate IBR Approved
validity.
i. IBR
ii. CCE
It is the responsibility of supplier to get the entire imported Confirmed
materials and the built in imported contents inspected by TPIA
(i.e. Lloyds/BV/DNV/TUV/CEIL) in the country of origin and
the quoted prices are inclusive of charges towards the same.
Page 37 of 351
SL.
NO.
d. Considering EIL Inspection charges, during evaluation prices Confirmed
of Indigenous source item shall be loaded by @1.25% of FOT
Despatch Point price.
19. Validity of Bid:
a. Confirm Bid validity as stipulated in RFQ covering letter from Confirmed
the final due date of bid submission.
20. Compliance to RFQ documents:
a) Confirm your offer is in total compliance with RFQ Document Confirmed
containing technical specifications including General /
Technical notes, scope of supply/services/site work (as
applicable) including documentation as per Material
Requisition (MR) and subsequent amendment and
corrigendum, if any.
b) Confirm your offer is in total compliance with RFQ
documentation containing commercial terms and conditions
as per the following documents, without any deviation:
i) Request for Quotation (RFQ) Confirmed
ii) Special Instructions to Bidders (SIB) Confirmed
iv) Terms & Conditions of Site work / GCC / HSE / Integrity Confirmed(if applicable)
Pact.
v) Terms & Conditions for Supervision services Confirmed(if applicable)
21. Whether any of the Directors of Bidder is a relative of any Confirmed No relation
Director of Owner/EIL or the Bidder is a firm in which any
Director of Owner/EIL or his relative is a Partner or the Bidder
is a private company in which any director of Owner/EIL is a
member or Director.
22. Please confirm you have not been banned or delisted by any Not Banned
Government or Quasi Government agencies or PSUs. If you
have been banned, then this fact must be clearly stated. This
does not necessarily mean cause for disqualification.
However if this declaration is not furnished the bid shall be
rejected as non-responsive.
23.1 UNPRICED OFFER- without any Deviations Confirmed
23.2 PRICED OFFER
a. Duly filled Price Schedule with relevant annexures Confirmed
24. Please confirm that you have quoted strictly for items based Confirmed
on your registration/approval with EIL as on date of issue of
RFQ.
25. Any claim arising out of order shall be sent to Owner in writing Confirmed
with a copy to EIL within 3 months from the date of last
despatch. In case the claim is received after 3 months, the
same shall not be entertained by Consultant/ Owner.
26. Printed terms and conditions, if any, appearing in quotation, Confirmed
shall not be applicable in the event of order. In case of
contradiction between the confirmations given above and
terms & conditions mentioned elsewhere in the offer, the
confirmation given/confirmed herein above shall prevail.
Page 38 of 351
BPCL-KR
Job: A307
INTEGRATED REFINERY EXPANSION PROJECT

OF
M/s BHARAT PETROLEUM CORPORATION LTD,
KOCHI REFINERY, KOCHI, KERALA
SPECIAL INSTRUCTION TO BIDDER

(SIB)
A307_SIB Rev.6 dt. 14.04.2014 Page 1 of 20
Page 39 of 351
BPCL-KR
Job: A307
INDEX
SECTION – A (TERMS OF PAYMENT)
1.0 Payment Terms For Indian Bidders
2.0 Payment Terms For Foreign Bidders
3.0 Ocean Freight
SECTION – B: EVALUATION CRITERIA FOR COMPARISION OF BIDS
4.0 Where only Indian Bids are under comparison
5.0 Where only Foreign Bids are under comparison
6.0 Where Indian as well as Foreign Bids are under comparison
7.0 General Notes
8.0 Special Notes on Taxes/Duties and CENVAT benefits
9.0 Price Reduction Schedule Towards Delay In Delivery
10.0 Guarantee / Warranty Period
SECTION-C: (COMMERCIAL LOADING OF OFFERS IN CASE OF DEVIATIONS)
11.0 Basis of Loading
12.0 Payment Terms
13.0 Performance Bank Guarantee (PBG)
14.0 Delayed Deliveries
15.0 Price Variation
16.0 Freight charges
17.0 Indian taxes/ duties
18.0 Utilities
19.0 Delivery/Completion Period
20.0 Foreign Exchange Rate Variation/Custom Duty Variation For Indian Bidders (On
Built-In Import Content)
21.0 VAT on Works Contracts/ Service Tax/ Splitting Of Orders
22.0 Entry Tax
23.0 Rejection Criteria
24.0 Suo-Moto Changes In Prices
25.0 Price Implication Not Permitted
26.0 Integrity Pact
SECTION-D: SPECIAL CONDITIONS.
27.0 Delivery Schedule/ Completion Period
28.0 Despatch Instructions for Indigenous Supplies
29.0 Additional Taxes & Duties (Applicable For Indian Bidder)
30.0 Recovery Of Custom Duty, Excise Duty And Sales Tax
31.0 Governing Law
32.0 Purchaser’s Rights And Remedies
33.0 Deduction At Source
34.0 Statutory Approval
35.0 Lien
36.0 Limitation Of Liability
SECTION-E: GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS
37.0 General
38.0 Fraudulent Practices
39.0 One Bid Per Bidder
40.0 Language Of Bid
41.0 Earnest Money Deposit:
42.0 Modification And Withdrawal Of Bids
43.0 Examination Of Bids And Determination Of Responsiveness
44.0 Owner’s Right To Accept Any Bid And To Reject Any Bid
45.0 Notification Of Award
46.0 Waiver Or Transfer Of The Agreement
47.0 T&C For Foreign Suppliers (To Whom RFQ Issued) Operated Through Their Indian
Office / Subsidiaries
48.0 Tax Residency Certificate (TRC) Format For Foreign Bidder
49.0 Requirement of Employment Visa For Foreign Nationals
SECTION-F: ADDITIONAL CLAUSES TO GPC

50.0 Settlement of dispute between CPSEs or CPSEs & Government Departments
Annexure-A ( Terms & Conditions For Indian Sourced Components / Services By

Foreign Bidder)
Page 40 of 351
BPCL-KR
Job: A307
SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS

BHARAT PETROLEUM CORPORATION LIMITED, KOCHI REFINERY
SECTION-A: TERMS OF PAYMENT

In partial modification of the Payment Terms as mentioned in the General Purchase Conditions, the following
payment terms shall be applicable.
1.0 PAYMENT TERMS FOR INDIAN BIDDERS:
1.1 Where the Material Requisition is only for supply of materials and there is no Supplier Data
Requirement specified in MR e.g. Bulk Piping Items, etc.
1.1.1 100% Payment within 30 days after receipt and acceptance of materials at site and on submission of
Performance Bank Guarantee for 10% of Total Order Value, valid till the full guarantee period plus
Three months claim period.
1.2 Where the Material Requisition calls for Supplier Drawings/Technical Documentation.
1.2.1 90% Payment within 30 days of receipt and acceptance of materials at Site and on submission of
dispatch documents.
1.2.2 10% Payment after receipt of final technical documentation as per PR against EIL’s certification and
on submission of Performance Bank Guarantee for 10% of Total Order Value, valid till full guarantee
period plus Three months claim period.
1.3 Where Supply of materials and Erection or Site Work are in the scope of Supplier and
Package Items.
1.3.1 Supply
1.3.1.1 5% Payment on approval of all drawings atleast in CODE-2 by EIL against submission of Bank
Guarantee of equivalent amount valid till complete execution of Order plus Three months claim
period.
1.3.1.2 15% Payment after receipt of identified raw materials at Supplier’s Works and against certification by
EIL and submission of Bank Guarantee of equivalent amount valid till complete execution of Order
plus Three months claim period.
1.3.1.3 60% Payment after receipt of equipment/materials at BPCL’s Site. Billing Schedule to be furnished
by the Supplier in case pro-rata payments are required.
1.3.1.4 10% payment after completion of Site Work and submission of final Technical documents as
specified in the Purchase Requisition against EIL’s Certification and submission of Performance
Bank Guarantee for 10% of Total Order Value (Supply plus Site Work), valid till full guarantee period
plus three months claim period.
In case of delay in start of the site work beyond 6 months, the above 10% Payment shall be released
against submission of Bank Guarantee of equivalent amount valid initially for 1 year and subject to
extension upto completion of the site work. However, in the event of delay in the site work, the
Supplier is not relieved of his responsibility to carry out the same.
1.3.1.5 10% payment within 30 days of handing over the successfully commissioned equipment. Wherever
commissioning is not in the Supplier’s scope, the payment will be released after completion of Site
Work as per PR and handing over of equipment.
1.3.2 Erection/ Site work

1.3.2.1 90% Payment against monthly running bills (based on agreed Billing Schedule), duly certified by
EIL.
1.3.2.2 10% Payment within 30 days after final handing over of equipment package to BPCL at site.
1.4 Fabricated Items (Vessels, Columns, Heat Exchangers, etc.)

1.4.1 5% Payment on approval of all drawings atleast in CODE-2 by EIL against submission of Bank
period.
Page 41 of 351
BPCL-KR
Job: A307
1.4.2 15% after receipt of identified raw materials at Supplier’s Works and against certification by EIL and
submission of Bank Guarantee of equivalent amount valid till complete execution of Order plus
Three months claim period.
1.4.3 60% Payment through NEFT against receipt of materials at BPCL’s Site. Billing Schedule to be
furnished by the Supplier in case pro-rata payments are required.
1.4.4 10% Payment after receipt of final documents as required in Purchase Requisition against EIL’s
certification and on submission of Performance Bank Guarantee for 10% of Total Order Value, valid
till full guarantee period plus Three months claim period.
1.4.5 Balance 10% Payment within 30 days of receipt of equipment at Site.
1.5 Other Items (Pumps, Compressors, Switchgears, etc.)

1.5.1 5% Payment on approval of all drawings atleast in CODE-2 by EIL against submission of Bank
period.
1.5.2 75% Payment against receipt of materials at BPCL’s Site. Billing Schedule to be furnished by the
Supplier in case pro-rata payments are required.
1.5.3 10% Payment after receipt of final documents as required in Purchase Requisition against EIL’s
certification and on submission of Performance Bank Guarantee for 10% of Total Order Value, valid
till full guarantee period plus three months claim period
1.5.4 Balance 10% Payment against Commissioning/Demonstration of Performance Guarantee (if
applicable) or 6 months from receipt of material at Site (against Bank Guarantee of equivalent
amount valid for 1 year), whichever is earlier. However, in the event of delay in conducting the
Performance Guarantee Run, the Supplier is not relieved of his responsibility to carry out the same.
No additional payment shall be made for visit of Supplier to Site for demonstrating the performance,
if the same is included in the scope of Supplier.
For items where supervision during erection, testing and commissioning is not required, the last 10%
Payment shall be released within 30 days of receipt of material at Site.
1.6 Payment for PGTR / Per Diem Charges for Supervision of Erection, Testing &
Commissioning
1.6.1 100% Payment of Invoice Amount shall be paid on completion of supervision services / PGTR
against submission of Invoice along with Time Sheet duly certified by EIL/BPCL Site-In-Charge.
Payment shall be made after deducting Income Tax at applicable rate. Service Tax, if any, shall be
paid on submission of Service Tax Invoice.
1.6.2 Where erection/commissioning supervision, commissioning assistance is required from the vendor,
penalty for non mobilization/delay in mobilization as per order shall also be specified in the
specifications. The penalty shall generally be 1.5 times the per diem rate for each day of delay of
reporting to site and shall be in addition to price reduction for delayed delivery.
1.6.3 Wherever supervision is in the scope of MR, bidders shall provide additional BG of an amount equal
to the per diem charges for the number of days considered for evaluation over and above 10%
PBG to cover compensation for delay in mobilising the erection/ commissioning personnel. This BG
will be released to the bidder upon the erection/ commissioning personnel reporting at site. This BG
shall be furnished along with payment milestone for submission of final documentation as per PR
and shall be valid up to six months which shall be extended based on the request by BPCL. (In case
where commissioning, Performance Guarantee Test, etc. are required and the 10% is under hold,
this condition shall not be applicable).
1.7 Transportation charges
1.7.1 100% Payment within 4 weeks after receipt of materials at site.
1.8 General
1.8.1 Excise Duty, Service Tax & VAT on Supplies shall be released only on receipt of Cenvatable/
Vatable copy of corresponding Invoice enabling availing of Input Credit by BPCL.
1.8.2 No initial advance payment along with Order shall be made by the Owner against Supplies as well
as Services (i.e. Transportation, Erection, Site Work, etc.). If a Supplier insists on the same, their
Offer shall be rejected.
1.8.3 Bank Guarantee(s) shall be issued through Scheduled Commercial Bank in India/ Indian Branch of
Foreign Bank, directly to BPCL as per the Pro-forma enclosed with RFQ documents and Supplier
shall also enclose copy of the same along with Invoice.
Page 42 of 351
BPCL-KR
Job: A307
1.8.4 All payments shall be released either through Electronic Clearing System (ECS) / Electronic Fund
Transfer (EFT)/ Real Time Gross Settlement (RTGS) or through internet, within 30 days of receipt of
Invoice and all requisite documents, complete in all respects.
1.8.5 Billing schedule shall be submitted to EIL & BPCL by the Supplier for approval within 30 days from
the date of Purchase Order wherever specified therein. No payment against pro-rata dispatch shall
be made without approval of Billing Schedule.
1.8.6 Major Raw Material: Shall be as specified below:
i. Columns and Vessels: Plates and Forgings
ii. Heat Exchangers: Plates, Forgings and Tubes
iii. Pumps/Compressors: Castings and Drivers
iv. Any other item(s) as may be defined in MR/PR.
2.0 PAYMENT TERMS FOR FOREIGN BIDDERS:

2.1 Where the Material Requisition is only for Supply of materials
2.1.1 100% of FOB Order Value shall be paid through an Irrevocable Letter of Credit against submission
of Shipping Documents. The Letter of Credit shall be established only on receipt of acceptance of
Fax of Acceptance/Purchase Order along with submission of Bank Guarantee of 15% of Order Value
(10% towards Performance Bank Guarantee valid till full Guarantee period plus Three months claim
period & separate 5% Bank Guarantee towards Price Reduction Schedule due to delay in delivery
valid till contractual delivery date (CDD) + Five and half Months).
For PGTR cases only
In case of PGTR 90% supply amount shall be released through Letter of Credit and last 10% supply
amount shall be released against successful demonstration of Performance Guarantee Test Run &
submission of Invoices duly certified by Site-In-charge or 6 months from receipt of material at site
(against BG of equivalent amount valid for 1 year), whichever is earlier. However in the event of
delay in conducting the PGTR, the bidder is not relieved of his responsibility to carry out the same.
No additional payment shall be made for visit of supplier to site for demonstrating the PGTR, if the
same is included in the scope of supplier.
2.2 Where the Material Requisition calls for Supply of material and Erection or Site Work in the
scope of Supplier and Package Items
For Supply Portion
2.2.1 90% Payment of FOB Supply value through an Irrevocable Letter of Credit against submission of
Shipping Documents. The Letter of Credit shall be established only on receipt of acceptance of Fax
of Acceptance/Purchase Order along with submission of Bank Guarantee of 15% of Order Value
(10% towards Performance Bank Guarantee valid till full Guarantee period plus Three months claim
period & separate 5% Bank Guarantee towards Price Reduction Schedule due to delay in delivery
valid till contractual delivery date (CDD) + Five and half Months).
2.2.2 10% Payment of FOB Supply value through direct wire transfer through banking channels on
completion of Erection or Site Work or Commissioning/Performance Guarantee Test Run (PGTR) at
site, as applicable as per Purchase Order/Purchase Requisition (PR) against submission of final
documents or Certificate of Completion of Work by BPCL Site.
For PGTR cases only
The above amount (10%) shall be released against successful demonstration of Performance
Guarantee Test Run & submission of Invoices duly certified by Site-In-charge or 6 months from
receipt of material at site (against BG of equivalent amount valid for 1 year), whichever is earlier.
However in the event of delay in conducting the PGTR, the bidder is not relieved of his responsibility
to carry out the same. No additional payment shall be made for visit of supplier to site for
demonstrating the PGTR, if the same is included in the scope of supplier.
For Site Work Portion (Erection/Commissioning/PGTR)

2.2.3 100% Payment of Amount for Erection or Site Work or Commissioning/Performance Guarantee Test
Run (PGTR) at site, shall be paid through direct wire transfer through banking channels on
completion of Erection or Site Work at site as per Purchase Order against submission of Certificate
for Completion of Work by EIL Site.
The Letter of Credit shall be established only on receipt of acceptance of Fax of
Acceptance/Purchase Order along with submission of Performance Bank Guarantee of 15% of Total
Order Value [Supply+Site Work] (10% towards Performance Bank Guarantee valid till full Guarantee
Page 43 of 351
BPCL-KR
Job: A307
period plus Three months claim period & separate 5% Bank Guarantee towards Price Reduction
Schedule due to delay in delivery valid till contractual delivery date (CDD) + Five and half Months).
2.3 For Training

2.3.1 At Site: 100% payment against final bill to be submitted by seller after completion of training duly
certified by site-in-charge.
2.3.2 At Supplier’s Works: 100% payment against final bill to be submitted by seller after completion of
training.
2.4 Annual Maintenance Contract
100% payment shall be paid at the end of each quarter of the contractual year against quarterly
progressive bills to be submitted by Seller duly certified by Site-in-Charge.
2.5 Payment for PGTR / Per Diem Charges for Supervision of Erection, Testing &
Commissioning
2.5.1 100% Payment of Invoice amount through direct wire transfer as per normal banking channels on
completion of supervision activity / PGTR upon submission of Invoice, Time Sheet duly certified by
Site In-Charge at BPCL Site, legible copy of visa (showing date of entry and date of exit from India)
and passport (showing Name and Nationality of the personnel). Payment shall be made after
deducting Income Tax at applicable rate.
2.5.2 Where erection/commissioning supervision, commissioning assistance is required from the vendor,
penalty for non mobilization/delay in mobilization as per order shall also be specified in the
specifications. The penalty shall generally be 1.5 times the per diem rate for each day of delay of
reporting to site and shall be in addition to price reduction for delayed delivery.
2.5.3 Wherever supervision is in the scope of MR, bidders shall provide additional BG of an amount equal
to the per diem charges for the number of days considered for evaluation over and above 10%
PBG to cover compensation for delay in mobilising the erection/ commissioning personnel. This BG
will be released to the bidder upon the erection/ commissioning personnel reporting at site. This BG
shall be furnish along with dispatch documents which shall be initially valid up to six months whixh
shall be extended based on the request by BPCL.
2.6 General
2.6.1 No initial advance payment along with Order shall be made by the Owner against Supplies as well
as Services (i.e. Transportation, Erection, Site Work, etc.). If a Supplier insists on the same, their
Offer shall be rejected.
2.6.2 All Bank Guarantee(s) shall be issued through any Indian Scheduled Bank or branch of an
International Bank situated in India and registered with Reserve Bank of India as scheduled foreign
Bank as per Pro-forma provided in RFQ documents. All Bank Guarantees will be directly to BPCL by
the Bank.
2.6.3 All bank charges and stamp duties payable outside India in connection with payments shall be borne
by the Supplier. All bank charges and stamp duties payable in India shall be borne by BPCL except
L/C Amendment charges for delays in delivery. Confirmation charges for Confirmed L/C shall be
borne by Supplier.
2.6.4 Billing schedule shall be submitted to EIL & BPCL by the Supplier for approval within 30 days from
the date of Purchase Order wherever specified therein. No part shipment shall be made without
approval of billing schedule.
2.6.5 Subject to Technical Acceptability, For supplies sourced within India (if any) by Foreign
Bidder & directly dispatched to Site shall have following provisions: (Refer Annexure-A)
3.0 OCEAN FREIGHT:

3.1 Ocean freight from FOB Port of Exit to designated Indian Port shall be arranged by BPCL through
their nominated Freight Forwarder. Supplier shall arrange handing over the material to BPCL Freight
Forwarder at the designated Port of Exit.
3.2 In cases where the RFQ requires the Supplier to quote Ocean Freight, BPCL reserves the right to
ask the Supplier to arrange shipment through their own Freight Forwarder at the quoted freight
rates.
3.3 Owner/EIL reserves the right to place the order for foreign bidder either on FOB basis or CFR basis.
In case of award, initially the order shall be placed on FOB basis and Owner reserves the right to
convert the same to CFR basis within 4 months, from placement of order. Therefore, the Ocean
Page 44 of 351
BPCL-KR
Job: A307
Freight Charges/ CFR prices should be valid for additional 4 months from the date of Order. The
bidder is required to furnish the shipping details within 45 days from the date of order. In case the
bidder is not able to prove the shipping details within 45 days then 4 months shall be considered
from the date of receipt of shipping details of consignment for converting FOB to CFR.
3.4 Above clause no. 3.1 to 3.3 is not applicable for Turn-Key jobs where ocean freight along with
Marine cum transit cum erection insurance in bidders scope.
SECTION – B: EVALUATION CRITERIA FOR COMPARISION OF BIDS
4.0 WHERE ONLY INDIAN BIDS ARE UNDER COMPARISON:

Bids shall be evaluated on the basis of Net Effective Price i.e. landed cost at Site including Third
Party Inspection charges (if applicable) by Third Party Inspection Agency as nominated by BPCL
minus CENVAT/ Set Off benefit available to BPCL.
Commercial loading shall be done on FOT Dispatch Point price.
If a Bidder does not quote freight charges, his offer shall be loaded with maximum freight charges as
quoted by the other bidders.
Taxes/Duties:
Taxes and Duties will be loaded as applicable. However, if a Bidder states that the Sales Tax/
Excise Duty is not applicable at present or quotes lesser percentage stating the same will be
charged as applicable at the time of delivery, then such Bidder’s price will be loaded by the highest
rate as indicated by the remaining bidders.
5.0 WHERE ONLY FOREIGN BIDS ARE UNDER COMPARISON:

Bids shall be evaluated on the CIF basis including Custom Clearance (as mentioned below),
considering firm ocean freight up to Port of Entry (Kochi, India) as quoted by bidders.
Sl. No. Head Basis
1 F.O.B. Price As quoted by the Bidder (including stowage charges in case of
pipes*) and Third Party Inspection charges.
* Stowage charges, if not included in the quoted FOB Price, the
same shall be loaded @ 10% of freight quoted by the Bidder.
2 Add – Ocean Freight Firm Freight charges as quoted by Bidders or provision mentioned
in the bid documents
3 Add – Marine Insurance @ 1% of FOB Price
4 Add – Customs Duty Prevailing Rate on (CIF value plus Landing Charges @ 1% of CIF
Value)
5 Commercial Loading, if any On FOB Value
6 Less – Cenvatable Duties
7 FOT SITE PRICE Sum Total (Sl. Nos. 1 ~ 5) – (Sl. No. 6)
If a Bidder does not quote Ocean freight charges, his offer shall be loaded with maximum freight
charges as quoted by the other bidders.
Comparison shall be done on equivalent Indian Rupees considering RBI Reference rate of Foreign
Exchange published on the day of Opening of Priced Bids.
Normally, deviations in Payment terms, Firm prices & Performance Bank Guarantee are not
acceptable. However, wherever Bidder insists, the loading shall be done as applicable to Indigenous
cases on FOB price.
6.0 WHERE INDIAN AS WELL AS FOREIGN BIDS ARE UNDER COMPARISON:

Domestic Bidders:
Bids shall be evaluated on the basis of Landed Cost at Site (considering EIL Inspection charges @
1.25% of FOT Dispatch Point price) including all duties, taxes and transportation charges less
Cenvatable Excise Duty, Cenvatable Service Tax, VAT on Supplies, VAT on Works Contract,
whichever is applicable.
Commercial loading shall be done on FOT Dispatch Point price.
Page 45 of 351
BPCL-KR
Job: A307
Foreign Bidders:
Bids shall be evaluated on the basis of landed cost at Site including the charges of inspection by
Third Party Inspection Agency, all duties, taxes and ocean freight charges as under less Cenvatable
CVD/SAD, Cenvatable Service Tax, VAT on Supplies, VAT on Works Contract, whichever is
applicable.
Sl. No. Head Basis

1 F.O.B. Price As quoted by the Bidder (including stowage charges in case of
pipes*) and Third Party Inspection charges.
* Stowage charges, if not included in the quoted FOB Price, the
same shall be loaded @ 10% of freight quoted by the Bidder.
2 Add – Ocean Freight Firm Freight charges as quoted by Bidders
3 Add – Marine Insurance @ 1% of FOB Price
4 Add – Customs Duty Prevailing Rate on (CIF value plus Landing Charges @ 1% of CIF
Value)
5 Add – Port Handling Charges @ 2% of CIF Value
Sl. No. Head Basis

6 Add – Inland Freight Charges 1% of Landed Cost i.e. Sl. Nos. 1 to 5
from Port of Entry in India to
Project Site
7 Add – L/C charges @ 1% of FOB Price
8 Commercial Loading, if any On FOB Value
9 Less – Cenvatable Duties
10 FOT SITE PRICE Sum Total (Sl. Nos. 1 ~ 8) – (Sl. No. 9)
Wherever supervision and site works are involved, in that cases service tax plus Ed. Cess shall be
loaded with as applicable rates
7.0 GENERAL NOTES:
i. Cost of Mandatory (Insurance) Spares, if identified in the Material Requisition, Commissioning
spares and Special Tools & Tackles will be included for price evaluation of bids, but costs of Spares
for Two Years Normal Operation & Maintenance shall be excluded.
ii. Cost of loading towards Technical Parameters (Utilities, etc.) wherever applicable shall be carried
out.
iii. BPCL shall claim CENVAT benefits on Excise Duty, CVD/SAD, Service Tax as well as the Cess
applicable and accordingly Excise Duty/ CVD/ SAD/ Cess/ Service Tax shall be considered and
necessary credit shall be given for evaluation and comparison of bids.
Wherever Site Work, AMC, Training, Supervision, etc. are required as per MR/RFQ, the same shall
be considered for evaluation.
iv. Bidders shall indicate the Customs Duty at Merit Rate in their Offer.
v. The Bidder must ascertain and confirm along with supporting documents in the bid, if any Custom
duty exemption / waiver is applicable to the products being supplied by bidder under any multi-lateral
/ bi-lateral trade agreement between India and Bidder’s country.
The bidder shall liable to provide all documentation to ensure availment of the exemption / waiver. In
case the bidder defaults on this due to any reason whatsoever, they shall be liable to bear the
incremental Custom Duty applicable, if any.
Any Custom Duty applicability on account of any change in the bi-lateral / multi-lateral agreement
shall be in bidder’s account.
Page 46 of 351
BPCL-KR
Job: A307
Documentation to be furnished for availing any exemption / waiver of Custom Duty shall be
specifically listed in Letter of Credit also as the pre-requisite for release of payment against shipping
documents and this documentation shall necessarily from a part of shipping documents.
vi. BPCL shall issue Concessional Form ‘C’ for Central SalesTax, for all applicable cases.
vii. Comparison shall be done on equivalent Indian Rupees considering RBI Reference Rate of Foreign
Exchange published on the day of opening of the Price Bids.
viii. Third Party Inspection charges for foreign bidder must be included in quoted prices or anything
specifically mentioned in RFQ documents..
ix. Excise Duty, Central Sales Tax, VAT on Supplies & Service Tax shall not be included in the quoted
prices and shall be payable extra at actual. BPCL shall claim eligible credit on CENVAT/Service
Tax/VAT quoted by the Bidder and therefore eligible portion of CENVAT/Service Tax/VAT shall be
considered for price comparison. Bidder shall be required to furnish proper invoices issued in
accordance with relevant rules for enabling BPCL to avail CENVAT benefits. Further, the amount of
Excise Duty, Service Tax & VAT shall only be payable against submission of CENVATABLE/
VATABLE Invoices, subject to maximum amount quoted in the Offer and in case of non-submission,
will not be paid.
x. Bidders quoted transportation charges shall be inclusive of service tax plus education cess
thereupon applicable on transportation.
xi. Transit Insurance/ Marine Insurance shall be excluded from Supplier’s scope for the items where
only supply is involved, and in such cases, the same shall be arranged by the Owner. For purchases
involving Site Work, the Comprehensive Insurance (Transit/Marine cum Storage, Erection, till
handing over of equipment) shall be in the scope of Supplier.
xii. Owner reserves its right to allow Public Sector Enterprises (Central/State), Micro & Small
Enterprises (MSEs) and MSEs owned by Scheduled Caste (SC)/ Scheduled tribe (ST)
entrepreneurs, purchase preference as admissible/applicable from time to time under the existing
Govt. policy. Bidder to submit documentary evidence for the same duly certified by Statutory Auditor
of the bidder or a practicing Charted Account (not being an employee or a Director or not having any
interest in the Bidder’s company / firm) where audited accounts are not mandatory as per law.). In
this regard, item wise quantity may be splitted and the quoted price shall remain valid.
xiii. If various item rates are present in the RFQ and if there is correction/wrong entry or a difference
between the values entered in figures and in words, the following procedure shall be adopted for
evaluation.
i. When there is a difference between the rate in figures and in words for an item, the rate
which corresponds to the amount worked out by the Bidder for the item based on the
notional quantity specified, shall be taken as correct.
ii. When the rate quoted by the Bidder in figures and words tallies but the amount is incorrect,
the rate quoted by the Bidder shall be taken as correct.
iii. When it is not possible to ascertain the correct rate as detailed above, the rate quoted for
the item in words shall be adopted as the quoted rate.
iv. If the total amount written against an item does not correspond to the rate written in figures
and if the rate in words is missing, then the higher of the rates, i.e. higher of the rate worked
out by dividing the amount by the notional quantity and the rate quoted shall be considered
for evaluation In the event that such a bid is determined as the lowest bid, the lower of the
rates shall be considered for award of works.
8.0 SPECIAL NOTES ON TAXES/DUTIES AND CENVAT BENEFITS:

(i) CST/ Kerala VAT (Applicable only on supplies being made from within state of Kerala), as
applicable during the contractual delivery period, shall be paid by the supplier and the same
shall be reimbursed on submission of the documentary proof. 'C' Form for CST will be
issued for all applicable cases. However no concessional form is applicable for Kerala VAT.
(ii) CENVAT BENEFITS: In view of CENVAT/ Input credit benefits being available to BPCL on
Excise Duty, no loading on Cenvatable excise duty and/ or interest thereon shall be
considered for comparison of bids. In the case of Kerala VAT on Supplies, loading will be
done to extent of 80% of VAT rate (since VAT credit is available for 20% only)
In the case of Service Tax, Cenvat credit against Service Tax shall be available to BPCL to
the extent of 96% only. Hence loading of 4% of Service Tax rate shall be considered for
Price evaluation.
(iii) BPCL shall claim CENVAT benefits on Excise Duty, Kerala VAT /CVD/SAD/Service Tax as
well as the cess applicable and accordingly Excise Duty /VAT/CVD/SAD/Service Tax, Cess
shall be considered and necessary credit shall be given for evaluation and comparison of
Page 47 of 351
BPCL-KR
Job: A307
bids. Credit shall be taken during evaluation for 20% of Kerala VAT rate, 96% of Service Tax
rate and full amount for other Cenvatable taxes and duties.
(iv) Excise Duty, Central Sales Tax, Kerala VAT & Service Tax shall not be included in the
quoted prices and shall be payable extra at actuals. Further, the amount of Excise Duty,
Service Tax, Central Sales Tax, KVAT shall only be payable against submission of
supporting documents/Cenvatable/Vatable invoices subject to maximum amount quoted in
the offer and in case of non-submission, will not be paid.
(v) Non Cenvatable Excise Duty, if any is to be included in quoted prices & no variation on any
account (including statutory variation) shall be paid by Owner.
(vi) All New taxes/duties/cess/levies notified after the last date of submission of bid (final bid due
date) but within contractual delivery/ completion period, shall be to Owner’s account.
(vii) The bidder shall be required to furnish details of any special dispensation regarding
concessional/ exempted taxes/ duties.
9.0 PRICE REDUCTION SCHEDULE TOWARDS DELAY IN DELIVERY:

i. For Indigenous Vendor:
a) In case item involving supply and site work:-
Price Reduction Schedule towards delay in delivery for domestic bidder shall be applicable as per
clause no. 9.0 of GPC Indigenous of RFQ subject to following modification:
“Price Reduction schedule for (Supply + Site work) shall be @ 0.5% of value of total order value
(TOV) of per week of delay or part thereof subject to maximum of 5% total order value (TOV)”.
b) In case item involving only supply:-

Delayed Delivery shall be as per clause 9 of GPC (For Indigenous materials & equipments).
ii. For Foreign Vendor:

c) In case item involving supply and site work:-
Price Reduction Schedule (Supply + Site work) towards delay in delivery for foreign bidder shall be
applicable as per clause no. 17 of GPC Import of RFQ subject to following modification:
“Imports, for any delay in delivery of equipments / materials or part thereof beyond the delivery
date stipulated, the vendor shall be liable to pay, compensation at 0. 5% of the total FOB Value of
order per week of delay or part thereof subject to maximum of 5% of the total FOB Value of
order”.
a) In case item involving only supply:-

Delayed Delivery shall be as per clause 17 of GPC (For Foreign materials & equipments).
iii. Wherever the supply period and site work are indicated as two separate periods and
notice of site readiness is required for site work, intervening period, if any shall be
excluded, while calculating the price schedule for delay.”
10.0 Guarantee / Warranty Period :-

i) For Indigenous Vendor:
a) In case item involving supply and site work including comprehensive Insurance
policy:-
In partial modification of the terms specified in clause 30 of GPC –12 months from the date of
handing over of duly completed plant/equipment/system as per the contract at site to the owner.
b) In case item involving supply and site work excluding comprehensive Insurance
policy:-
Performance Guarantee shall be as per clause 30 of GPC (For Indigenous materials &
equipments).
c) In case item involving only supply:-

Performance Guarantee shall be as per clause 30 of GPC (For Indigenous materials &
equipments).
Page 48 of 351
BPCL-KR
Job: A307
ii) For Foreign Vendor:

a. In case item involving supply and site work including comprehensive Insurance
policy:-
In partial modification of the terms specified in clause 26 of GPC –12 months from the date of
handing over of duly completed plant/equipment/system as per the contract at site to the owner.
b. In case item involving supply and site work Excluding comprehensive Insurance
policy:-
Performance Guarantee shall be as per clause 26 of GPC (For Foreign materials & equipments).
c. In case item involving only supply:-

Performance Guarantee shall be as per clause 26 of GPC (For Foreign materials & equipments).
SECTION-C: COMMERCIAL LOADING OF OFFERS IN CASE OF DEVIATIONS
11.0 BASIS OF LOADING:

The Foreign Bids shall be loaded on FOB Port of Exit prices and the Indian Bids shall be loaded on
FOT Despatch Point prices.
12.0 PAYMENT TERMS:
i. Any differential payment terms offered by an Indian supplier as against the terms specified in the
RFQ/ GPC shall be loaded @ 15% (simple interest) per annum for the applicable period as under:
Drawing approval : 80% of the delivery period
Sub-ordering of raw materials : 75% of the delivery period
Receipt of raw material at vendor’s works : 50% of the delivery period
Final 10% also against dispatch documents : one month
Period of any other stage shall be suitably decided at the time of evaluation.
In cases like turnkey jobs, to derive the delivery period of supply items, the total period of turnkey
jobs shall be split into delivery period of supplies & site work period in the ratio of 70:30 for loading of
differential payment terms for the supply periods as defined above.
ii. Foreign suppliers shall not be permitted to offer differential payment terms as against the terms
specified in the RFQ/ GPC and in case they insist, their offer shall be rejected.
iii. Advance along with FOA/ PO will not be allowed. If a supplier insists for advance payment along
with FOA/PO, his offer shall be rejected.
13.0 PERFORMANCE BANK GUARANTEE (PBG):

i. Performance Bank Guarantee shall be required in all cases of supplies of all values. In case a
supplier offers to give a PBG for less than 10% of order value, or for a lesser period than what is
provided in GPC, loading shall be done for the differential amount and/ or the differential period. For
differential period/ amount, the following example will amplify the methodology of loading (if GPC
specifies 10% PBG for 18 months + 3 months claim period = Total 21 months):
For differential period:
Period offered by Bidder Loading
10% for 21 months - No loading
10% for 18 months - 10% x 3/21 = 1.43%
10% for 12 months - 10% x 9/21 = 4.29%
10% for 6 months - 10% x 15/21 = 7.14%
For differential Amount:
Other than 10%: To be loaded by percentage by which PBG is short of 10%.
ii. In case, bidder does not agree to submit the PBG, 10% payment shall be deducted and withheld till
the guarantee period.
iii. In case, Bidder does not agree to submit the PBG or agree for deduction as per Cl. 13.(ii) above, the
offer shall be liable for rejection.
14.0 DELAYED DELIVERIES:
i. For Supply Only: [considering 0.5% un-delivered order value (UDOV) ~ 5% total order value
(TOV)]
Page 49 of 351
BPCL-KR
Job: A307
In case a Supplier does not accept the delayed delivery clause and/or takes any deviation (indicates
Penalty clause/Liquidated damages in place of Price Reduction Clause) or takes exception to the
percentage rate mentioned in GPC, the offer of such supplier(s) shall be loaded as under:
0.5% UDOV to 5%TOV : No loading
0.5% UDOV to 5% UDOV : 5%
0.5% UDOV to less than 5% TOV : Differential between the offered %age and 5%
Any other deviation/Liquidated : 5%
Damages/ penalty or non acceptance
of price reduction schedule
ii. For Supply + Site Work: [considering 0.5% total order value (TOV) ~ 5% total order value
(TOV)]
0.5% TOV to 5%TOV : No loading
0.5% UDOV to 5%TOV : 5% loading
0.5% TOV to less than 5% TOV : Differential between the Offered % and 5%
Any other deviation/Liquidated : 5%
Damages/ penalty or non acceptance
of price reduction schedule
15.0 PRICE VARIATION:
Suppliers must quote firm & fixed prices unless price variation is specified in the RFQ. Where price
variation is permitted as per RFQ, the loading thereto shall be as follows:
a) Firm Price No loading

b) In case of Price Variation formula with ceiling Loading by ceiling percentage offered.
c) No ceiling on the formula specified (This 1.5 times the maximum ceiling specified by
loading other Suppliers. In case all other Suppliers
shall be done only after putting efforts with have quoted firm prices then @ 1.25% for
Supplier to indicate ceiling and obtaining every month of quoted delivery period to be
BPCL’s approval) taken as ceiling.
d) No formula and no ceiling specified by Offer may be rejected.
Supplier
(This shall be resorted to only after putting
efforts with Supplier and obtaining BPCL’s
approval)
16.0 FREIGHT CHARGES:

i. Indian Suppliers shall quote firm freight charges up to destination by road transport for all cases until
unless specified otherwise in the RFQ documents.
17.0 INDIAN TAXES/ DUTIES:
In case a supplier states that taxes/duties are not applicable at present and will be charged as
applicable at the time of delivery then his bid shall be loaded by the maximum rate of taxes/duties
applicable.
18.0 DELIVERY/COMPLETION PERIOD:

The required delivery / completion period will be stipulated in the RFQ and the bids with longer than
required delivery shall be liable for rejection.
19.0 UTILITIES:
Cost loading in respect of utilities etc. will be considered as mentioned in RFQ documents.
20.0 FOREIGN EXCHANGE RATE VARIATION/CUSTOM DUTY VARIATION FOR INDIAN BIDDERS
(ON BUILT-IN IMPORT CONTENT) :
i. Prices shall remain firm and fixed without any escalation except for statutory variation in customs
duty rate.
The prices shall be firm and fixed on account of FE variation also.
Page 50 of 351
BPCL-KR
Job: A307
ii. Indigenous bidders shall be required to quote their prices including customs duty (Merit rate)
towards their built in import content. CIF content in Indian Rupees shall also be furnished by
Bidders along with the merit rate of customs duty considered.
iii. The statutory variation in customs duty shall be subject to the following
guidelines and the supplier shall confirm the following in their bid:
(a) Maximum CIF value of import content shall be furnished in the bid.
(b) The material to be imported covering the above CIF value to be indicated in the bid.
(c) Any increase in price due to increase in customs duty rate beyond two-third of the quoted
delivery period will be to supplier’s account. However, any decrease in price due to
decrease in customs duty rate at the time of actual clearance of imported materials shall
be passed on to BPCL.
(d) Variation in price due to customs duty rate will be dealt with separately after receipt of
materials at site against documentary evidence.
21.0 VAT ON WORKS CONTRACTS/ SERVICE TAX/ SPLITTING OF ORDERS:

i. Wherever site work is involved, suppliers shall quote their prices inclusive of VAT on Works
Contracts. The Supplier shall submit the assessment/ liability certificate from Sales Tax Authority
stating the tax due on Contract/ Running bill submitted for payment for enabling BPCL to deduct
the VAT on Works Contract as per the certificate, from Suppliers Invoices and remittance to tax
authorities. TDS Certificate towards deduction of VAT on Works Contract shall be provided to
supplier by owner. Payment to the Supplier will be released only on receipt of the aforesaid
certificate. The Supplier shall submit the total tax liability certificate along with final bill. Under no
circumstance, the Supplier should remit VAT on Works Contract directly to the Department. Any
loss to BPCL, due to direct remittance of VAT on Works Contract by Supplier will be recovered from
Supplier. BPCL shall not be responsible for any delay in payment/ non-payment of bill due to delay
in submission/ non-submission of the aforesaid certificate. Order for Supply and Site Work shall not
be split and only single order covering the entire scope of work on each supplier shall be placed.
ii. Wherever, Service Tax is applicable, Suppliers shall quote their prices exclusive of Service Tax.
Supplier shall be required to furnish Invoices towards Service Tax in order to enable BPCL to avail
credit of the same. Presently BPCL is able to avail credit of 96% of the Service Tax rate only.
Hence, 4% of Service Tax rate shall be loaded for price evaluation. The same is not applicable for
service tax on transportation charges, since CENVAT Benefits not available.
22.0 ENTRY TAX:

Entry Tax is not applicable presently in the State of Kerala and Bidder’s should not include the
same in their quoted rates/prices. In case Entry Tax is leviable at a later date, the same shall be
borne by Owner.
23.0 REJECTION CRITERIA:

Bidder shall strictly comply with the technical and commercial requirements. Bid shall be considered
non responsive and rejected, if bidder insists on deviations to the under mentioned provisions of
RFQ/Bidding document:
i) Bid Security amount, Bid security validity, issuing bank and any major deviation to format of
Bid security. However this shall not be applicable in case Bid security is not required as per
RFQ/Bidding Document.
ii) Advance payment along with FOA/ PO.
iii) Unless specified in the RFQ, Price variation with no formula and no ceiling.
iv) Price change/implication against TQ/CQ when there is no change in scope of work,
specification and terms & conditions of MR/RFQ.
v) Delivery / completion schedule.
vi) Guarantee/ Defects Liability Period
vii) Inadequate Bid Validity
viii) Performance bank Guarantee or any other bank guarantee mandatorily required against
Milestone or supervision or Price Reduction Schedule (PRS)
Page 51 of 351
BPCL-KR
Job: A307
24.0 SUO-MOTO CHANGES IN PRICES:
(i.) Any Suo-moto reduction in price offered by a supplier within the bid validity by way of discount or
revised prices subsequent to the bid due date and which is not as a result of any change in scope of
supply or terms and conditions, shall not be taken into account for evaluation. However, such
reduction in price shall be taken into account for ordering if such supplier happens to be the
recommended supplier as per the originally quoted prices.
(ii.) However, in the event of any suo-moto price increase sought by a supplier subsequent to the bid
due date and which is not as a result of any change in scope of supply or terms and conditions, the
bid of such a supplier shall be rejected for the items in which such suo-moto increase is made.
(iii.) Any wrong interpretation of taxes & duties or any taxes & duties not specified in the offer shall be
borne by Bidder.
25.0 PRICE IMPLICATION NOT PERMITTED:
Price implications on account of technical clarifications shall not be permitted as long as
BPCL/EIL do not change the specifications/ scope spelt out in the RFQ.
26.0 INTEGRITY PACT:

For all RFQs/ enquiries of value exceeding Rs 1 (One) Crore, the bidder shall comply with the
requirements of the Integrity Pact (IP) and Integrity Pact of RFQ/Bidding document shall be
accepted and Bidder must submit the same duly signed & stamped along with their bid. Failure to
submit the Integrity Pact shall lead to outright rejection of Bid.
Bidding shall be through E-tendering methodology as per Enclosed Annexure-I to RFQ..
SECTION-D: SPECIAL CONDITIONS.
27.0 DELIVERY SCHEDULE/ COMPLETION PERIOD:

i. All goods under the scope of the Supplier shall be delivered as per delivery schedule/ completion
period specified in Request for Quotation (RFQ) and no variation shall be permitted.
ii. Failing to meet the delivery schedule/ completion period will be subject to price reduction and/or
other remedies available to the purchaser in RFQ documents.
iii. Price Reduction Schedule (PRS) shall be applicable as per Clause 9.0 of GPC (Indian) & clause no.
17 of GPC (Imported) and mentioned in RFQ Covering letter.
(iv.) The delivery schedule/ completion period shall be reckoned from the date of Fax of Acceptance.
(V.) For Indian Bidder date of LR/GR shall be considered as date of delivery or date of receipt of material
at site shall be the date of delivery as specified in RFQ/FOA/PO. For Foreign Bidder date of clean
bill of Lading shall be considered as date of Delivery.
(VI.) In case of foreign bidder, quoted FOB Port of Exit prices shall be inclusive of all charges, all taxes &
duties, applicable upto FOB port of exit.
28.0 DESPATCH INSTRUCTIONS FOR INDIGENOUS SUPPLIES:
i. Supplier shall obtain despatch clearance from the purchaser prior to despatch.
ii. Following despatch documents are required to be submitted by the Indigenous supplier immediately
after shipment is made.
 Commercial Invoice
 Dispatch instructions/ clearance by Purchaser/Consultant.
 Inspection Release Note by Third Party Inspection Agency/ Purchaser/ Consultant.
 LR/ GR
 Packing List
 Test Certificates (NDT reports, MTC, etc. as per MR)
 Certificate of Measurement and Weight
 List of documents as specified in Vendor Data Requirement in Material Requisition &
counter signed & stamped by EIL.
Page 52 of 351
BPCL-KR
Job: A307
29.0 NEW / ADDITIONAL TAXES & DUTIES (Applicable for Indian Bidder):
i. Within the contractual delivery period, if any new taxes and/or duties come into force the same will
be reimbursed to bidder against documentary evidence. However any new or additional taxes/
duties imposed after contractual delivery shall be to borne by seller.
ii. All necessary taxes & duties registration, if required for carrying out the site activities shall be done
by the bidder and cost towards the same shall be included in quoted prices.
iii. The statutory variations on Customs duty (rate) considered on above CIF value of built – in import
content, within contractual delivery period shall be to Employer’s account against submission of the
documentary evidence. However, any increase in the rate of Customs duty beyond the contractual
completion period shall be to bidder’s account. In case of wrong classification, no variation
including statutory variation of Customs Duty will be payable extra. Any decrease in the rate of
Customs duty shall be passed on to the Employer.
iv. The statutory variations on Excise rate and amount of Excise Duty, CST with concessional form &
VAT without concessional form, which will be payable on the finished goods and Cenvatable
Service Tax, as applicable, within the contractual delivery period shall be to Employer’s account
against submission of the documentary evidence. Any increase in the rate of these taxes and
duties beyond the contractual completion period shall be to bidder’s account. However, any
decrease in the rate of taxes & duties shall be passed on to the Employer.
v. Works Contract Tax & service tax on transportation, if applicable, shall be included in the quoted
prices and no variation including statutory variations shall be payable by BPCL.
30.0 RECOVERY OF CUSTOM DUTY, EXCISE DUTY AND SALES TAX:

In case of Indian Bidders, if the Statutory Variation entitles the employer to recover the amount
(irrespective of contractual delivery) such amount will be recovered from any bill of the Supplier
immediately on enforcement of such variation under intimation to the Supplier.
31.0 GOVERNING LAW:

Laws of India will govern the Agreement. All matters relating to this contract are subject to the
exclusive jurisdiction of the Courts situated in Kochi, Ambalamugal (District), Kerala (India).
32.0 PURCHASER’S RIGHTS AND REMEDIES:

Without prejudice to PURCHASER’s right and remedies under Agreement, if SUPPLIER fails to
commence delivery as per agreed schedule and/or in reasonable opinion of the PURCHASER,
SUPPLIER is not in a position to makeup the delay to meet the intended purpose, the PURCHASER
may terminate the AGREEMENT in full or part at SUPPLIER’s default and may get supplies from
other sources at SUPPLIER’s risk and cost.
33.0 DEDUCTION AT SOURCE:

i. Purchaser will release the payment to the Supplier after effecting deductions as per applicable law in
force. Purchaser will release the payment to the Supplier after effecting deductions as per applicable
law in force. Owner shall deduct VAT on Works Contract as applicable & shall furnish TDS certificate
to supplier.
ii. Purchaser will release payments to the Supplier after offsetting all dues to the Purchaser payable
by the Supplier under the Contract.
34.0 STATUTORY APPROVAL RELATED WITH SUPPLIES / WORKS:
Approval from any authority (i.e. Inspector of Boiler, Electrical Inspector, and Municipal Corporation
of Greater Kochi (MCGK) etc.) required as per statutory rules and regulations of Central/ State
Government shall be the responsibility of Contractor agency.
The application on behalf of the OWNER for submission to relevant authorities along with copies of
required certificate complete in all respects shall be prepared and submitted by the Contractor
agency well ahead of time so that the actual construction/ commissioning of the work is not delayed
for want of the approval/ inspection by concerned authorities. The Contractor agency shall arrange
the inspection of the works by the authorities and necessary coordination and liaison work in this
respect shall be the responsibility of the Contractor agency. Reimbursement by the OWNER of the
Page 53 of 351
BPCL-KR
Job: A307
statutory fees payable by Contractor agency (as per advance approval of OWNER) may be provided
for, subject to submission of receipt.
The Contractor agency shall carry out any change/ addition required to meet the requirements of the
statutory authorities, within the quoted rates. The inspection and acceptance of the work by statutory
authorities shall be the responsibility of the Contractor agency.
List of all documents, drawings, forms, affidavits etc required for the approvals shall be submitted by
the contractor agency.
35.0 LIEN:
Supplier shall ensure that the Scope of Supply supplied under the Agreement shall be free from any
claims of title/liens from any third party. In the event of such claims by any party, Supplier shall at
his own cost defend, indemnify and hold harmless Purchaser or its authorised representative from
such disputes of title/liens, costs, consequences etc.
36.0 LIMITATION OF LIABILITY:

Notwithstanding anything contrary contained herein, the aggregate total liability of Seller under the
Agreement or otherwise shall be limited to 100% of Agreement/ Order price. However, neither party
shall be liable to the other party for any indirect and consequential damages, loss of profits or loss of
production.
SECTION-E: GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS
37.0 GENERAL: Bidders shall submit their Bids in following manner & containing the listed inputs, duly
filled-in, stamped & signed by authorized signatory of Bidder holding Power of Attorney, as a
minimum requirement:
a) PART-I: UNPRICED OFFER
A. All technical specifications as per requirement of MR.
B. Agreed Terms & Conditions duly filled in.
C. Terms & Conditions for Supervision of Erection/Testing/Commissioning, if applicable
D. Terms & Conditions for Site Work, if applicable
E. Copy of Registration with EIL, if applicable
F. Copy of MOU/ MOM, if any, signed with EIL and referred in offer.
G. Integrity Pact, duly filled-in, stamped & signed on each page (if applicable).
H. Complete Audited Financial Report of latest preceding Financial year.
I. Deviation sheet, if any.
J. Price Schedule with prices blanked out but “Quoted/ Not quoted” to be mentioned & its
relevant enclosures, duly filled-in, stamped & signed on each page.
b) PART-II: PRICED OFFER
A. Price Schedule with prices filled in.
B. Statement that all specifications and terms & conditions are as per un-priced part of offer.
Note:
Bidding currency shall be Indian Rupees for supplies dispatched from India & and USD/EURO for
supplies dispatched from foreign.
38.0 FRAUDULENT PRACTICES:

The OWNER requires that Bidders/ Contractors observe the highest standard of ethics du ring
the award/ execution of Contract. "Fraudulent Practice" means a misrepresentation of facts in order
to influence the award of a Contract to the detriment of the Owner, and includes collusive practice
among bidders (prior to or after bid submission) designed to establish bid prices at artificial non-
competitive levels and to deprive the Owner of the benefits of free and open competition.
a) The OWNER will reject a proposal for award if it determines that the bidder recommended for
award has engaged in fraudulent practices in competing for the Contract in question.
Bidder is required to furnish the complete and correct information/ documents required for
evaluation of their bids. If the information/ documents forming basis of evaluation is found to be
false/ forged, the same shall be considered adequate ground for rejection of bids and forfeiture
of Earnest Money Deposit.
Page 54 of 351
BPCL-KR
Job: A307
b) In case, the information/ document furnished by the Bidder/ Contractor forming basis of
evaluation of his bid is found to be false/ forged after the award of the contract, Owner shall
have full right to terminate the contract and get the remaining job executed at the risk & cost of
such Bidder/ Contractor without any prejudice to other rights available to Owner under the
contract such as forfeiture of CPBG/ Security Deposit, withholding of payment etc.
c) In case, this issue of submission of false documents comes to the notice after execution of
work, Owner shall have full right to forfeit any amount due to the Bidder/ Contractor along with
forfeiture of CPBG/ Security Deposit furnished by the bidder/ contractor.
d) Further, such bidder/ contractor shall be put on Blacklist/ Holiday/ Negative List of OWNER/EIL
debarring them from future business with Owner & EIL for a time period, as per the prevailing
policy of OWNER & EIL.
39.0 ONE BID PER BIDDER:

a. A Bidder shall submit only one bid in the same bidding process. A Bidder who submits or
participates in more than one bid will cause all the proposals in which the bidder has
participated to be disqualified.
b. Alternative price bids are not acceptable.
40.0 LANGUAGE OF BID:

a) The Bid prepared by the bidder, all correspondence/drawings and documents relating to the
bid exchanged by the bidder with the Owner/Consultant shall be in English Language alone
provided that any document furnished by the bidder may be written in another language so
long as accompanied by an English translation, in which case, for the purpose of interpretation
of the bid, the English translation shall govern.
b) In the event of submission of any document/ certificate by the Bidder in a language other than
English, the English translation of the same duly authenticated by Chamber of Commerce of
Bidder’s country shall be submitted by the Bidder. Metric measurement system shall be
applied.
41.0 EARNEST MONEY DEPOSIT:
Bidder shall furnish, as part of its Bid, EMD for an amount as indicated in the NIT/ IFB. If the
Bidder is unable to submit Bid Document Fee & EMD in original within the due date & time, then
bidder shall submit the original Bid Document Fee & EMD within 7 days from the date of unpriced
bid opening, provided copy of the same have been uploaded on E-Tendering Website. In case
the bidder fails to submit the same in original within 7 days, then their bid shall be rejected,
irrespective of their status/ ranking in tender and notwithstanding the fact that a copy of Bid
Document Fee & EMD was earlier uploaded by the bidder. OWNER shall not pay any interest on
EMD furnished.
The EMD shall be in favour of BPCL and shall be acceptable in the form of Crossed Demand Draft
or Bank Guarantee in the prescribed pro-forma.
The Bank Guarantees/DD for EMD shall be issued by any Scheduled Commercial Bank (other than
co-operative Bank) in India or any Indian Branch of Foreign Bank and same shall be as per the
format given in this bidding document. Swift Message or Cash or Cheque in lieu EMD shall not be
acceptable.
The bank guarantee for submission of EMD shall be valid as period mentioned in EMD / Bid
Security format or elsewhere mentioned in Bid Document / RFQ.
EMD/ Bid securities of unsuccessful bidders will be returned upon award of Contract. However,
EMD of the successful Bidder will be returned upon the Bidder's acceptance of PO/ signing the
Contract and furnishing the PBG.
The EMD may be forfeited:
If a Bidder withdraws its bid during the period of Bid Validity or does any breach of
tendering terms and conditions, or
If a bidder modifies his bid on his own.
In case of a successful Bidder, if the Bidder fails, within the specified period:
i. To submit the order acceptance.
ii. To furnish the PBG.
Page 55 of 351
BPCL-KR
Job: A307
42.0 MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS:

a) The Bidder may modify / withdraw its Bid prior to the due date prescribed for submission of
Bids.
b) No bid shall be modified subsequent to the deadline for submission of bids.
c) No bid shall be allowed to be withdrawn in the interval between the deadline for submission
of bids and the expiration of the period of bid validity specified by the bidder. Withdrawal of a
bid during this interval shall result in the forfeiture of bidder’s bid security.
43.0 EXAMINATION OF BIDS AND DETERMINATION OF RESPONSIVENESS:

a. The Owner/EIL will examine the bids to determine whether they are complete, whether any
computational errors have been made, whether the documents have been properly signed,
and whether the bids are generally in order.
c) Prior to the detailed evaluation, the Owner/EIL will determine whether each bid is of
acceptable quality, is generally complete and is responsive to the RFQ Documents. For the
purposes of this determination, a responsive bid is one that conforms to all the terms,
conditions and specifications of the RFQ Documents without deviations, objections,
conditionality or reservations.
c. Bidder shall not be allowed to submit any Price Implication or Revised Price after submission
of Bid, unless there is change in the stipulations of the RFQ Document and such changes are
incorporated through an Amendment. In case Exceptions and Deviations submitted by Bidder
along with Bid are not considered as acceptable and no Amendment is issued, then in such a
case the Bidders would be required to withdraw such Exceptions/Deviations in favour of
stipulations of the RFQ document and Bidders would not be eligible for submission of Price
Implication/Revised Price, failing which such Bid(s) shall be considered as non responsive
and rejected.
d. The Owner/EIL determination of a bid’s responsiveness is to be based on the contents of the
bid itself without recourse to extrinsic evidence. If a bid is not responsive, it will be rejected by
the Owner/EIL, and may not subsequently be made responsive by the bidder by correction of
the nonconformity.
44.0 OWNER’S RIGHT TO ACCEPT ANY BID AND TO REJECT ANY BID:
The Owner/EIL reserves the right to accept or reject any bid, and to annul the bidding process and
reject all bids at any time prior to award of the order without thereby incurring any liability to the
affected bidder or bidders or any obligations to inform the affected bidder or bidders of the ground
for Owner/EIL’s action.
45.0 NOTIFICATION OF AWARD:
d) Prior to the expiration of period of bid validity Owner /EIL will notify the successful bidder in writing
by fax/e-mail to be confirmed in writing, that his bid has been accepted. The notification of award/
Fax of Acceptance will constitute the formation of the Order.
e) The Delivery Schedule shall commence from the date of notification of award/ Fax of Acceptance
(FOA).
f) Award of Contract/Order will be by issuing Fax of Acceptance (FOA) of your bid. FOA will contain
price, delivery and other salient terms of bid and RFQ Document.
Bidder will be required to confirm receipt of the same by returning “Copy of the FOA” duly signed
and stamped by the bidder as a token of acknowledgement to Owner and EIL. On receipt of
acknowledgement without any deviation/ condition, detail Purchase Order/ Contract will be issued
in quadruplicate. Three copies of the same without any condition/ deviation will be returned duly
signed and stamped by the bidder as a token of acknowledgement to Owner and EIL.
46.0 WAIVER OR TRANSFER OF THE AGREEMENT:
The successful bidder shall not waive the Agreement or transfer it to third parties, whether in part
or in whole, nor waive any interest that is included in the Agreement without the prior written
permission of the Owner.
47.0 T&C FOR FOREIGN SUPPLIERS OPERATED THROUGH THEIR INDIAN OFFICE /
SUBSIDIARIES:
Page 56 of 351
BPCL-KR
Job: A307
I. The parent company shall issue an authorization from the authorized signatory like CEO, CFO, CS
to confirm their authorization to the subsidiary to manufacture & supply the equipments.
II. The parent company shall furnish a back-up guarantee duly signed by above signatory for the
performance of the equipment.
III. The order shall be placed on Indian subsidiary and the payment shall be released to Indian
subsidiary.
IV. Indian subsidiary shall be a manufacturing company in the same product & not a liaison /
representative office.
V. Bidder to submit bipartite agreement between parent & subsidiary to ensure experience &
compliance to contract.
VI. All critical components / parts to be supplied by parent company only which is enlisted with EIL.
48.0 TAX RESIDENCY CERTIFICATE (TRC) FORMAT FOR FOREIGN BIDDER:

Foreign Bidder shall submit Tax Residency Certificate (TRC) duly filled in detailed format enclosed
with RFQ Document.
49.0 REQUIREMENT OF EMPLOYMENT VISA FOR FOREIGN NATIONALS:

i) All Foreign nationals coming to India for execution of Projects/ Contracts will have to apply for
Employment Visa only and that grant of Employment Visa would be subject to strict adherence
of following norms:
a. Employment Visa is granted only for the skilled and qualified professionals or to a person who is
being engaged or appointed by a Company, Organization, Industry or Undertaking etc. in India
on contract or employment basis at a senior level, skilled position such as technical expert, senior
executive or in managerial position etc.
b. Request for Employment Visa for jobs for which large number of qualified Indians are available, is
not considered.
c. Under no circumstances an Employment Visa is granted for routine, ordinary secretarial/ clerical
jobs.
ii) Suppliers are advised in their own interest to check latest Visa rules from Indian Embassy/ High
Commission in their country in case Foreign nationals are required to be deputed to India during
execution of the Contract.
50.0 Order of Precedence of Commercial Documents:

In case of an irreconcilable conflict between RFQ, Special Instructions to Bidders & General
Purchase Conditions (GPC), the following shall prevail to the extent of such irreconcilable conflict in
order of precedence:
i) RFQ
ii) Special Instructions to Bidders
iii) General Purchase Conditions (GPC)
SECTION-F: ADDITIONAL CLAUSES TO GPC
51.0 The following is additional to Clause No. 38.0 of GPC(Indigenous):

Settlement of dispute between CPSEs or CPSEs & Government Departments
In the event of any dispute or difference relating to the interpretation and application of the provisions of
the contracts, such dispute or difference shall be referred by either party for Arbitration to the sole
Arbitrator in the Department of Public Enterprises to be nominated by the Secretary to the Government
of India in-charge of the Department of Public Enterprises. The Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996
shall not be applicable to arbitration under this clause. The award of the Arbitrator shall be binding upon
the parties to the dispute, provided, however, any party aggrieved by such award may make a further
reference for setting aside or revision of the award to the Law Secretary, Department of Legal Affairs,
Ministry of Law & Justice, Government of India. Upon such reference, the dispute shall be decided by
the Law Secretary or the Special Secretary/Additional Secretary, when so authorized by the Law
Secretary, whose decision shall bind the Parties finally and conclusively. The Parties to the dispute will
share equally the cost of arbitration as intimated by the Arbitrator.
Page 57 of 351
BPCL-KR
Job: A307
ANNEXURE-A
INTEGRATED REFINERY EXPANSION PROJECT (IREP) OF
M/s BPCL KOCHI REFINERY, KOCHI, KERALA (INDIA)
(Job No. A307)
TERMS & CONDITIONS FOR INDIAN SOURCED COMPONENTS / SERVICES BY FOREIGN
BIDDER
Foreign bidder may source components / sub-supplies and services from India, if allowed as per Material
Requisition. Such sub-supplies / services shall be subject to following Commercial Terms & Conditions:
1. PRICING:
1.1 The Foreign bidder shall quote firm price for items being sourced from India in Indian rupees on FOT
Site basis inclusive of packing, forwarding, transportation, all applicable taxes, duties & levies payable
upto site.
1.2 Materials if ordered against this Bidding Document are required to be dispatched on door delivery basis
through a reliable bank approved Road Transport Company unless the transport company is named by
the Owner.
2. AWARD OF ORDER:
Client will place single order for Main Supplies/ Services including Indian source supplies/ Services
with single point responsibility taken care by foreign (principal) bidder. However obligation of
Performance Bank Guarantee & Price Reduction Schedule for complete package shall always be in
scope of foreign (principal) Bidder.
3. DELIVERY:
The delivery period for items being sourced from India, shall be on FOT site basis within the delivery
period specified for foreign bidder as per Terms of Bidding document.
4. PRICE REDUCTION SCHEDULE FOR DELAY IN DELIVERY / SERVICES:

PRS for delay in deliver / services shall be applicable on total order value including Indian sourced
component / Service.
5. OVERALL RESPONSIBILTY:
Overall responsibility towards the contractual obligations like delivery, bid security, order execution,
performance guarantee etc. including supplies being sourced from India shall be only with the
foreign (principal) bidder.
6. PERFORMANCE BANK GUARANTEE

Foreign (principal) bidder shall submit one performance bank guarantee as per GPC for total order
value including value of items source from India.
7. INSPECTION
i. Inspection of Item being sourced from India shall be by EIL/Owner.
ii. Any change in sourcing from indigenous supplies to imported supplies and vice-versa after bid
submission is not permitted.
iii. Considering EIL Inspection charges, during evaluation prices of Indigenous source item shall be
loaded by @1.25% of FOT Despatch Point Price price.
8. PAYMENT TERMS:
8.1 Indian Sourced supplies:
100% payment along with taxes and duties will be paid against receipt & acceptance of Indian sourced
goods/material at project site and on presentation of invoice suitable for availing Cenvat.
8.2 Payment of Indian source supplies/Services shall be released directly to Indian counterpart against
Invoices raised by Indian counterpart duly endorsed by Foreign principal for payment.
8.3 The payments shall be made after Adjustment of Price Reduction Schedule.
9. In case of any deviation to above requirement, loading shall be applicable as mentioned for Indian
Bidder.
Page 58 of 351
Page 59 of 351
Page 60 of 351
Page 61 of 351
Page 62 of 351
Page 63 of 351
Page 64 of 351
Page 65 of 351
Page 66 of 351
Sham
PatroleUI"
BHARAT PETROLEUM CORPORATION LIMITED

KOCHI REFINERY
GENERAL PURCHASE CONDITIONS
FOR IMPORTED MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENTS
INDEX
1. NON-WAIVER
ADDRESSES
ARBITRATION
TECHNICAL
VENDOR'S
DELAYED
DELAYS
OILS
SPARE
PACKING
SHIPPING
RESPECT
CANCELLATION
PART
RECOVERY
MODIFICATIONS
INSPECTION-CHECKING-
PRICE
CONFIRMATION
COMPLETE
PATENTS
EXPEDITING
NO ASSIGNMENT
&ORDER/REPEAT
TRANSITLUBRICANTS
PARTS
DUE
AND
DELIVERY
DEFINITIONS
TERMS
SHIPMENT
SERVICES
WEIGHTS
SALES
IMPORT
PERFORMANCE
REFERENCE FOR
DRAWINGS
AGREEMENT
OF
INFORMATION
TO
MARKING
ROYALTIES
CONDITIONS
OF
LICENCE
REJECTION,RISK
AND
OF
AND DELIVERY
SUMS
PAYMENT
FOR OF
FORCE
ORDER
VENDOR'SDUE
ORDER
AND
INSURANCE
MEASURES
SHIPMENTMAJEURE
TESTING
GUARANTEE
REMOVAL DATES
DOCUMENTATION
OFPERSONNEL
NOTICES
REJECTED 19.
34.
33.
30.
31.
32. DATA REQUIREMENT
GOODS AND REPLACEMENT 25.
28.
20.
24.
27.
26.
21.
23.
29.
22.
-1-
Page 67 of 351 •
1. DEFINITIONS: 7.1 All tests mechanical and others and particularly
The following expressions used in the purchase order those required by relevant codes will be performed
shall have meaning indicated against each of these; at the Vendor's expenses and in accordance with
inspector's instructions. The vendor will also bear
The OWNER means BHARAT PETROLEUM
the expenses.
CORPORATION LIMITED a company incorporated in
India having its registered office at Mumbai. India and 7.2 Concerning preparation and rendering of tests
shall include its successors and assigns. required by Boiler Inspector~te or such other
"GoodslMaterials" : Goods and/or materials shall mean statutory testing agencies or by L10yds register of
shipping as may be required.
any of the articles, materials, machinery, equipment,
supplies drawings, data and other property and all 7.3 Before shipping or despatch, the equipment and/
services Including but not limited to assigning, delivery, or materials will have to be checked and stamped
Installation, Inspection. testing and commissioning by Inspectors who are authorised also to forbid
specified or required to complete the order. the use and despatch of any equipment and/or
materials which during tests and inspection fail to
·Vendor" : Vendor shall mean the person, firm or
comply with the specification. codes and testing
corporation to whom this purchase order is issued, and
requirements.
include its successors and assigns.
7.4 The Vendor will have to-
"Inspectors" : Inspectors deputed by Owner.
2. REFERENCE FOR DOCUMENTATION: Inform Owner at least fifteen days in advance of
the exact place date and time of rendering the
Purchase order Number must appear on all equipment or materials for required Inspection.
correspondence, drawings, invoices, shipping notes,
Provide free access to inspectors during normal
packing and on any documents or papers connected
working hours to Vendors or his /lts sub-Vendor's
with the order.
work and place at their disposal all useful means
3. IMPORT LICENCE: of performing, checking, marklhg testing,
Relevant particulars of the import licence if any shall be inspection and final stamping.
duly indicated in the invoice and shipping documents Even if the inspection and tests are fully carried
as well as on the packages or consignments. out Vendor is not absolved to any degree of his
4. CONFIRMATION OF ORDER: responsibilities to ensure that all equipments and
The vendor shall acknowledge the receipt of the materials supplied comply strictly with
Purchase order within ten days following the mailing of requirements as per agreement both during
this order and shall thereby confirm his acceptance of requirements as per agreements both during
this Purchase Order in its entirety without exceptions. construction, at the time of delivery, inspection on
This acknowledgment will be on both purchase order arrival at site and after Its erection or start-up and
and General Purchase Conditions. Vendor shall also guarantee period as stipulated In clause 26 hereof.
submit along with order acceptance a Bank Guarantee 7.5The Vendor's responsibility will not be lessened to
as per clause 26 hereunder. any degree due to any comments made by Owner/
6. SALES CONDITIONS: Owner's representatives and inspectors on the
Vendor's drawings or specifications or by
With Vendor acceptance of provisions of this Purchase
inspectors witnessing any chemical or physical
Order he waives and considers as cancelled any of his
tests. In any case the equipment must be in strict
general sales conditions. accordance with the Purchase Order and or its
6. COMPLETE AGREEMENT: attachments failing which the Owner shall have the
The terms and conditions of this Purchase Order right to reject the goods and hold the Vendor liable
constitute the entire agreement between the parties for non-performance of contract.
thereto. Changes will be binding only if the amendments 8. EXPEDITING:
are made in writing and signed by an authorised
Owner/Owner's representatives have been assigned to
representative of the Owner and the Vendor.
expedite both manufacture and shipment of equipment
7. INSPECTION-CHECKING-TERMS: and materials covered by the Purchase Order. The
The equipment, materials and workmanship covered by Owner/Owner's representatives shall have free access
the Purchase Order is subject to inspection and testing to Vendor's shop and/or sub supplier's shop at any time
at any time prior to shipment and/or despatch and to and they shall provide all necessary assistance and
final Inspection within a reasonable time after arrival at Information to help them perform their job.
site. Inspectors shall have the right to carry out the 9. WEIGHTS AND MEASUREMENTS:
Inspections and testing which will Include the raw
The shipping documents, invoices, packing lists and all
materials at manufacturer's shop, at fabricator's shop other relevant documents shall contain the same units
and at the time of actual despatch before and after
of weight and measurements as given in the Owner's
completion of packing. Purchase Order.
-2-
Page 68 of 351 •
10. OILS & LUBRICANTS: CARE GLASS FRAGilE, DON'T ROLL. THIS END UP.
The first filling of oils and lubricants for every equipment THIS END DOWN.· to be indicated by arrow.
shall be included In the price. The vendor shall also A distinct colour splash in say red-black around each
recommend for quality and quantity of oils and lubricants package crate/bundle shall be given for identification.
required for one year's continuous operation. Ail pipes and sheets shall be marked with strips bearing
11. SPARE PARTS: progressive No.
The vendor must furnish itemised and priced list of spare In case of bundles, the shipping marks shall be
parts required for two years operation of the equipment. embossed on metal or similar tag and wired securely
The vendor shall provide the necessary cross sectional on each end.
drawing to Identify the spare parts numbers and their For bulk uniform material when packed in several cases,
location as well as inter-changeability chart. progressive serial numbers shall be indicated on each
12. PACKING AND MARKING: cases. All nozzles, holes and opening and also all
delicate surfaces shall be carefully protected against
All equipment/materials shall be suitably packed in
damage and bad weather. Flange faces of all nozzles
weather proof, seaworthy packing for ocean transport
shall be protected by blanks. All manufactured surfaces
under tropical conditions and for rail or road or other
shall be painted with rust proof paint.
appropriate transport in India. The packing shall be
strong and efficient enough to ensure safe preservance All threaded fittings shall be packed in cases.
upto the final point of destination. The vendor shall be held liable for all damages or
Equipment / Materials shall be protected by suitable breakages to the goods due to defective or Insufficient
coat of paint and all bright parts protected from rust by packing as well as for corrosion due to insufficient
application of rust preventive as may be necessary. All greasing/ protection.
machined surface shall be suitably protected. On three sides of the packages, the following marks
All fragile and all exposed parts will be packed with care shall appear clearly visible in indeliable paint and on
and the packages shall bear the words -HANDLE WITH Vendor's care and expense.
BHARAT PETROLEUM CORPORATION LIMITED

KOCHI REFINERY
AMBALAMUGAl
KOCHI-682302
From
To:
Chief Manager (Projects)
Bharat Petroleum Corporation Ltd.
Koehl Refinery, Ambalamugal
Kochi - 682 302
Purchase Order No.
Item:
Equipment:
NetWeight: Kgs.
Gross Weight: Kgs.

Case No. of Total Cases:
Dimensions:
-3-
Page 69 of 351 •
l!!RI§.;. MarKIngshall be bold-minimum letter height 5cm. charges, if any, surcharge, discount, etc. cleal
for every order and every shipment, packages must be and separately and the net total freight payab
marked with serial progressive numbering. All packages shown at the bottom.
will bear warning signs on the outside denoting the All documents vlz. bill of lading/airway bi,
center of gravity and sling marks. Packages that require Invoices/packing list, freight memos, country 4
special handing and transport should have their centres origin certificates, test certificate, drawings an
of gravity and points at which they may be gripped catalogues should be in English language.
clearly indicated and marked -Attention Special Load
In addition to the bill of lading which should b
Handle with Care" In English Language. Any other
obtained In 3 stamped original plus as many copiei
direction for handling shall be clearly indicated on the
as required, Invoices packing lists, freight memos
package.
(If the freight particulars are not shown In the billl
Top heavy containers will be so marked either Top of lading), country of origin certificate, test
Heavy or Heavy Ends. When packing material is clean composition certificate, shall be made out agains',
and light coloured, a dark black stencil paint shall be each shipment in as many number of copies as
acceptable. However, where packaging material is shown below. The bill of lading, invoice and
soiled or dark, a coat of flat zinc white paint shall be packing list specifically must show uniformly, the
applied and allowed to dry before applying the specific marks and numbers, contents case wise country
markings. of origin, consignees name, port of destination and
In case of large equipments like vessels, heat all other particulars as indicated under clause 12.
exchangers, etc. documents contained in the envelope The invoice must show the unit rates and net total
shall be fastened Inside a shell connection with an EO.B. prices. Items packed separately should also
identifying arrow sign -documents" applied with Indelible be Invoiced and the value shown accordingly.
paint. Packing list must show apart from other particulars
13. SHIPMENT AND SHIPMENT NOTICES: actual contents in each case, net and gross
weights and dimensions, and the total number of
The Vendor shall make shipment only after prior
packages. All documents should be duly signed
approval of Inspector whenever specifically mentioned.
by the Vendor's authorised representatives.
As soon as any shipment is made, the Foreign Supplier
shall send advance information by way of Fax message Shipping arrangements shall be made by
to Chief Manager (Projects), Bharat Petroleum Chartering Wing Ministry of Surface Transport,
Corporation Ltd., Koehl Refinery, Ambalamugal, Kochi- New Delhi through their respective forwarding
682 302 giving particulars of the shipment, vessel's agents, M/s. Schenker & Co., P.O. Box 110313
name, port of shipment, bill of lading number and date, 02043 Hamburg West Germany, Ph. 49 (040)
total FOB and freight value with confirmation copies by 361350, Fax (040) 36135216 Gr.2/a, Telex
post to the owner, Bharat Petroleum Corporation 217004-33 Sh.d, for shipping consignments from
Limited, Koehl Refinery, Ambalamugal, Kochi -682 302 UK / continent port; M/s. OPT Overseas Project
In case of air shipment a copy each of airway bill & Transport Inc. 46 sellers Street, kearny, N.J.
Invoice shall be sent by fax to BPCL as soon as 07032, Tel (201) 998-7771, Telex 673-3586, Fax
shipment is made. (201 )998-7833. In respect of consignments form
US/CANADA, MEXICO & SOUTH AMERICA and
14 SHIPPING:
the Embassy of India in Japan, Tokyo in respect
14.1 SEA SHIPMENT: of consignments from Japaneses ports. Supplier
All shipment of materials shall be made by first shall furnish to the respective agents the full details
class direct vessels, through the chartering wing, of consignments such as outside dimensions,
Ministry of Surface Transport Govt, of India, New weights (both gross and net) No. of packages,
Delhi as per procedure detailed hereunder. The technical descriptions and drawings, name ofthe
Foreign supplier shall arrange with Vessels Supplier, ports of loading, etc. 6 weeks notice shall
Owners or Forwarding Agents for proper storage be given by the supplier to enable the concerned
of the entire Cargo intended for the project in a agency to arrange shipping space.
specific manner so as to facilitate and to avoid The bill of lading Shall Indicate the following:
any over carriage at the port of discharge. All
Shipper: Government of India
shipment shall be under deck unless carriage on
deck is unavoidable. Consignee:
Bharat Petroleum Corporation Ltd.-
The bills of lading should be made out in favour of
Koehi Refinery,
Bharat Petroleum Corporation Ltd.,
Ambalamugal,
All columns in the body of the bill of lading namely Kochl - 682 302.
marks and nos. material description, weight
In case of supplies from USA, Export licences, if
particulars, etc. should be uniform in all the
any required from the American Authorities shall
shipping documents. The freight particulars should
be obtained by the U.S. suppliers. If need be
mention the basis of freight tonnage, heavy lift
-4-
•
Page 70 of 351
assistance for obtaining such export licences their delivery. By time delivery, is meant the date on the
would be available from India supply Mission at Bill of lading/Air way Bill at FOB port of despatch.
Washington. 17. DELAYED DELIVERY:
14.2 AIRSHIPMENT:
The time and date of delivery of materials/equipment
In case of Airshipment, the material shall be as stipulated in the Purchase Order shall be deemed
shipped through freight consolidator (approved by to be the essence of the agreement. For any delay in
us). The airway bill shall be made out in favour of delivery of equipment materials or part thereof beyond
BHARAT PETROLEUM CORPORATION LTD, the delivery date stipulated, the vendor shall be liable
Kochi Refinery, Ambalamugal, Kochi - 682 302 to pay compensation at O. 5% per week or part thereof
Tel: 91-484-2722061-69, Fax: 91-484- 2721094/ the FOB Port of embarkation value of the non-delivered
2720855/56. items of equipment subject to maximum of 5% of the
14.3 TRANSMISSION OF SHIPPING DOCUMENTS: total FOB value. The Owner reserves the right of
cancelling the Purchase Order for any delay exceeding
Foreign supplier shall obtain the shipping
the period of maximum compensation and the vendor
documents in eleven complete sets including three
shall be liable to all consequences thereof. If the delay
original stamped copies of the Bill of lading/Airway
in delivery is due to Force Majeure, the owner shall be
Bill as quickly as possible is made, and airmail as
free to act in terms under clause 18 of this text.
shown below so that they are received at least
three weeks before the Vessels' arrival in case of 18. DELAYS DUE TO FORCE MAJEURE:
sea shipment and immediately on air freighting in In the event of causes of Force Majeure occuring within,
case of air-shipment. Foreign supplier shall be fully the contractual date of delivery the Owner on receipt of
responsible for any delay and/or demurrage in application from the Vendor may extend the contractual
clearance of the consignment at the port due to date of delivery without imposition of penalty. Only those
delay in transmittal of the shipping documents. causes which depend on natural calamities, civil wars
If in terms of latter of otherwise, the complete and national strikes which have a duration of more than
original set of documents are required to be sent seven consecutive calendar days are considered the
to BPCL through Bank the distribution indicated causes of force majeure. The decision of Owner shall
below will confine to copies of documents only be final and binding on Vendor.
minus originals. The Vendor must advise the Owner by a Registered
Documents letter duly certified by a local chamber of statutory
BPCL, Kochi Refinery
authorities, the beginning and the end of the delay
Bill of lading/ 4 (including 1 immediately, but in no case later than within 10 days of
Airway Bill original) the beginning and end of such cause of Force Majeure
Invoice 4 condition as defined above.
Packing List 4 19. REJECTION, REMOVAL OF REJECTED GOODS
Freight Memo 4 AND REPLACEMENT:
Country of Origin-
Certificate 4 In case the testing and inspection at any stage of
4 inspection reveal that the equipment, materials and
Drawing
1 workmanship do not comply with the specification and
Catalogue
Invoice ofthird 4 requirements, the same shall be removed by the Vendor
at his/its own expense and risk within the time allowed
Party/Lloyd for
by the Owner. The Owner shall be at liberty to dispose
Inspection charges,
of such rejected goods in such a manner as he may
wherever applicable.
think appropriate. In the event the Vendor fails to remove
15. TRANSIT RISK INSURANCE:
the rejected goods within the period as aforesaid, all
Insurance against all marine and transit risk on FOB to expenses incurred by the Owner for such disposal shall
warehouse basis shall be covered under the owner's be to the account of the Vendor. The freight paid by the
marine policy. However, the Vendor shall ensure the in Owner, if any, on the inward joumey of the rejected
effecting shipments clear bills of lading/airway bills are materials shall be reimbursed by the vendor to the
obtained and the carriers responsibility is fully retained Owner before the rejected materials are removed by
the carriers so that the consignee's interests are fully the Vendor. The Vendor will have to proceed with the
secured and are in no way jeopardized. replacement of that equipment without claiming any
16. RESPECT FOR DELIVERY DATES: extra payment if so required by the Owner. The time
taken for replacement in such event will not be added
Time of delivery mentioned in the Purchase Order shall
to the contractual delivery period.
be the essence of the agreement and no variation shall
be permitted except with prior authorisation in writing 20. PRICE:
from the Owner. Goods should be delivered securely Unless otherwise agreed to in the terms of the Purchase
packed and in good order and condition at the place Order, the price shall be :
and within the time specified in the Purchase Order for
-5-
Page 71 of 351 •
Firm and not subject to escalation for any reason equipment and/or materials or which can, in any way.
whatsoever even though It might be necessary for the 26. PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE:
order execution to take longer than the delivery period
The Vendor shall guarantee that any and all materials
specified in the order. used in execution of the Purchase Order shall in strict
21. TERMS OF PAYMENT: compliance with characteristics, requirements and
Payment will be made by the Owner against submission specifications and that the same shall be free from any
of despatch documents by Cash Against Documents/ defects. Checking of the Vendor's drawings by the
Letter of Credit. Owner/Owner's representatives and their approval and
22. RECOVERY OF SUMS DUE: permission to ship or despatch the equipment and
materials granted by Inspectors shall not relieve the
Whenever any claim against the Vendor for payment
Vendor from any part of hlsllts responsibilities for proper
of a sum of money arises out of or under the contract,
fulfillment of the requirements. The Vendor will
the Owner shall be entitled to recover such sums from
guarantee that all materials and equlpments shall be
any sum them due or when at any time thereafter may
repaired or replaced as the case may be at site, at its
become due from the Vendor under this or any other
contract with the Owner and should this sum be not own expense, in case the same have been found to be
defective in respect of material, workmanship or smooth
sufficient to cover the recoverable amount, the vendor
and rated operation within a period of twelve months
shall pay to the Owner on demand the balance after the same have been Commissioned or 18 months
remaining due.
from despatch whichever is earlier.
23. MODIFICATIONS:
The guarantee period for the part that may be altered,
The Owner shall have the right to make technical repaired or replaced shall be 12 months from the date
changes or modifications in the technical documents/ on which the same is commissioned.
specifications. Any major changes or modifications shall
Acceptance by the Owner or Its inspectors of any
be at the cost, if any, of the Owner. As soon as possible
equipment and materials or its replacement will not
after receipt of the written request for changes the
relieve the Vendor of its responsibility of supplying the
vendor shall furnish in writing to the owner an estimate
equipment/materials strictly according to the guarantee
of cost for such major changes and modifications and
agreed by the Vendor. The Vendor shall furnish a Bank
its effect on the FOB delivery date. On receipt of
Guarantee along with the order acceptance for the
Owner's written authorisation, the Vendor shall promptly
amount equivalent to 10% of the F.O.B. value of
proceed with the changes/modifications.
equipment/ materials to support Vendor's performance
24. CANCELLATION: (as per proforma hereunder). This Bank Guarantee shall
The owner reserves the right to cancel this Purchase remain in force for the entire period covered by the
Order or any part thereof and shall be entitled to rescind performance guarantee. It will be the responsibility of
the contract wholly or in part In a written notice to the the Vendor to keep the Bank Guarantee fully
Vendor if: subscribed. Any shortfall in the value of the Bank
The Vendor fails to comply with the terms of this Guarantee as a result of encashment by the owner
Purchase Order. either in full or in part in terms of the performance
Guarantee shall be made good by the Vendor within
The Vendor fails to deliver the goods on time and/or one week thereof.
replace the rejected goods promptly:
27. NON-WAIVER:
The Vendor makes a general assignment for the benefit
of creditors; and Failure of the Owner/Owner's representatives to insist
upon any of the terms or conditions incorporated in the
A receiver is appointed for any of the property owned
Purchase Order or failure or delay to exercise any rights
by the Vendor.
or remedies specified herein or by law or failure to
Upon receipt of the said cancellation notice, the Vendor properly notify Vendor in the event of breach, or the
shall discontinue all work on the Purchase Order and acceptance of payment of any goods hereunder or
matters connected with it. approval of design shall not release the Vendor and
The owner in that event will be entitled to procure the shall not be deemed waiver of any right of the Owner
requirement in the open market and recover excess or Owner's representatives to Insist upon the strict
payment over the Vendor reserving to Itself the right to performance thereof or any of his or their rights or
forfeit the security deposit, if any, placed by the Vendor remedies as to any such goods regardless of when
against the contract. goods are shipped, received or accepted nor shall any
25. PATENTS AND ROYALTIES: purported modification or revision ofthe order by Owner/
Owner's representative act as waiver of the terms
On acceptance of this order, the Vendor will be deemed hereof.
to have entirely indemnified the Owner's representatives
from any legal action or claims regarding compensation 28. NO ASSIGNMENT:
for breach of patent rights which the Vendor deems The purchase Order shall not be assigned to any other
necessary to comply for manufacturing the orclefed agency by the Vendor without obtaining prIor-written
-6-
Page 72 of 351 •
consent of the Owner. maintenance of the equipment if required by the Owner.
29. VENDOR'S DRAWINGS AND DATA REQUIREMENT: The terms and conditions for the services of the
Vendor's personnel shall be indicated in the quotation
The Vendor shall submit drawings data and itself.
documentation in accordance with but not limited to
32. ARBITRATION:
what is specified in the bid document and lor In Vendor's
drawings and data form attached to the Purchase Order Any dispute or difference between the Vendor on one
and as called for in clause 8, vlz, 'Expediting' above. hand and the Owner on the other. of any kind
The types, quantities and time limits of submitting this whatsoever at any time or times, arising out of or in
must be respected in its entirety failing which the connection with or incidental to the Purchase Order
purchase Order shall not be deemed to have been including any dispute or difference regarding the
executed for all purposes including settlement of interpretation of the terms and conditions or any clause
payment since the said submission is an integral part thereof shall be referred to arbitration under the Rules
of purchase Order execution. of International Chamber of Commerce in Paris. The
30. TECHNICAL INFORMATION: venue of such arbitration shall be in India. The Indian
law shall apply.
Drawings, specifications & details shall be the property
of the Owner and shall be returned by the Vendor on 33. PART ORDER I REPEAT ORDER:
demand. The Vendor shall not make use of drawings Vendor shall agree to accept part order at owner's
and specifications for any purpose at any time save option without any limitations whatsoever and also
and except for the purposes of the Owner. The Vendor accept repeat order during a period of six months after
shall not disclose the technical Information furnished placement of purchase order at the same unit prices
or gained by the Vendor to any person, firm or body or terms and conditions.
corporate authority and shall make all endeavours to 34. ADDRESS:
ensure that the technical Information is kept
Bharat Petroleum Corporation Ltd.
CONFIDENTIAL. The technical information imparted
and supplied to the Vendor by the Owner shall at all Kochi Refinery
times remain the absolute property ofthe Owner. Ambalamugal
31. SERVICES OF VENDOR'S PERSONNEL: Kochi - 682 302
Upon two weeks advance notice, the Vendor shall INDIA
depute the necessary personnel to India for supervision Tel: 91-484-2722061-69
of erection and start up of the equipment and train a Fax: 91-484-2721094/2720855/56
few of the Owner's personnel for the operation and
-7-
Page 73 of 351 •
PROFORMA OF BANK GUARANTEE
( Performance )
(Ref. clause 26)
To
Koehl Refinery, Ambalamugal, Kerala- 682302
Dear Sir,
In consideration of the Bharat Petroleum Corporation Limited (hereinafter called 8the Company8 which expression shall
include its suceessorsand assigns) having awarded to MIs. (Name) (address)
..................................................•....................................................................................................................... (hereinafter
referred to as ~he Supplier- which expression wherever the subject or context so permits Include Its successors and assigns) a
supply contract In terms Interalia, of the Company's Purchase Order No dated and the
General Purchase Conditions of the company and upon the condition of supplier's fumishing security for the Performance of the
supplier's obligation and/or discharge of the supplier's liability under and/or In connection with the said supply contract up to a
sum of (in figure) (in words) .
................ ) contract value.
we, (Name) (constitution) ; (hereinafter called
8the Bank8 which expression shall include its successors and assigns) hereby jointly and severally undertake the guarantee to
pay to the Company In (Currency) forthwith on demand in writing and without protest or demur of any and all moneys anywise
payable by the Supplier to the Company under in respect of or in connection with the said supply contract inclusive of all the
Company's losses and damages and costs, (Inclusive between attorney and client), charges and expenses and other moneys
anywise payable In respect to the above as specified in any notice of demand made by the Company to the Bank with reference
to this Guarantee up to aggregate limit of Rs (Rupees .
.. ... . ... .. . .. .... .. . ... .. ... ... ... ... .... ..only)
AND the Bank hereby agrees with company that:
This Guarantee / Undertaking shall be a continuing / undertaking and shall remain valid and irrevocable for all claims of the
Company and liabilities of the Supplier arising up to and until midnight of .
This date shall be 6 months from the last date of guarantee period
This Guarantee / Undertaking shall be in addition to any other guarantee or security whatsoever that the company may now or at
any time anywise have in relation to the Supplier's obligationslliabilities under and/or connection with the said supply contract,
and the Company shall have full authority to take recourse to or reinforce this security in preference to the other securlty(ies) at
its sole discretion, and failure on the part of the Company in enforcing or requiring enforcement of any other security shall have
the effect of releasing the Bank from its liability hereunder.
The company shall be at liberty without reference to the bank and without affecting the full liability of the Bank hereunder to take
any other security in respect of the Supplier's obligations and/or liabilities under or In connection with the said supply contract
and to vary the terms vis a vis the supplier of the said supply contract or to grant time and/or Indulgence to the supplier or to
reduce or to Increase or otherwise vary the prices of the total contract value or and/or the remedies of the company under any
other security (Ies) now or hereafter held by the company and no such dealing(s), varlation(s), reduction(s), Increase(s) or the
indulgence(s) or arrangement(s) with the supplier or release or forbearance whatsoever shall have the effect of releasing the
Bank from its full liability to the Company hereunder or of prejudicing rights of the Company, against the Bank.
The Guarantee / Undertaking shall not be determined or affected by the liquidation or winding up, dissolution or change of
constitution or insolvency of the supplier but shall in all respects and for all purposes be binding and operative until payment of all
moneys payable to the Company in terms hereof.
The Bank hereby waives all rights at any time inconsistent with the terms of its Guarantee / Undertaking and the obligations of the
Bank in terms hereof shall not be anywise affected or suspended by reason of any dispute or disputes having been raised by the
supplier (whether or not pending before any Arbitrator, office, Tribunal or Court) or any denial of liability by the supplier or any
other of communication whatsoever by the supplier stopping or preventing or purporting to stop or prevent any payment by the
Bank to the Company in terms hereof.
The amount stated in any notice of demand addressed by the Company to the Guarantor as liable to be paid to the Company by
the supplier or as suffered or incurred by the Company on account of any losses or damages of costs, charges and or expenses
shall as between the Bank and the company be conclusive of the amount so liable to be paid to the Company or suffered or
incurred by the Company, as the case may be and payable by the Guarantor to Company in terms hereof.
Yours faithfully,
-8-
Page 74 of 351 •
BPCL-KR
JOB NO.: A307
BHARAT PETROLEUM CORPORATION LIMITED-KOCHI REFINERY
TERMS & CONDITIONS FOR SUPERVISION OF ERECTION, TESTING AND COMMISSIONING

FOR INDIGENOUS PERSONNEL
1) Bidder shall quote per diem charges which shall include to & fro fare ,lodging, boarding, medical ,
local transport, all insurances including Bidder’s personnel and third party insurance , all taxes
including income tax etc. & all other incidental charges but exclude Service Tax which will be
extra .
2) Per Diem rates shall apply from the day the supervisory personnel reach site and upto the day they
leave site. No per Diem payment will be made for travel days / period.
3) Working hours as those prevailing at site – normally eight hours a day, Monday through Saturday
and holidays as applicable to site personnel shall apply.
4) Supplier’s supervisory personnel to observe/abide by site working conditions prevailing in the
existing refinery, safety codes & Indian laws.
5) A notice period of one month will be given for supervision of erection / testing / commissioning.
CHARGES FOR SUPERVISION OF ERECTION/TESTING/COMMISSIONING
Sl. Description Vendor’s Reply /

No. information
i. Number of supervisory personnel required.
ii. Per diem charges (per person) for 8 hours work

on normal working days.
iii. Overtime rate/ hour beyond normal 8 hours

work on normal working days.
iv. Overtime rate/ hour for work on weekly off

(Refer Priced Schedule)
days/ holidays (as applicable to Refinery site).
v. Maximum estimated time (number of days) for

job completion.
vi. Service tax excluded in the above rates &

payable extra.
(Vendor shall provide cenvatable invoices in
accordance with service tax rules)
NOTES: In case bidder recommends more than one category level of supervisory personnel the
information desired at S. No. (i) to (vi) shall be furnished separately for each category of supervisory
personnel.
RFQ NO: VENDOR’S SIGNATURE & DATE

ITEM: NAME
OFFER NO: DESIGNATION
SEAL / STAMP
A307_T&C-SUP(IND) Rev.0 Page 1 of 1
Page 75 of 351
BPCL-KR
JOB NO.: A307
BHARAT PETROLEUM CORPORATION LIMITED-KOCHI REFINERY
TERMS & CONDITIONS FOR SUPERVISION OF ERECTION, TESTING AND

COMMISSIONING FOR FOREIGN PERSONNEL
1) Bidder shall quote all inclusive per diem charges which shall also include lodging,
boarding, medical, To & Fro traveling including local transportation, all insurances including
Bidder’s personnel and third party insurance, income tax, corporate tax (as may be
applicable), etc. and all other incidental charges, but excluding Service tax which will be
paid extra by owner.
2) No additional cost shall be payable towards travel, lodging & boarding, etc. by BPCL.
3) Per Diem rates shall apply from the day the supervisory personnel reach site and upto the day they
leave site. No per Diem payment will be made for travel days / period.
4) Working hours as those prevailing at site – normally eight hours a day, Monday through Saturday
and holidays as applicable to site personnel shall apply.
5) Supplier’s supervisory personnel to observe/abide by site working conditions prevailing in the
existing refinery, safety codes & Indian laws.
6) A notice period of one month will be given for supervision of erection / testing / commissioning.
7) Bidder will be responsible for all liabilities towards corporate tax, personal income tax etc. (except
Cenvatable Service Tax for their personnel deputed for the supervision job). Tax(s) as per
Government policy shall be deducted at source by Purchaser while making payments against each
invoice.
8) Requirement of Employment Visa for Foreign Nationals
All foreign nationals coming to India for execution of Projects / Orders will have to apply for
Employment Visa only and that grant of Employment Visa would be subject to strict adherence of
following norms:
a) Employment Visa is granted only for the skilled and qualified professional or to a person who is
being engaged or appointed by a company, organisation, Industry or undertaking etc. in India on
contract or employment basis at a senior level, skilled position such as technical expert, senior
executive or in managerial position etc.
b) Request for employment Visa for jobs for which large number of qualified Indian are available, is
not considered.
c) Under no circumstances an Employment Visa is granted for routine, ordinary secretarial / clerical
jobs.
Bidders are advised in their own interest to check latest Visa rules from Indian Embassy/
High Commission in their country in case foreign nationals are required to be deputed to
Indian during execution of the Order.
CHARGES FOR SUPERVISION OF ERECTION/TESTING/COMMISSIONING
Sl. No. Description Vendor’s Reply / information

i. Number of supervisory personnel required.
Per diem charges (per person) for 8 hours
ii. work on normal working days.
Overtime rate/ hour beyond normal 8 hours
iii. work on normal working days.
(Refer Priced Schedule)
Overtime rate/ hour for work on weekly off
iv. days/ holidays (as applicable to Refinery site).
Maximum estimated time (number of days) for
v. job completion.
A307_T&C-SUP(FOREIGN) Rev.0 Page 1 of 2
Page 76 of 351
BPCL-KR
JOB NO.: A307
(* ) The per diem charges shall be exclusive of service tax & education cess applicable
thereupon , which shall be paid extra by Owner . Evaluation shall be done based on
prevailing rate of Service tax.
NOTES: In case bidder recommends more than one category level of supervisory personnel the
information desired at Sl. No. (i) to (v) shall be furnished separately for each category of supervisory
personnel.
RFQ NO: VENDOR’S SIGNATURE & DATE

ITEM: NAME
OFFER NO: DESIGNATION
SEAL / STAMP
A307_T&C-SUP(FOREIGN) Rev.0 Page 2 of 2
Page 77 of 351
Job No. : A307
BPCL-KR - IREP
SPECIAL PACKAGING REQUIREMENTS
All raw/solid wood packaging material used for packaging shall be appropriately treated and marked as
per ISPM-15 (International Standards of Phyto-sanitary measures 15) OR shall be accompanied by a
Phytosanitary Certificate with the treatment endorsed.
The treatment of raw/solid wood packaging material prior to export shall include either Methyl Bromide
(MB) @ 48 g/m3 for 16 hrs at 21º C and above or any equivalent thereof or heat treatment (HT) at 56º
C for 30 min (core temperature of wood) or Kiln Drying (KD) or Chemical Pressure Impregnation (CPI)
or any other treatments provided that these meet the HT specifications of the ISPM-15.
However, the above conditions shall not be applicable to wood packaging material wholly made of
processed wood products such as ply wood, particle board, oriental strand board of veneer that have
been created using glue, heat and pressure or combination thereof. The above conditions shall also
not be applicable to wood packaging material such as veneer peeler cores, wood wool & shavings and
thin wood pieces (less than 6mm thickness) unless they are found to be harboring any pests.
SPR-Foreign Page 1 of 1
Page 78 of 351
Tax Residency Certificate (TRC) Format for Foreign Bidder
Sl. No. Description

1. Name of the assessee
2. Status ( Individual, Company, Firm etc…) of the

assesse
3. Nationality ( in case of individual)
4. Country / Specified territory of incorporation /

registration
5. Assessee’s tax identification number in the country /

specified territory of residence or in case no such
number, then, a unique number on the basis of
which the person is identified by the Govt. of the
country or the specified territory
6. Residential status for the purpose of tax
7. Period for which the certificate is applicable
8. Address of the applicant for the period for which the

certificate is applicable.
Note:-
1. Tax Residency Certificate (TRC) containing above details is compulsory for claiming tax
relief under Double Taxation Avoidance Agreement (DTAA) in respect of foreign
remittances.
2. TRC containing the details as above shall be verified by the Govt of the country or the
specified territory of which the contractor/ Licensor (ie, assessee) claims to be a resident
for the purpose of tax.
3. Bidder must submit TRC containing the details as above along with invoice for the
purpose of effecting payment. Please be noted that non furnishing of TRC will delay
the payment to non – residents.
Page 79 of 351
PROFORMA OF BANK GUARANTEE
( Performance )
(Ref. clause 26)
To
Kochi Refinery, Ambalamugal, Kerala- 682 302
Dear Sir,
In consideration of the Bharat Petroleum Corporation Limited (hereinafter called “the
Company” which expression shall
include its successors and assigns) having awarded to M/s.
(Name)…................................... ………………………………..(address)
…………………………………............ ................................................. ...................
................................................... (hereinafter
referred to as “The Supplier” which expression wherever the subject or context so
permits include its successors and assigns) a supply contract in terms interalia, of the
Company’s Purchase Order No………………………dated……………………… and the
General Purchase Conditions of the company and upon the condition of supplier’s
furnishing security for the Performance of the supplier’s obligation and/or discharge of
the supplier’s liability under and/or in connection with the said supply contract up to a
sum of (in figure)…………........................…. (in words)
..........................................................................................
........................................................................
……………..............................................………) contract value.
We,
(Name)………...........................……………………(constitution)………………....................
.......….. (hereinafter called “the Bank” which expression shall include its successors and
assigns) hereby jointly and severally undertake the guarantee to pay to the Company in
(Currency) forthwith on demand in writing and without protest or demur of any and all
moneys anywise payable by the Supplier to the Company under in respect of or in
connection with the said supply contract inclusive of all the Company’s losses and
damages and costs, (inclusive between attorney and client), charges and expenses and
other moneys anywise payable in respect to the above as specified in any notice of
demand made by the Company to the Bank with reference to this Guarantee up to
aggregate limit of Rs………………………...... (Rupees ….....
...................................................................
……………………………………..only)
AND the Bank hereby agrees with company that:
This Guarantee / Undertaking shall be a continuing / undertaking and shall remain valid
and irrevocable for all claims of the Company and liabilities of the Supplier arising up to
and until midnight of……………………………..
This date shall be 6 months from the last date of guarantee period
This Guarantee / Undertaking shall be in addition to any other guarantee or security

whatsoever that the company may now or at any time anywise have in relation to the
Supplier’s obligations/liabilities under and/or connection with the said supply contract,
and the Company shall have full authority to take recourse to or reinforce this security in
preference to the other security(ies) at its sole discretion, and failure on the part of the
Page 80 of 351
Company in enforcing or requiring enforcement of any other security shall have the
effect of releasing the Bank from its liability hereunder.
The company shall be at liberty without reference to the bank and without affecting the
full liability of the Bank hereunder to take any other security in respect of the Supplier’s
obligations and/or liabilities under or in connection with the said supply contract and to
vary the terms vis a vis the supplier of the said supply contract or to grant time and/or
indulgence to the supplier or to reduce or to increase or otherwise vary the prices of the
total contract value or and/or the remedies of the company under any other security (ies)
now or hereafter held by the company and no such dealing(s), variation(s), reduction(s),
increase(s) or the indulgence(s) or arrangement(s) with the supplier or release or
forbearance whatsoever shall have the effect of releasing the Bank from its full liability to
the Company hereunder or of prejudicing rights of the Company, against the Bank.
The Guarantee / Undertaking shall not be determined or affected by the liquidation or

winding up, dissolution or change of constitution or insolvency of the supplier but shall in
all respects and for all purposes be binding and operative until payment of all moneys
payable to the Company in terms hereof.
The Bank hereby waives all rights at any time inconsistent with the terms of its
Guarantee / Undertaking and the obligations of the Bank in terms hereof shall not be
anywise affected or suspended by reason of any dispute or disputes having been raised
by the supplier (whether or not pending before any Arbitrator, office, Tribunal or Court) or
any denial of liability by the supplier or any other of communication whatsoever by the
supplier stopping or preventing or purporting to stop or prevent any payment by the Bank
to the Company in terms hereof.
The amount stated in any notice of demand addressed by the Company to the
Guarantor as liable to be paid to the Company by the supplier or as suffered or incurred
by the Company on account of any losses or damages of costs, charges and or
expenses shall as between the Bank and the company be conclusive of the amount so
liable to be paid to the Company or suffered or incurred by the Company, as the case
may be and payable by the Guarantor to Company in terms hereof.
Yours faithfully,
Page 81 of 351
Page 82 of 351
Page 83 of 351
Page 84 of 351
Page 85 of 351
Page 86 of 351
Page 87 of 351
Annexure – 1
E-TENDERING METHODOLOGY
Instructions for Online Bid Submission:

The bidders are required to submit soft copies of their bids electronically on the CPP Portal (URL:
http://eprocure.gov.in) only, using valid Digital Signature Certificates. The instructions given below are
meant to assist the bidders in registering on the CPP Portal, prepare their bids in accordance with the
requirements and submitting their bids online on the CPP Portal.
More detailed information useful for submitting online bids on the CPP Portal may be obtained at:
https://eprocure.gov.in/eprocure/app .
REGISTRATION
1) Bidders are required to enroll on the e-Procurement module of the Central Public
Procurement Portal (URL: https://eprocure.gov.in/eprocure/app) by clicking on the link “Click
here to Enroll” on the CPP Portal is free of charge.
2) As part of the enrolment process, the bidders will be required to choose a unique username
and assign a password for their accounts.
3) Bidders are advised to register their valid email address and mobile numbers as part of the
registration process and submit in EIL tender portal for updation of records
(http://tenders.eil.co.in) . These details would be used for any communication from the CPP
Portal.
4) Upon enrolment, the bidders will be required to register their valid Digital Signature
Certificate (DSC) (Class II or Class III Certificates with signing key usage) issued by any
Certifying Authority recognized by CCA India (e.g. Sify / TCS / nCode / eMudhra etc.), with
their profile.
5) Foreign Bidders have to refer “DSC details for foreign Bidders” for Digital signature
Certificates requirements which comes under Download Tab at
https://eprocure.gov.in/eprocure/app and the remaining part is same as above and below.
6) Only one valid DSC should be registered by a bidder. Please note that the bidders are
responsible to ensure that they do not lend their DSC‟s to others which may lead to misuse.
7) Bidder then logs in to the site through the secured log-in by entering their user ID / password
and the password of the DSC / e-Token.
SEARCHING FOR TENDER DOCUMENTS
1) There are various search options built in the CPP Portal, to facilitate bidders to search active
tenders by several parameters. These parameters could include Tender ID, organization
name, location, date, value, etc. There is also an option of advanced search for tenders,
wherein the bidders may combine a number of search parameters such as organization
name, form of contract, location, date, other keywords etc. to search for a tender published
on the CPP Portal.
2) Once the bidders have selected the tenders they are interested in, the same can be moved
to the respective „My Tenders‟ folder. This would enable the CPP Portal to intimate the
bidders through SMS / e-mail in case there is any corrigendum issued to the tender
document.
Dated 02-06-2014 Page 1
Page 88 of 351
3) The bidder should make a note of the unique Tender ID assigned to each tender, in case
they want to obtain any clarification / help from the Helpdesk.
PREPARATION OF BIDS
1) Bidder should take into account any corrigendum published on the tender document before
submitting their bids.
2) Please go through the tender advertisement and the tender document carefully to
understand the documents required to be submitted as part of the bid. Please note the
number of covers in which the bid documents have to be submitted, the number of
documents - including the names and content of each of the document that need to be
submitted. Any deviations from these may lead to rejection of the bid.
3) Bidder, in advance, should get ready the bid documents to be submitted as indicated in the
tender document and generally, they can be in PDF / XLS / RAR / DWF formats. Bid
documents may be scanned with 100 dpi with black and white option. However, Price
Schedule / SOR shall be strictly in RAR format without altering any contents of the
formats uploaded by EIL in their Bidding Document.
4) To avoid the time and effort required in uploading the same set of standard documents which
are required to be submitted as a part of every bid, a provision of uploading such standard
documents (e.g. PAN card copy, annual reports, auditor certificates etc.) has been provided
to the bidders. Bidders can use “My Space” area available to them to upload such
documents. These documents may be directly submitted from the “My Space” area while
submitting a bid, and need not be uploaded again and again. This will lead to a reduction in
the time required for bid submission process.
SUBMISSION OF BIDS
1) Bidder should log into the site well in advance for bid submission so that he/she upload the
bid in time i.e. on or before the bid submission time. Bidder will be responsible for any delay
due to other issues.
2) The bidder has to digitally sign and upload the required bid documents one by one as
indicated in the tender document.
3) Bidder has to select the payment option as “offline” to pay the tender fee / EMD as
applicable and enter details of the instrument.
4) Bidder should prepare the EMD as per the instructions specified in the tender document. The
original should be posted/couriered/given in person to the Tender Processing Section, with
in 7 calendar days of the date of Unpriced bid opening. The details of the DD/any other
accepted instrument, physically sent, should tally with the details available in the scanned
copy and the data entered during bid submission time. Otherwise the uploaded bid will be
rejected.
5) A Price Bid format has been provided with the tender document to be filled by all the bidders.
Bidders are requested to note that they should necessarily submit their financial bids in the
format provided and no other format is acceptable. Bidders are required to download the
Price Bid file, open it and complete the cells with their respective financial quotes and other
details (such as name of the bidder). No other cells should be changed. Once the details
have been completed, the bidder should save it and submit it online, without changing the
filename. If the Price Bid file is found to be modified by the bidder, the bid will be rejected.
Dated 02-06-2014 Page 2
Page 89 of 351
6) The server time (which is displayed on the bidders‟ dashboard) will be considered as the
standard time for referencing the deadlines for submission of the bids by the bidders,
opening of bids etc. The bidders should follow this time during bid submission.
7) All the documents being submitted by the bidders would be encrypted using PKI encryption
techniques to ensure the secrecy of the data. The data entered cannot be viewed by
unauthorized persons until the time of bid opening. The confidentiality of the bids is
maintained using the secured Socket Layer 128 bit encryption technology. Data storage
encryption of sensitive fields is done.
8) The uploaded tender documents become readable only after the tender opening by the
authorized bid openers.
9) Upon the successful and timely submission of bids, the portal will give a successful bid
submission message & a bid summary will be displayed with the bid no. and the date & time
of submission of the bid with all other relevant details.
10) The bid summary has to be printed and kept as an acknowledgement of the submission of
the bid. This acknowledgement may be used as an entry pass for any bid opening meetings.
RETENDER
1) Please note that if Tender has been retendered, than it is mandatory for the bidder to
submit their offer again on CPP Portal.
ASSISTANCE TO BIDDERS
1) Any queries relating to the tender document and the terms and conditions contained therein
should be addressed to the Tender Inviting Authority for a tender or the relevant contact
person indicated in the tender.
2) Any queries relating to the process of online bid submission or queries relating to CPP Portal
in general may be directed to the 24x7 CPP Portal Helpdesk. The contact number for the
helpdesk is 1800 3070 2232.
Dated 02-06-2014 Page 3
Page 90 of 351
Government eProcurement System
Procedure for obtaining Digital Signature by Foreign Vendors
This document gives the procedure to be followed by bidders who are resident of countries other
than India for participating in Online Tendering Activity.
As per the IT ACT 2000, all bidders who participate in the online bidding process in this site
should possess a valid Digital Signature issued by any of the Digital Signature Certificate (DSC)
vendors approved by CCA, India (https://cca.gov.in). The following document gives the procedure
that is generally followed by various vendors.
Generally, the documents that are required to be submitted by Foreign Nationals are as follows:
1. Identity Proof (ID Proof) of the person in whose name DSC has to be issued (E.g.
Passport copy)
2. Bank account statement in country of residence, duly attested by Indian Embassy / High
Commission / Consulate / Apostille in the country where the applicant is currently
located. (At least 6 months of Bank transactions) with the proof indicating the account is
owned by the Individual.
3. Copy of the Trade license attested by any one of the authorities as specified in Point 2
above.
4. As the Individual is representing the company, an Authorization on company’s letter head
as given in the form
5. Copy of the Authorization letter or invitation letter from department for the
participation in the tender by any one of the tender inviting authority.
As of now, it is learnt that GNFC, TCS, eMudhra issue DSCs with the above procedure. The
copy of the nCodes, TCS and eMudhra Format is enclosed as Annexure; the Copies of other
vendors will be made available on receipt of information from these vendors.
Note: The Information given by the vendors is attached for facilitating the Foreign Nationals to
procure DSCs from the Indian CA authorized vendors for information purpose only as shared by
the respective CA's.
Please find below the details of various vendors and procedure for obtaining DSC:
 GNFC
 Tata Consultancy Services
 eMudhra
DSC for F oPage

r e i 91
g of
n 351
Nationals Version 1.0
Page 92 of 351
Page 93 of 351
Page 94 of 351
Page 95 of 351
Page 96 of 351
Page 97 of 351
Page 98 of 351
Page 99 of 351
Page 100 of 351
Page 101 of 351
The drawing, design and details given on this format are the property of ENGINEERS INDIA LIMITED. They are merely loaned and on the borrower's express agreement that they will not be reproduced,
MATERIAL REQUISITION (TOP SHEET)
ITEM DESCRIPTION: Ultrasonic Flowmeters
GROUP ITEM CODE 15ND DESTINATION : KOCHI REFINERY, KOCHI, KER
ITEM CATEGORY II DELIVERY PERIOD :
DOCUMENT NUMBER
(Always quote the Document Number given below as reference)
A307 000 YF MR 2853 A 15/05/2014 16 51

copied, exhibited or used, except in limited way permitted by a written consent given by the lender to the borrower for the indended use. EIL-1641-515 Rev.1 A4-210x297
JOB NO UNIT/ MAIN DOC. SR.NO. REV DIVN. DEPT.

COST CODE DATE
ORIGINATOR
Notes:
1. This page is a record of all Revisions of this Requisition
2. The nature of the Revision is briefly stated in the "Details" column below, the Requisition in its entirety shall be considered for
contractual pupose.
3.Vendor shall note the MR category and shall submit his offer in line with the requirements included in attached
'Instructions to Bidders'
REV DATE BY CHK APPD DETAILS

A 15/05/2014 SKS AR MN Issued for Bids.
This is a system generated approved document and does not require signature.
Project : IREP
Client : BPCL-KOCHI Sheet 1 Of 5
NEW DELHI
Page 102 of 351
S.NO TAG NO . DESCRIPTION QUANTITY
/ ITEM CODE
1 Design ,engineering,manufacture,procurement of materials and

bought out components, assembly at shop,inspection,testing at
manufacturer's works, packing, delivery, documentation as per the
enclosed EIL standard specifications, Special instruction to vendor,
job specification, data sheets etc
GROUP: A Ultrasonic Flowmeter with Spool Piece (Process Liquid-0ID Qty - 1 no.)
1.02 0ID-FT-1207 Ultrasonic Flowmeter 1 Nos
GROUP: B Ultrasonic Flowmeter with Spool Piece (Process Liquid-0IF Qty - 1 no.)
1.03 0IF-FT-4902 Ultrasonic Flowmeter 1 Nos
GROUP: C Ultrasonic Flowmeter with Spool Piece (Process Liquid-0IY Qty - 1 no.)
1.05 0IY-FT-3901 Ultrasonic Flowmeter 1 Nos
GROUP: D Ultrasonic Flowmeter without Spool Piece (Process Liquid-0IY Qty - 2 nos.)
GROUP: E Ultrasonic Flowmeter with Spool Piece (Process Gas-0IY Qty - 2 nos.)
GROUP: F Ultrasonic Flowmeter Cooling Water (IUS Qty- 1 no.)
1.14 IUS-FT-1801 Ultrasonic Flowmeter 1 Nos
GROUP: G Ultrasonic Flowmeter Raw Water (IUR Qty- 2 nos.)
1.12 IUR-FT-1601 Ultrasonic Flowmeter 1 Nos
1.13 IUR-FT-1602 Ultrasonic Flowmeter 1 Nos
GROUP: H Ultrasonic Flowmeter Flare (IUF & IUS Qty- 2 nos.)
1.11 IUF-FT-1401 Ultrasonic Flowmeter 1 Nos
1.15 IUS-FT-2401 Ultrasonic Flowmeter 1 Nos
GROUP: I Ultrasonic Flowmeter Flare (IFP Qty- 2 nos.)
1.09 IFP-FT-5901 Ultrasonic Flowmeter 1 Nos
1.10 IFP-FT-5902 Ultrasonic Flowmeter 1 Nos
GROUP: J Ultrasonic Flowmeter Flare (00H Qty- 1 no.)
1.01 00H-FT-8801 Ultrasonic Flowmeter 1 Nos
5 Supply of two years operation and Maintenance Spares,as per

enclosed instructions to vendor
6 Unit Rates
6.001 Unit Rates of items for addition/deletion purpose,as per the enclosed 1 Lot
instructions to vendor.
8 Supervision of erection,testing and commissioning of items specified at
item 1.00 above as per enclosed instructions to vendor
Project : IREP REQUISITION No. REV

A307-000-YF-MR-2853 A
NEW DELHI Client : BPCL-KOCHI
Page 103 of 351 Sheet 2 Of 5
S.NO TAG NO . DESCRIPTION QUANTITY
/ ITEM CODE
Vendors shall quote prices against these items in their price schedule
Vendor to note that the numbers given in square '[]' and curly '{}' brackets are not for their use and
meant for store purpose only.Items shall be tagged as per equipment Tag No. only.

A307-000-YF-MR-2853 A
LIST OF ATTACHMENTS
S. No. DOCUMENT TITLE DOCUMENT NO. REV DATE SHEETS
1 Vendor Data Requirement A307-000-YF-VD-2853 0 15/05/2014 3
2 Special Instruction to Vendor A307-000-YF-SI-2853 0 15/05/2014 7
3 Technical Questionarrie A307-000-YF-TM-2853 A 15/05/2014 1
4 Compliance Statement A307-000-YF-CF-2853 0 08/05/2014 1
5 Deviation List Format A307-000-16-51-MD-2853 0 08/05/2014 1
6 Datahseet Index & Datasheets A307-000-16-51-ID-2853 0 08/05/2014 45

7 Installation Schematic for Flare Gas A307-000-16-51-0200 0 06/11/2013 1

Ultrasonic Flowmeter
8 Process Ultrasonic Flowmeter with Spool A307-000-16-51-0201 0 06/11/2013 1
Piece Schematic
9 Ultrasonic Flowmeter Schematic (Insertion A307-000-16-51-0203 0 06/11/2013 1
Type)
10 Standard Specification for Ultrasonic 6-52-0011 0 27/11/2013 14
Flowmeter
11 Standard spec for Electronic/Pneumatic 6-52-0032 4 12/03/2012 16
Instruments
12 Std spec for Thermowells 6-52-0042 3 15/12/2010 9
13 Thermowell 7-52-0035 3 21/03/2012 3
14 Piping Material Specification A307-000-16-51-MD-0012 0 15/05/2014 44
15 Job Specification for Non Destructive A307-6-44-0016 0 21/12/2012 20

Examination Requirement of Piping
16 Material Requirements for Carbon Steel 6-79-0013 1 07/10/2011 6
Components used in Petroleum Refinery
Env
17 Job Specification for Surface Preparation A307-000-16-51-MD-0010 0 25/06/2013 48
& Protective Coating
18 Spec. for quality management sys.req. 6-78-0001 0 04/06/2009 9
from bidders
19 Spec. for documentation requirements 6-78-0003 0 04/06/2009 12
from supplier
In case of any subsequent revision of MR or PR,only revised sheets of the attachments listed above shall be issued
alongwith the revision.
GENERAL NOTES:

A307-000-YF-MR-2853 A
Engineers India Limited Vendor Drawing/ Document Submission Schedule
Client/ Project:BPCL-KOCHI/ IREP Vendor's Name : Contact Person (Name/ Tel/ Fax/ email) : Status Date:
Item Description:Ultrasonic PR No.: Review Status Code:

Flowmeters 1. No Comments
Date of LOI:
2. Proceed with manufacture/ fabrication as per commented document.
PO No.: Revised document required.
3. Document does not conform to basic requirements as marked.
Page 106 of 351

Date of PO: Resubmit for Review. R: Retained for Reference V: Void
EIL Originating Department :Instrumentation Contact Person(EIL):
Anticipated (Ant) Date of submission by vendor

Schedule
Drg/ Doc. Nomenclature Vendor Drg/ Doc No. Category Date of 1st Actual (Act) Date of submission by vendor Form
S.No. as per EIL Vendor Data Review(R)/ Submission Date of Return (Rew) by EIL Electronic Remarks
Requirement Records(I) (Rev. 0) (E)/ Print (P)
Title Review Status (Code)
Rev. 0 Rev. 1 Rev. 2 Rev. 3
Ant
Act
Rew
Code
Ant
Act
Rew
Code
Ant
Act
Rew
Code
Ant
Act
Rew
Code
Ant
Act
Rew
Code
Form No. EIL-1641-1923 Rev.1
The drawing, design and details given on this format are the property of ENGINEERS INDIA LIMITED. They are merely loaned and on the borrower's express agreement that they will
not be reproduced, copied, exhibited or used, except in limited way permitted by a written consent given by the lender to the borrower for the indended use. EIL-1651-726 Rev.0 A4-
VENDOR DATA REQUIRMENT
With Final
Description AFTER PURCHASE ORDER
Proposal Documentation
(Prints) / As Built
Prints Date Needed
1. Dimensional details with mounting details and model number X(i) X
2. Connections by purchase(Piping,Electrical Etc.) X(i) X
3. Wiring diagrams X(i) X
4. Proven Track Record X
5. Recommended spare parts list(for two years operation ) X
6. Installation, Operation and maintenance manual X
7. Nomograph and sizing calculations X X(a) X
8. Test certificates X
9. Certificate from statutory body X X(i) X
10. Assembly details X(i) X
11. Catalogues in english X X
12. Deviation List X
13. Filled in Datasheets X X(i) X
14. Straight Length Requirement X
15. Compliance Statement X
16. GA Drawings & Datasheets X
17. Final Documentation in CD X
0 15/05/2014 SKS AR MN REQ. NO. : A307-000-YF-MR-2853

210x297
ORDER NO. : Page 1 Of 3
REV DATE BY CHKD APPVD VENDOR :
PLANT : IREP SPECIFICATION REV

UNIT : 000
NEW DELHI A307-000-YF-VD-2853 0
CLIENT BPCL-KOCHI
Page 107 of 351
NOTES :
1. Fold all drawings to 216mm X 279mm and roll transparencies.
2. Vendor to provide all printed matter to ENGINEERS INDIA LIMITED (EIL).

ATTENTION -
Vendor Drawing Control

5th Floor EI House, 1, Bhikaji Cama Place, New Delhi-110066.
LEGEND:
Categories preceeded with * will be approved for fabrication by Engineers India Limited.
The remaining drawings are needed for information only.
A/C = As compiled A/R = As required W/S = With shipment W = Weeks
IMPORTANT
While submittimg drawings and documents for review as indicated in vendor data requirement,
vendor must ensure the following :
1. A blank space measuring 75 mm W x 38 mm H shall be provided on all vendor drawings

(on the front side) for marking review codes etc. by ENGINEERS INDIA LIMITED.
2. The review of the drawings shall be done as applicable, under the following review codes :
a) Review Code 1 : No Comments.
b) Review Code 2 : Proceed with manufacture / fabrication as per commented drawing.
Revised drawing required.
c) Review Code 3 : Document does not conform to the basic requirements as marked.
Resubmit for review.
3. Review of the vendor drawings by EIL would be only to check compatibility with basic design and
concepts and would in no way absolve the manufacturer / fabricator of his responsibility to meet the
applicable codes, specifications and statutory rules and regulations.
4. For drawings / documents indicated as FOR INFORMATION in the vendor data requirement,
vendor must clearly mark FOR INFORMATION ONLY on the submitted drawings / documents.
I. Any drawing/document not indicated in the list above but required during erection, commissioning or for
reconfiguration of the system shall also be supplied by the Vendor on demand.
II. X indicates required. Suffix Codes mean the following:

- (i) For Information
- (a) For Approval
III. The soft copy of documentation shall be in editable form (CAD. Excel, Database etc ).
IV. Refer to the column for 'Date needed' in the table above. The same shall be discussed and finalised

210x297

UNIT : 000
CLIENT BPCL-KOCHI
Page 108 of 351
during kick off meeting, for achieving the overall schedule.
V. Note-1 & 2 above is not applicable as document shall be submitted as soft copies through eDMS.

210x297

UNIT : 000
CLIENT BPCL-KOCHI
Page 109 of 351
SPECIAL INSTRUCTION TO VENDORS
Part A:
BIDDING INSTRUCTIONS.
A1. Bidder must follow the following guidelines while submitting their offer. Offers not complying with these guidelines shall
be rejected summarily without any intimation to the bidder.
a) The Material Requisition (MR) specifications (i.e.) data sheets, job standard specifications and other attachments to this
MR shall be fully complied with. No deviations of any type are acceptable in general. In case, where it is necessary, bidders
shall furnish their deviations to MR requirements, in a separate section (Deviation List) of their bid. Evaluation shall be based
on the deviations furnished in the separate section for deviations and deviations listed elsewhere in the bid shall not be taken
into cognizance.
b) If the bid does not include complete scope and technical data required to be submitted with bid, offer shall be summarily
rejected.
c) In case of any contradiction between these bidding instructions and any other documents attached with MR, this bidding
instructions shall govern.
d) Bidder shall submit the Lump sum price for each group separately, covering all the items, accessories, mandatory spares,
inspection, testing & documentation requirements as specified in this MR as per price schedule sheet. No information /
description, technical or non-technical, other than what is required as per price format shall be filled or submitted.
e) In addition bidder shall submit unit price for each ultrasonic flowmeter including its associated accessories & testing
requirement for addition/deletion purpose and unit price of accessories such as cable between the probe/transducer & the
transmitter and calibration kit for addition/deletion purpose.
f) Bidder to note that alternate quote shall not be furnished for any tag. As per project philosophy an offer with alternate quote
shall be rejected.
A2. Bidder is responsible for meeting all technical requirements in this Material Requisition including instrument data sheets.
If at any stage, till the completion of order, the offered instruments and its accessories are found unsuitable to meet the MR
specification, bidder shall replace the same with suitable items, without any time / cost implication.
A3. The Bidder shall submit the required drawings/ documents as per the Vendor Data Requirements (VDR) enclosed with
the MR.
A4. The Bidder shall submit the 'Technical Questionnaire' in this M.R. duly filled in along with the offer. Answers to the
contents of this Technical Questionnaire shall be unambiguous i.e. 'yes', 'no' or the required data/information. An offer without
the filled-in Technical Questionnaire or with vague, non-committal replies or referenced reply to some catalogue etc., without
specific page and paragraph no. shall be considered incomplete and is liable for rejection.
A5. MUST COMPLY REQUIREMENTS

--------------------------------------------------------
a) Bidder must indicate their contact person; email ID, fax number, telephone number and postal address.
b) Offer must be complete in all respects complying fully to the MR requirements without exception. No price change,
whatsoever, shall be allowed to the bidder after submission of bid even if it results from any technical clarification.
c) Any price change subsequent to the submission of the offer because of any technical query or any other reason
attributable to the bidder may lead to rejection of the offer.
d) Technical queries if necessary shall be forwarded either in email or by fax. Bidder shall be allowed to forward their replies
either by email or by fax, addressed directly to Purchase department (addressed to the Purchase department from where the
enquiry is issued) indicating the enquiry number in each of such correspondence.
e) Any query raised on the email or fax must be replied within the specified period. Replies received beyond the specified

210x297

UNIT : 000
NEW DELHI A307-000-YF-SI-2853 0
CLIENT BPCL-KOCHI
Page 110 of 351
period may lead to ignoring any subsequent correspondence from the bidder.
f) Bidder to note that a pre-bid meeting shall be held in which bidder can seek any clarification/ confirmation if required.
Bidder shall ensure that this meeting is attended by both technical and commercial personnel of the Bidder who should have
thoroughly scrutinized the MR before hand so that all issues are finally resolved in this meeting.
g) Offered models shall be accompanied by detailed technical catalogues in English. An offer without catalogues shall be
considered incomplete and is liable for rejection.
A6. (i) Bidder shall fill and furnish the following documents along with the offer:
1. COMPLIANCE STATEMENT
2. TECHNICAL DEVIATION LIST (if any)
4. TECHNICAL QUESTIONNAIRE
5. UN PRICED BID (WITHOUT PRICES) as per the RFQ FORMAT
THE ABOVE DOCUMENTS ARE THE ONLY BASIS OF TECHNICAL EVALUATION. OFFERS SHALL BE EVALUATED
BASED ON THE ABOVE-MENTIONED DOCUMENTS ONLY. THERFORE BIDDER SHALL TAKE PROPER NOTE OF THIS
IMPORTANT REQUIREMENT AND COMPLY.
ii) After placement of order, Bidder shall furnish filled in instrument data sheets, complete model no. and model decoding
details along with instruments catalogs for inclusion in the PR within 2 weeks of issue of LOI.
iii) Bidder to note that Delivery will be reckoned from the date of issue of LOI and any delay in submission of filled in data
sheet and resulting delay in delivery shall be in Bidders account
PART B
Specific Job Requirements:
B1. The "Ultrasonic Flowmeters " covered in the MR are for the DCU(Unit-0ID), FCCU(Unit-0IF & IFP), NHT (unit-00H),
Utilities (Units- IUR, IUF & IUS) and units of BPCL-KR, Kochi, Kerala. It is the responsibility of the bidder to ensure that the
Ultrasonic Flowmeters offered by them are suitable for specified applications.
B2. Bidder to note the following with regard to ordering of the Ultrasonic flowmeter mentioned in the requisition. The
Ultrasonic flowmeters are divided into groups as per details given in Grouping Details
1. GROUP-A: Ultrasonic Flowmeter with Spool Piece (Process Liquid-0ID Unit, Qty- 1 no.)
2. GROUP-B: Ultrasonic Flowmeter with Spool Piece (Process Liquid-0IF Unit, Qty- 1 no.)
3. GROUP-C: Ultrasonic Flowmeter with Spool Piece (Process Liquid-0IY Unit, Qty- 1 no.)
4. GROUP-D: Ultrasonic Flowmeter without Spool Piece (Process Liquid-0IY Unit, Qty-2 nos.)
5. GROUP-E: Ultrasonic Flowmeter with Spool Piece (Process Gas-0IY Unit, Qty-2 nos.)
6. GROUP-F: Ultrasonic Flowmeter without Spool Piece(Process Cooling Water -IUS Unit,Qty-1 no.)
7. GROUP-G: Ultrasonic Flowmeter without Spool Piece(Process Raw Water - IUR Unit, Qty-2 nos.)
8. GROUP-H: Ultrasonic Flowmeter (Flare - IUF & IUS Units, Qty- 2 nos.)
9. GROUP-I: Ultrasonic Flowmeter (Flare - IFP Units, Qty-2 nos.)
10. GROUP-J: Ultrasonic Flowmeter (Flare - 00H Unit, Qty -1 no.)
Bidder to note that the evaluation/Ordering shall be carried out on bottom line basis (lump sum basis) for all the tags of each
group including testing, mandatory spares and all other requirements of MR. Bidder must quote for all Ultrasonic flowmeters
in a group so as to be considered for that group.
B3. Offered Model Nos. for Ultrasonic Flowmeter shall be field proven for at least 4000 hrs. in hydrocarbon application similar
to as those indicated in the MR on the bid closing date. Bidder shall furnish the following information as a minimum along with

210x297

UNIT : 000
CLIENT BPCL-KOCHI
Page 111 of 351
their offer to support the proveness of each type of Ultrasonic Flowmeter being offered by them.
- Name of the Plant and Customer
- Model No. of the supplied Instrument for each type & application separately.
- Year of supply and commissioning
- Name, address, telephone/ fax no., e-mail of the contact person
- Application details
Bidder shall furnish the above information with the offer. Instruments not having proven references in similar applications or
references provided without complete information as asked or ambiguous references shall not be acceptable.
B4. Bidder shall strictly quote Ultrasonic Flowmeters as per their size, type & application enlisted with EIL for supply of their
flowmeters.
B5. a. The Ultrasonic flowmeter shall be supplied with transmitter (with LCD display unit), pre amplifier, probes/transducers
with special cables etc for installation in a pipe for flowmeter in Group-D, F & G.
b. For flowmeters in Group-A, B, C & E, the same shall be duly mounted in a spool piece(Flanged type) ready for installation
in pipeline. The spool piece material, flange material and end connection rating shall be as per respective datasheet. All
mounting accessories shall be provided by the Bidder. Also with reference to the datasheets of the above groups, bidder to
note that where integral type of Flowmeter is offered, pre amplifier is not applicable.
c. Moreover for Group E, Bidder to note that Pressure & Temperature compensation is to be provided for which bidder shall
provide pressure transmitters, temperature transmitters , temperature element, thermowell, interconnection cable etc. along
with nozzles and installation material for pressure & temperature transmitters even though same is not indicated in the
sketch. Isolation valve (Gate/Ball) shall be provided for the pressure transmitter with body material ASTM A 216 Gr.WCB and
trim material shall be SS316 with rating as per the line class specified in the datasheet.
B6. Bidder to note the following with regard to Insertion type Process Ultrasonic flowmeter in Group-D, F &G.
a) For Group D & G - Ball Valve (if provided to meet the insert-retract mechanism)shall have body material as ASTM A 216
Gr.WCB and trim material as SS316 with rating as per the line class specified in the datasheet. However for ball valve, body
material of SS316 is also acceptable. However Bidder shall offer suitable rating for the design pressure and temperature as
indicated in datasheets.
b) For Group F - Ball Valve (if provided to meet the insert-retract mechanism) shall have body material and trim material as
SS316 with rating as per the line class specified in the datasheet. However Bidder shall offer suitable rating for the design
pressure and temperature as indicated in datasheets.
c) Nozzle pipe/flange material & rating shall be as per the line class specified in the datasheet. Refer schematics (typical)
A307-000-16-51-0203.
d) Bidder shall provide a template for the insertion probe meters so that the probes can be arranged as required by them.
B7. Bidder to note the following with regard to Flare Ultrasonic flowmeters in Group-H, I & J. Transducer shall be inserted
through a nozzle and flanged full-bore ball valve assembly to be supplied by Bidder.
a) Ball Valve body material shall be ASTM A216 GR.WCB and trim material shall be SS316 with rating as per the line class
specified in the datasheet. However for ball valve, body material of SS316 is also acceptable. However bidder shall offer
suitable rating for the design pressure and temperature as indicated in datasheets.
b) Nozzle pipe/flange material & rating shall be as per the line class specified in the datasheet.
c) Pressure & Temperature compensation shall be provided in the Ultrasonic transmitter which shall accept external pressure
and temperature signals. Bidder shall provide pressure transmitters, temperature transmitters ,temperature element,
thermowell, interconnection cable etc. Pressure and temperature transmitters shall be powered from bidders Flow
transmitter. Refer schematics (typical) A307-000-16-51-0200.
d) Bidder shall confirm that the selected meter shall measure the maximum flow rate with the specified accuracy indicated in
the Standard Specification for Ultrasonic Flowmeters (6-52-0011) and the range shall be selected accordingly. Also bidder
shall provide the sizing calculation indicating the minimum measurable flow and minimum measurable accurate flow.
e) Bidder shall provide a template for the insertion probe meters so that the probes can be arranged as required by them.
f) Bidder shall confirm that sensors/transducers shall be able to withstand the maximum operating temperature which shall be
occurring intermittently (maximum temperature is not continuous) as indicated in respective tag datasheets without any

210x297

UNIT : 000
CLIENT BPCL-KOCHI
Page 112 of 351
damage. Material of construction shall be ensured accordingly.
B8. There shall be no change in ultrasonic flow measurement due to molecular weight variation.
B9. The spool piece Body flanges shall be forged construction and shall be Weldneck type as a minimum.
B10.The Standard Specification for Ultrasonic flowmeter (6-52-0011) attached with MR must be followed by the bidder. In
case of conflict, the datasheet and this SIV shall override in general, however, it shall be obligatory on the bidder's part to
bring to the notice of the purchaser all such conflicts, where in the purchasers decision shall be final.
B11. Type of transducer shall be acoustically impedance matched, high Curie point, piezoelectric element.
B12. Transmitters shall be provided from EIL approved Bidder list as mentioned below:
- ABB LTD (FARIDABAD)
- EMERSON PROCESS MANAGEMENT INDIA PVT LTD
- EMERSON PROCESS MGMT ASIA PACIFIC PTE LTD
- FIJI ELECTRIC SYSTEMS CO.LTD
- HONEYWELL AUTOMATION INDIA LTD
- HONEYWELL INC.
- YOKOGAWA INDIA LIMITED
- YOKOGAWA ELECTRIC CORPORATION
- ABB AUTOMATION LTD
-INVENSYS INDIA PVT LTD.
B13.Temperature elements and thermowells shall be provided from EIL approved Bidder list as mentioned below:
- ALTOP INDUSTRIES LTD.
- DETRIV INSTRUMENTS & ELECTRONICS LTD.
- GENERAL INSTRUMENTS CONSORTIUM
- PYRO-ELECTRIC INSTRUMENTS GOA PVT. LTD
- ABB AUTOMATION LTD.
- TEMP-TECH
- BOURDON HAENNI S.A
- DAILY THERMETRICS
- GAYESCO LLC
- JAPAN THERMOWELL CO LTD
- TECHNO INSTRUMENTS
- THEMPSEN INSTRUMENT INDIA LTD
- THERMO ELECTRIC CO. INC.
- THERMO-COUPLE PRODUCTS CO
- THERMO-ELECTRA B.V
- TM TECNOMATIC SPA
- WIKA ALEXANDER WIEGAND & CO GMBH
B14. For flowmeters in Flare service, transmitter shall provide 4-20 mA HART output for Mass flow rate (kg/hr), Volumetric
flow for gas/vapour (Nm3/hr), Pressure (kg/cm2g), Temperature (deg C) ,molecular weight, and one spare output. Also
bidder shall consider the provision for RS 485 (serial communication) port. Incase both RS 485 & HART outputs are not
available together under manufacture's standard outputs, transmitter shall be provided with conventional 4-20 mA & RS 485
port.
For remaining flowmeters, transmitter shall provide 4-20 mA smart output with HART protocol corresponding to the flow.
Bidder to ensure that ultrasonic flow meters offered shall be able to communicate to universal hand held configurator (HHC-
475 or equivalent, configurator not in Bidder's scope). Transmitter shall be microprocessor based and shall be capable of
being configured locally using keypad or remotely using communicator.
B15. Transmitter shall have two modes of operation- Flow measurement (real time) and calibration diagnostics. Transmitter
shall display measured and calculated parameters, along with diagnostics.
B16. MANDATORY SPARES:

Bidder shall supply the following mandatory spares for each group. Price for the same shall be included in the lump sum
base price of each group.

210x297

UNIT : 000
CLIENT BPCL-KOCHI
Page 113 of 351
a) 10% of total quantity or minimum one no., whichever is higher, of the complete converter / transmitter along with display
unit .
b) 10% of total quantity or minimum one no., whichever is higher, of Transducer and Pre-amplifier.
The quantities for the mandatory spares shall not be verified at the offer stage. Bidder shall provide the mandatory spare
quantities meeting the above requirement.
B17. Bidder shall indicate the distance limitation of the cables between the following in the offer:
1) Ultrasonic Flowmeter element/Transducer and Pre-Amplifier.
2) Pre-amplifier and Ultrasonic transmitter/converter (field).
3) Ultrasonic transmitter/converter (in field) and control room (maximum distance between Transmitter/converter and
control room ) is 600m.
B18. Datasheet is provided with GENERAL and SPECIFICATION SERIAL NO. NOTES specific to that tag no. Bidder shall
read the datasheet specification together with these notes given at the bottom of datasheets. Also maximum temperature &
pressure indicated in the datasheets corresponds to the design temperature & pressure for the respective tag.
B.19. SPECIFIC TEST REQUIREMENTS

Bidder to note that the charges for all the applicable testing requirements as per below shall be included in the flowmeter
group price.
i) RADOIGRAPHY REQUIREMENTS
100% Radiography shall be carried out for all butt weld joints. DP testing shall be carried out for all other joints.
ii) For all inline flowmeters provided with probes duly mounted in spool piece. NDT requirements as per A307-6-44-0016 shall
be complied.
B20. The requirement of statutory approvals for usage of equipment/instruments/ systems in electrically hazardous areas
shall be as per clause no. 1.2.2(g) of Specification for Ultrasonic Flowmeter (6-52-0011).
B21. Bidder shall furnish the following along with the offer:
(i) Schematic sketch of the Ultrasonic flow meter System ( Sensor, Transmitter and its Signal output and Power supply
connections).Schematic shall clearly indicate the required nozzle connections along with the nozzle distances, dimensions,
nozzle orientations. The Ultrasonic meter probe connections shall be flanged.
(ii) Power consumption.
(iii) Up-stream and Down-stream straight run requirement.
B22. Bidder shall supply the following cables with cable glands for remote mounted flowmeters:
1) Between Ultrasonic flow meter element/transducer and Pre-amplifier (approx. 20 meters for each transducers)
2) Between Preamplifier and Flowmeter Transmitter(approx. 20 metres cable).
3) Cable between Pressure Transmitter and flowmeter transmitter, (approx. 30 metres cable)(Only for Group H, I & J)
4) Cable between Temperature transmitter and Flowmeter transmitter, (approx. 30 metres cable) (Only for Group H, I &
J)
All interconnecting cables as per indicated length (armoured type) including associated accessories like cable glands etc.
between the Probe/transducer and preamplifier, between preamplifier and transmitter shall be supplied by bidder. Bidder
shall furnish a schematic diagram showing interconnection between Probes/transducer, preamplifier, transmitter and power
supply alongwith the offer. Bidder shall include the above cables as per indicated length in the base price.
Cables shall be armoured and flame retardant to IEC 60332. Cable glands shall be Nickel plated brass double compression
type certified flameproof to area classification specified. All cable glands shall be provided with PVC hood.
B23. Cables between transmitter/ converter and Control room shall be in purchaser's scope. Purchaser will use 12Px0.5
mm2 shielded cable for Flare Ultrasonic Flowmeters and 1Px1.5 mm2 shielded cable for other remaining flowmeters (Copper
conductor with maximum DC resistance 12.3 ohm/Km at 20 °C). Bidder shall provide cable glands on convertor side for
purchaser's cable.
B24. Bidder shall quote for spares for 2 years operation and maintenance separately along with the offer and furnish list for
the same along with offer.
B25. After placement of order, Bidder shall provide detail write-up on how the ultrasonic flow meter is to be installed,
calibrated and commissioned at site.

210x297

UNIT : 000
CLIENT BPCL-KOCHI
Page 114 of 351
B26. INSPECTION AND TESTING:

All the items supplied by Bidder shall be subject to inspection at Bidder's works as defined elsewhere inline with Bidder's
present enlistment with EIL. As a minimum, the inspection and testing requirements as per clause 4.0 of standard
specification for Ultra sonic flow meter (6-52-0011, Rev-0) shall also be adhered to.
B27. ITPs/ QAPs need to be developed by the Bidder on the basis of job and standard specification requirements and the
same shall be submitted to EIL inspection for approval after placement of order.
B28. Purchaser will provide one no. of feeder per flowmeter for 110V AC ±10%, 50Hz±3Hz supply at transmitter/ console.
Further distribution shall be taken care of by Bidder. Accessories like cable glands, conduits and junction boxes as required
to interconnect the sensor, transmitter, signal cable, power supply cables etc. shall be supplied by the Bidder.
B29. The configurational data for the instrument shall be stored in a non-volatile memory or in a battery backed RAM such
that this remains unchanged because of power fluctuations or power off condition. In case Bidder standard has battery
backed RAM, Bidder must indicate the protection time and battery life in their offer.
B30. Proper terminal blocks shall be provided in the transmitter unit for the termination of Purchaser's cables. Flying leads
are not acceptable. Separate terminal blocks shall be provided for power & signal connections.
B31. Probes/Transducer, Pre-amplifier, transmitter shall be certified flameproof to given area classification. However
intrinsically safe Probe/transducer meeting area classification requirement is also acceptable, safety barriers as required
shall be provided by bidder. Bidder shall also submit intrinsic safe certification including entity parameters. The housing of
probes/transducer, preamplifier, transmitter, junction box shall be metallic only.
B32. The remote mounted transmitter shall be suitable for mounting on 2" NB pipe. Mounting accessories including mounting
plate shall be provided by bidder.
B33. Sizing calculation for tag no. shall include accuracy and pressure drop at each of the minimum, normal, maximum and
meter maximum flow. Bidder to note that meter sizing shall be done considering operating temperature and pressure.
However meter shall be suitable for design pressure and temperature. Bidder shall provide corresponding flow range for the
same.
B34. Purchaser may require the service of Bidder's specialist during commissioning for supervision of erection, testing and
commissioning of the Ultrasonic Flow meter. Hence bidder must quote per diem rate for the visit of their specialist to BPCL-
KR, KOCHI for supervision of erection, testing and commissioning of Flow meter at site. Number of days of visit for each
group shall be considered as indicated below for evaluation purpose based on the per diem rate to be quoted by Bidder. This
is exclusively for commissioning assistance and does not include any visit by Bidder for malfunctioning of instrument or
instrument not meeting the requirements as per specification.
Group-A: 1 day
Group-B: 1 day
Group-C: 1 day
Group-D: 1 day
Group-E: 1 day
Group-F: 1 day
Group-G: 1 day
Group-H: 1 day
Group-I: 1 day
Group-J: 1 day
Bidder to note that in case Bidder / manufacturer's visit is found necessary because of non-functional behavior or not meeting
agreed specification during warranty period, this shall be considered as per warranty agreement
B35.Bidder shall supply special tools and tackles for maintenance, etc for each group as required as per bidder's
recommendation and price of same shall be included in the lumpsum base price of each group indicated in the offer and list
of same shall be furnished by Bidder along with offer.
B36. Bidder to ensure that submission of all drawings / documents mentioned in VDR shall be in soft copies through EIL
eDMS portal only during detail engineering & no document shall be submitted through hard copies. However, as built
document shall be submitted in hard copy along with soft copy.

210x297

UNIT : 000
CLIENT BPCL-KOCHI
Page 115 of 351
B37. Bidder shall furnish soft copies of all the as-built drawings and data sheets in AutoCAD/ MS Excel formats for loading in
Owner's Documentation node.
B38. For nozzles & spool piece materials, bidder shall refer respective datasheet for Ultrasonic Flowmeters & PMS for the
applicable Piping Class (A307-000-16-51-MD-1011)
For Painting bidder shall refer Job Specification for Surface Preparation & Protective Coating (A307-000-16-51-MD-1010).
B39. SITE CONDITIONS:

The Ultrasonic flowmeters and accessories covered in the MR shall be suitable for unprotected installation in Hot, Humid and
Corrosive environment having following ambient condition.
The site environmental conditions at Kochi are as follows:
Ambient temperature (Max//min.): 20 deg C / 38 deg C.
Relative Humidity: 95% (max) at max 38 deg C
Maximum recorded rainfall: 179 mm in 1 hour.

210x297

UNIT : 000
CLIENT BPCL-KOCHI
Page 116 of 351
TECHNICAL QUESTIONNAIRE
This questionnaire shall be duly filled in and submitted along with unpriced sets of offers to avoid further
queries and to ensure proper evaluation of your offer in time. If this is not complied with, your offer is liable to be rejected.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
not be reproduced, copied, exhibited or used, except in limited way permitted by a written consent given by the lender to the borrower for the indended use. EIL-1651-TEQ
ANSWER 'YES' 'NO' OR 'NOT APPLICABLE'
DESCRIPTION BIDDER'S RESPONSE

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Have you any deviations to the following:

i) General Specifications (clausewise)
ii) Special requirements (clausewise)
iii) Instrument specifications indicated in the data sheets.
iv) The scope of supply as indicated in the material requisition. If `yes' have you included
the list of deviations? (If no deviations are furnished, it will be assumed that all
the specifications and requirements of the subject requisition are complied with and
no deviations whatever will be accepted after the placement of order.)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2. Have you quoted for the spare parts including consumable items required for the startup
and 2 years normal operation/maintenance of the Instruments?
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. Have you quoted for the mounting accessories, special calibration kits and equipments
(complete with technical details) required if any, for the erection, commissioning and
maintenance of the instruments?
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. A) Have you enclosed the relevant technical catalogue/Literature in ENGLISH language including
model decoding details, drawings etc. necessary for the evaluation of your offer?
(NOTE: In case of line mounted instruments, viz. control valves, positive displacement meters,
Pressure relief valves etc., for all the lines quoted, relevant dimensional details required for
the installation must be furnished along with the offer.)
B) Have you confirmed that the documents required as per vendor data Requirements will be
supplied after the placement of order.
C) If so, have you indicated the extra price applicable, if any?
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5. Have you furnished sizing, noise level calculations and certified capacity curves for the
instruments, wherever applicable?
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6. Have you furnished, separately the `Shop inspection charges, if any, for inspection at
your works by EIL/Third party? (The details of the tests to be carried out on the instruments
during shop inspection are to be furnished)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7. Have you furnished the certificates from statutory bodies vis. BASEEFA, FM, CSA etc. for the
Explosion proof construction / intrinsically safe design of the instruments, wherever specified?
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8. Have you furnished the certificates from statutory authority i.e., CCOE certificate for all electrical
equipments for intrinsically safe/ explosion proof design wherever specified?
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9. Have you confirmed that IBR certification in Form III(C) or equivalent certification from statutory
bodies viz. Lloyds, Bureau veritas, TUV etc. will be furnished wherever specified?
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10. Have you indicated separately the installation and commissioning charges, in case the same
are included in your scope of work?
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11. Have you furnished the estimated power / utility consumptions and special cable requirements,
if any, for the instruments quoted?
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12. Have you furnished the customer reference list in India/Abroad.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- NOTE : If the answer is 'NO' , then furnish reasons thereof.
[ ] Deviation [ ] No Deviation Vendor Seal And Signature
A 15/05/2014 SKS AR MN REQ. NO. : A307-000-YF-MR-2853


UNIT : 000
NEW DELHI A307-000-YF-TM-2853 A
CLIENT BPCL-KOCHI
Page 117 of 351
A307-000-YF-CF-2853
COMPLIANCE STATEMENT
Page 1 of 2
TECHNICAL COMPLIANCE STATEMENT

(TO BE SIGNED BY VENDOR'S PRINCIPAL CORPORATE LEVEL SIGNATORY ON COMPANY LETTERHEAD)
I, ON BEHALF OF M/s CONFIRM THAT THE PROPOSAL OF ---------------
-------------------------------------QUOTED BY M/s FOR IREP, KRL, KOCHI
(INDIA) AGAINST MATERIAL REQUISITION No. A307-000-YF-MR-2853 (ULTRASONIC
FLOWMETERS) IS IN TOTAL COMPLIANCE TO THE SCOPE AS WELL AS ALL THE
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION AND NO DEVIATION, VARIATION OR RESERVATION
WHATSOEVER HAS BEEN MENTIONED IN THE TECHNICAL OFFER. IT IS FURTHER
AGREED THAT THE TECHNICAL DETAILS FURNISHED IN OUR OFFER WILL BE
REVIEWED BY EIL/BPCL-KR DURING DETAILED ENGINEERING STAGE AFTER
ORDER AND ANY CHANGE REQUIRED TO MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF ENQUIRY
SPECIFICATION INCLUDING AMENDMENT(S) (IF ANY) WILL BE INCORPORATED BY
US WITHOUT ANY PRICE AND TIME IMPLICATION.
(BIDDER’S SIGNATURE AND STAMP)
Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved

Page 118 of 351
COMPLIANCE STATEMENT
A307-000-YF-CF-2853
Page 2 of 2
Sr. COMPLIANCE STATEMENT/QUERY BIDDER’S CONFIRMATION/

No. ANSWER
Please note that it is mandatory to furnish
replies to the technical queries listed below,
without which your offer will be considered
incomplete.
This Technical Questionnaire with categorical
1.
confirmation against each of the clauses,
deviation (if any), against the applicable
specifications and codes shall be duly
consolidated at one place (as per the attached
deviations list format) by the bidder.
In case no deviations are furnished, it will be
presumed that all requirements are fully met
and complied with, by the bidder.
Any deviations/ deletions/ corrections made by
the bidder elsewhere will not be taken
cognizance of and all such deviations shall deem
to have been withdrawn by the bidder.
2. Confirmed that compliance to “Special

Instruction to vendor”, various technical
specifications, drawing and document with
Technical Questionnaire” have been submitted
with the offer.
3. Confirmed that inspection charges have been

included in the base price of each group.
4. Confirmed that Two Years Operational Spares

have been quoted as per Clause No B24 of SIV
5 Confirm that Mandatory spares have been quoted as

per the SIV and price of the same has been included
in the overall lumpsum price.
BIDDER’S SIGNATURE & STAMP
Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved

Page 119 of 351
Deviation List Format Document No.
For A307-000-16-51-MD-2853
ULTRASONIC FLOWMETER Page 1 of 1
Sl. Document No. Clause No. Deviation Technical Reason for Deviation
No.
Vendor Seal & Signature
Template No. 120

Page 5-0000-0001-T3
of 351 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL – All rights reserved
ULTRASONIC FLOWMETER
DOCUMENT No.
GROUPING DETAILS
A307-000-16-51-ID-2853 Rev-0
(DATASHEET INDEX)
GROUP-A: Ultrasonic Flowmeter with Spool Piece (Process Liquid-0ID Qty - 1 no.)
SL. NO. TAG NO. DATA SHEET NO. QTY.

1 0ID-FT-1207 A307-0ID-YF-DS-0926 1 No.
MANDATORY SPARE
Refer Special Instruction to Vendor (A307-000-YF-MR-2853) (SIV) clause no. B16 1 Lot
GROUP-B: Ultrasonic Flowmeter with Spool Piece (Process Liquid-0IF Qty - 1 no.)

1 0IF-FT-4902 A307-0IF-YF-DS-0921 1 No.
MANDATORY SPARE
GROUP-C: Ultrasonic Flowmeter with Spool Piece (Process Liquid-0IY Qty - 1 no.)

1 0IY-FT-3901 A307-0IY-YF-DS-0902 1 No.
MANDATORY SPARE
GROUP-D: Ultrasonic Flowmeter without Spool Piece (Process Liquid-0IY Qty - 2 nos.)

1 0IY-FT-3401 A307-0IY-YF-DS-0901 1 No.
2 0IY-FT-4102 A307-0IY-YF-DS-0903 1 No.
MANDATORY SPARE
GROUP-E: Ultrasonic Flowmeter with Spool Piece (Process Gas-0IY Qty - 2 nos.)

1 0IY-FT-5401 A307-0IY-YF-DS-0904 1 No.
2 0IY-FT-5605 A307-0IY-YF-DS-0905 1 No.
ACCESSORIES
1 Pressure Instrument A307-000-YP-DS-1000 Quantity of accessories shall be
2 Thermocouples A307-000-YT-DS-4000 as per individual flowmeter
3 &Thermowells
Temperature Trasnmitters A307-000-YI-DS-4000 datasheet requirement
MANDATORY SPARE
GROUP-F: Ultrasonic Flowmeter Cooling Water (IUS Qty- 1 no.)

1 IUS-FT-1802 A307-IUS-YF-DS-0902 1 No.
MANDATORY SPARE
Page 1 of 2
Page 121 of 351
DOCUMENT No.
GROUPING DETAILS
A307-000-16-51-ID-2853 Rev-0
(DATASHEET INDEX)
GROUP-G: Ultrasonic Flowmeter Raw Water (IUR Qty- 2 nos.)

1 IUR-FT-1601 A307-IUR-YF-DS-0901 1 No.
1 IUR-FT-1602 A307-IUR-YF-DS-0902 1 No.
MANDATORY SPARE
GROUP-H: Ultrasonic Flowmeter Flare (IUF & IUS Qty- 2 nos.)

1 IUF-FT-1401 A307-IUF-YF-DS-0901 1 No.
2 IUS-FT-2401 A307-IUS-YF-DS-0901 1 No.
ACCESSORIES
1 Pressure Instrument A307-000-YP-DS-1000
Quantity of accessories shall be
Thermocouples
2 A307-000-YT-DS-4000 as per individual flowmeter
&Thermowells
datasheet requirement
3 Temperature Trasnmitters A307-000-YI-DS-4000
MANDATORY SPARE
GROUP-I: Ultrasonic Flowmeter Flare (IFP Qty- 2 nos.)

1 IFP-FT-5901 A307-IFP-YF-DS-0901 1 No.
2 IFP-FT-5902 A307-IFP-YF-DS-0902 1 No.
ACCESSORIES
1 Pressure Instrument A307-000-YP-DS-1000
Quantity of accessories shall be
Thermocouples
2 A307-000-YT-DS-4000 as per individual flowmeter
&Thermowells
datasheet requirement
3 Temperature Trasnmitters A307-000-YI-DS-4000
MANDATORY SPARE
GROUP-J: Ultrasonic Flowmeter Flare (00H Qty- 1 no.)

1 00H-FT-8801 A307-00H-YF-DS-0901 1 No.
ACCESSORIES
1 Pressure Instrument A307-000-YP-DS-1000 Quantity of accessories shall be
2 Thermocouples A307-000-YT-DS-4000 as per individual flowmeter
3 Temperature Trasnmitters A307-000-YI-DS-4000 datasheet requirement
MANDATORY SPARE
Page 2 of 2
Page 122 of 351
GROUP A
ULTRASONIC FLOWMETER WITH SPOOL PIECE
(PROCESS LIQUID- FOR UNIT 0ID )
(Qty-1 No.)
Page 123 of 351

1 Tag Number 0ID-FT -1207
2 Service ID-P-101A/B to coker feed
GENERAL 3 Line No. 14"-P-ID-1803-B9A-IT
4 Line Size Line Schedule 14 in XS
5 Type of Instrument Transit Time Ultrasonic
6 Area Classification IEC Zone-1 Gr-IIB,T3
7 Meter Accuracy Linearity Repeatability Note-1 Note-1 Note-1
8 Fluid Fluid State P-101 DISCH (HC) Liquid
9 Flow Min. Norm. Max. 248 Am³/h 496 Am³/h 545 Am³/h
10 Temperature Min. Norm. Max. °C 172.9 °C 290 °C
11 Pressure Norm. Max. 7.2 kgf/cm²-g 11.6 kgf/cm²-g
PROCESS
CONDITIONS 12 Specific Gravity Range 0.968
13 Viscosity Range 306.797 cP
14 Molcular Weight
15 Ratio of Specific Heats Compressibilty
16 System Pressure Drop 0.2 kgf/cm²-g
17 Corrosive / Abrasive Property
18 Type of Probe No. of Probes Retractable Note-2
19 End Connection: Size & Rating 14", 300# (Note-4)
20 Facing & Finish RF 125AARH
21 Material Body End Connection Note-4
METER /
22 Flow Constant (Pulses / m3)
TRANSDUCER
23 Flow Range Note-5 Am³/h
24 Cable Entry *
25 Length of Element/ Transducer *
26 BiDirectional flow Not required
27 PREAMPLIFIER : (Note-6)
28 Moumting / Location Field
29 Explosion proof Intrisically Safe Ex-proof, Ex''d''
30 Enclosure IP 65 + Flameproof Ex''d''
PRE -AMPLIFIER & 31 Distance to Remote Location 20 m
TRANSMITTER 32 TRANSMITTER Required (Note-6)
33 Power Supply Output 110VAC UPS 4-20 mA HART
34 Cable Entry: Signal Power Note-7
36 Explosion proof Intrinsically Safe Explosion Proof Ex''d''
37 Mounting Note-6
38 Calibration Flow Range Min. Max. 0 650
39 Turndown Ratio *
40 Output Update Rate
41
42
43 Retractable Probes Required
44 Meter Runs Not required
45 Pressure Tap on meter body Not required
OPTIONS
46
47
CERTIFICATE 48 Statutory PESO/CCOE
49
50 Requisition number
51 Manufacturer
52 Model
PURCHASE 53 Purchase Order Number
54 Price Item Number
55 Serial Number
Notes: See notes
INSTRUMENT SPECIFICATION
Ultrasonic FLow Meter
Project: IREP,BPCL-KR
Job No.: A307
A SKS 5/8/2014 Issued With MR Unit No:0ID-Delayed Coker Unit Sheet 1 of 2
No. By Date Revision Code: 85 Doc. No.: A307-0ID-YF-DS-0926 Rev.: A
Page 124 of 351

Tag Number : 0ID-FT -1207
1. S.No. 7: Accuracy, linearity & repeatability shall be as per Standard Specification for Ultrasonic Flowmeters (6-52-0011)
2. S.No. 18: Vendor shall provide two paths as a minimum. In case more paths are required to meet the accuracy with the recommended upstream and
downstream straight lengths, the same shall be provided by vendor and indicated in the offer.
3. Bidder shall provide mounting details with the offer including orientation & size of probes & connections.
4. Ultrasonic flow meter shall be inline with probes duly mounted in a spool piece (flanged type). The 14" (Sch XS) spool piece material shall be ASTM
A 106 Gr. B and flange materialshall be ASTM A 105. The spool piece and flange material of SS316 ia also acceptable. The spool piece body flange
shall be of forged construction and shall be weldneck type. The probe / transducer material shall be SS316 as a minimum. The probe connection size
on spool piece shall be decided by bidder and same shall be indicated in the offer.
5. Vendor shall confirm the flowmeter range to cover the minimum and maximum flow.
6. Integral type transmitter is preferred. However if the transmitter provided by bidder is not suitable for the close coupled mounting, then bidder may
provide remote mounting type transmitter & associated electronics with intermediate cable.
7. S.No. 34: Refer sketch no. A307-000-16-51-0201
A SKS 5/8/2014 Issued With MR Sheet 2 of 2

No. By Date Revision Code: 85 Dwg. No.: A307-0ID-YF-DS-0926 Rev.: A
Page 125 of 351

GROUP B
(PROCESS LIQUID- FOR UNIT 0IF )
(Qty-1 No.)
Page 126 of 351

1 Tag Number 0IF-FT -4902
2 Service SLURRY FROM IF-E-104A/B TO BATTERY LIMIT
GENERAL 3 Line No. 1.5"-P-IF-4902-B9A-IT
4 Line Size Line Schedule 1 1/2 in XS
6 Area Classification IEC Zone-1 Gr-IIC,T3
8 Fluid Fluid State SLURRY Liquid
9 Flow Min. Norm. Max. 1980 kg/h 2042 kg/h 16760 kg/h
10 Temperature Min. Norm. Max. °C 80 °C 380 °C
PROCESS
14 Molcular Weight
19 End Connection: Size & Rating 1.5", 300# (Note-3)
METER /
TRANSDUCER
23 Flow Range Note-5 kg/h
24 Cable Entry *
37 Mounting Note-6
39 Turndown Ratio *
41
42
OPTIONS
46
47
49
51 Manufacturer
52 Model
55 Serial Number
Notes: See notes
Job No.: A307
A SKS 5/8/2014 Issued With MR Unit No:0IF-FCCU Sheet 1 of 2
No. By Date Revision Code: 85 Doc. No.: A307-0IF-YF-DS-0921 Rev.: A
Page 127 of 351

Tag Number : 0IF-FT -4902
downstream straight lengths, the same shall be provided by vendor and indicated in the offer.
4. Ultrasonic flow meter shall be inline with probes duly mounted in a spool piece (flanged type). The 1.5" spool piece material shall be ASTM A 106
Gr.B and flange materialshall be ASTM A 105. The spool piece body flange shall be of forged construction and shall be weldneck type. The probe /
transducer material shall be SS316 as a minimum. The probe connection size on spool piece shall be decided by bidder and same shall be indicated in
the offer.
6. Integral type transmitter is preferred. However if the transmitter provided by bidder is not available/suitable for the integral mounting, then bidder may
provide remote mounting type transmitter & associated electronics with intermediate cable.
7. S.No.34: Refer sketch no. A307-000-16-51-0201
8. Flow element in slurry service and shall contain 3000-6000 ppm solids.

No. By Date Revision Code: 85 Dwg. No.: A307-0IF-YF-DS-0921 Rev.: A
Page 128 of 351

GROUP C
(PROCESS LIQUID- FOR UNIT 0IY )
(Qty-1 No.)
Page 129 of 351

1 Tag Number 0IY-FT -3901
2 Service HSD-V to Irimpanam terminal from pumps YP-8B/C/D/E
GENERAL 3 Line No. 18"-P-IY-3907-A1A
4 Line Size Line Schedule 18 in STD
8 Fluid Fluid State HSD-V Liquid
11 Pressure Norm. Max. 10 kgf/cm²-g 19 kgf/cm²-g
PROCESS
CONDITIONS 12 Specific Gravity Range 0.82-0.845
13 Viscosity Range 1.6-5.9 cP
14 Molcular Weight
16 System Pressure Drop minimum kgf/cm²-g
METER /
TRANSDUCER
24 Cable Entry *
29 Explosion proof Intrisically Safe Ex-proof, Ex-d
30 Enclosure IP 65 + Flameproof Ex-d
36 Explosion proof Intrinsically Safe Explosion Proof Ex-d
37 Mounting Field Remote mounted
39 Turndown Ratio *
41
42
OPTIONS
46
47
49
51 Manufacturer
52 Model
55 Serial Number
Notes: See notes
Job No.: A307
0 AK 5/13/2014 ISSUED FOR BIDS Unit No:0IY-Offsite Facilities Sheet 1 of 2
No. By Date Revision Code: 85 Doc. No.: A307-0IY-YF-DS-0902 Rev.: 0
Page 130 of 351

Tag Number : 0IY-FT -3901
1. S.No. 7: Accuracy, linearity & repeatability shall be as per Standard Specification for Ultrasonic Flowmeters (6-52-0011).
2. S.No. 18: Vendor shall provide two paths as a minimum. In case more paths are required to meet the accuracy with the recommended
upstream and downsream straight lengths, the same shall be provied by vendor and indicated in the offer.
4. Ultrasonic flow meter shall be inline with probes duly mounted in a spool piece (flanged type). The 1.5" spool piece material shall be
ASTM A 106 Gr.B and flange materialshall be ASTM A 105. The spool piece body flange shall be of forged construction and shall be
weldneck type.The probe / transducer material shall be SS316 as a minimum. The probe connection size on pipe shall be decided by the bidder
and same shall be indicated in the offer.
6. Remote mounting type transmitter. associated electronics & pre-amplifier with intermediate cable shall be provided.
7. S.No. 34: Refer sketch no. A307-000-16-51-0201.
0 AK 5/13/2014 ISSUED FOR BIDS Sheet 2 of 2

No. By Date Revision Code: 85 Dwg. No.: A307-0IY-YF-DS-0902 Rev.: 0
Page 131 of 351

GROUP D
ULTRASONIC FLOWMETER WITHOUT SPOOL PIECE
(PROCESS LIQUID- FOR UNIT 0IY)
(QTY-2 NOS.)
Page 132 of 351

2 Service Existing 24" naphtha line
8 Fluid Fluid State MS-IV Liquid
11 Pressure Norm. Max. 10 kgf/cm²-g 19 kgf/cm²-g
PROCESS
14 Molcular Weight
METER /
TRANSDUCER
24 Cable Entry *
39 Turndown Ratio *
41
42
OPTIONS
46
47
49
51 Manufacturer
52 Model
55 Serial Number
Notes: See notes
Job No.: A307
0 AK 5/13/2014 Issued for Bids Unit No:0IY-Offsite Facilities Sheet 1 of 2
Page 133 of 351

upstream and downsream straight lengths, the same shall be provied by vendor and indicated in the offer. Probe shall be insertion type.
4. The probe / transducer material shall be SS316.
8. Bidder's scope shall include the supply of nozzles for mounting the probes. End connection size indicated in Sl.no. 19 is for connection of probe
on the pipe nozzle. Material for 3" sch STD nozzle shall be ASTM A106Gr.B and flange shall be ASTM A105.
0 AK 5/13/2014 Issued for Bids Sheet of

No. By Date Revision Code: 85 Dwg. No.: A307-0IY-YF-DS-09012 2
Rev.: 0
Page 134 of 351

2 Service Naphtha from YP-65A/B/C Discharge
GENERAL 3 Line No. 24"-P-IY-4114-B1A
4 Line Size Line Schedule 24 in
8 Fluid Fluid State Naphtha Liquid
11 Pressure Norm. Max. 13.5 kgf/cm²-g 22 kgf/cm²-g
PROCESS
14 Molcular Weight
METER /
TRANSDUCER
24 Cable Entry *
39 Turndown Ratio *
41
42
OPTIONS
46
47
49
51 Manufacturer
52 Model
55 Serial Number
Notes: See notes
Job No.: A307
Page 135 of 351

on the pipe nozzle. Material for 3" sch STD nozzle shall be ASTM A106Gr.B and flange shall be ASTM A105.
9. S.No.4: Wall thickness for Crude line (24" line) shall be 14mm.
0 AK 5/13/2014 ISSUED FOR BIDS Sheet of

No. By Date Revision Code: 85 Dwg. No.: A307-0IY-YF-DS-09032 2
Rev.: 0
Page 136 of 351

GROUP E
(PROCESS GAS- FOR UNIT 0IY)
(QTY-2 NOS.)
Page 137 of 351

2 Service VRU Feed Inlet
8 Fluid Fluid State HC Gas/Vapor
9 Flow Min. Norm. Max. Nm³/h Nm³/h 792 Nm³/h
PROCESS
CONDITIONS 12 Specific Gravity Range
14 Molcular Weight 51.8
15 Ratio of Specific Heats Compressibilty 1.119 0.987
19 End Connection: Size & Rating 10", 150# (Note-3,4)
METER /
TRANSDUCER
23 Flow Range Note-5 Nm³/h
24 Cable Entry *
37 Mounting (Note-6)
39 Turndown Ratio *
41
42
44 Meter Runs
45 Pressure Tap on meter body 5equired
OPTIONS
46
47
49
51 Manufacturer
52 Model
55 Serial Number
Notes: See notes
Job No.: A307
Page 138 of 351

1. S.No.7: Accuracy, linearity & repeatability shall be as per Standard Specification for Ultrasonic Flowmeters (6-52-0011).
2. Vendor shall provide two paths as a minimum for transmitter. In case more paths are required to meet the accuracy with recommended
upstream and downsream straight lengths, same shall be provided by vendor for transmitter and to be indicated in the offer.
3. Bidder shall provide mounting details with the offer including orientation of probes & connections.
4. Ultrasonic flow meter assembly shall be inline with the probes duly mounted in a spool piece (flanged type). The 10" spool piece material shall
be ASTM A 106 GR.B (sch: STD) and flange material shall be ASTM A 105. The spool piece body flange shall be of forged construction and shall
be weldneck type. The probe / transducer material shall be SS316 as a minimum. The probe connection size on spool piece shall be decided by
bidder and same shall be indicated in the offer.
6. Integral type transmitter is preferred. However if the transmitter provided by bidder is not available/ suitable for integral mounting, then bidder
may provide remote mounting type transmitter, associated electronics with intermediate cable.
7. S.No.34: Refer sketch no. A307-000-16-51-0201. Pressure transmitter & Temp element shall also be installed with in the spool piece supplied
by the bidder. Bidder to provide 3/4" tapping point with 3/4" SW isolation valve for PT & 1 1/2" 300# RF flanged connection for Temperature
element on the spool piece after considering necessary distance from FT nozzles.
8. Sr. no 38:Calibration flow range 0-1000 Nm3/h.
9. For Pressure & Temperature compensation, vendor to provide PT (Tag hold), Temp. element & temp. transmitter (0IY-TE/TT-5413) as per
attached datasheets. Bidder to select suitable ranges for them. Cable from PT & TT to FT shall also be supplied by the bidder (20m).

Page 139 of 351

2 Service Adsorber Vent
9 Flow Min. Norm. Max. kg/h kg/h 1600 kg/h
PROCESS
14 Molcular Weight 28
15 Ratio of Specific Heats Compressibilty 1.4 0.99
19 End Connection: Size & Rating 10", 150# (Note-3,4)
METER /
TRANSDUCER
24 Cable Entry *
37 Mounting (Note-6)
39 Turndown Ratio *
41
42
44 Meter Runs
45 Pressure Tap on meter body Required
OPTIONS
46
47
49
51 Manufacturer
52 Model
55 Serial Number
Notes: See notes
Job No.: A307
Page 140 of 351

1. S.No.7: Accuracy, linearity & repeatability shall be as per Standard Specification for Ultrasonic Flowmeters (6-52-0011).
2. Vendor shall provide two paths as a minimum for transmitter. In case more paths are required to meet the accuracy with recommended
upstream and downsream straight lengths, same shall be provided by vendor for transmitter and to be indicated in the offer.
3. Bidder shall provide mounting details with the offer including orientation of probes & connections.
4. Ultrasonic flow meter assembly shall be inline with the probes duly mounted in a spool piece (flanged type). The 10" spool piece material shall
be ASTM A 106 GR.B (sch: STD) and flange material shall be ASTM A 105. The spool piece body flange shall be of forged construction and shall
be weldneck type. The probe / transducer material shall be SS316 as a minimum. The probe connection size on spool piece shall be decided by
bidder and same shall be indicated in the offer.
6. Integral type transmitter is preferred. However if the transmitter provided by bidder is not available/ suitable for the integral mounting, then
bidder may provide remote mounting type transmitter, associated electronics with intermediate cable.
7. S.No.34: Refer sketch no. A307-000-16-51-0201. Pressure transmitter & Temp element shall also be installed with in the spool piece supplied
by the bidder. Bidder to provide 3/4" tapping point with 3/4" SW isolation valve for PT & 1 1/2" 300# RF flanged connection for Temperature
element on the spool piece after considering necessary distance from FT nozzles.
8. Sr. no 38:Calibration flow range 0-2000 Nm3/h.
9. For Pressure & Temperature compensation, vendor to provide PT (Tag hold), Temp. element & temp. transmitter (0IY-TE/TT-5413) as per
attached datasheets. Bidder to select suitable ranges for them. Cable from PT & TT to FT shall also be supplied by the bidder (20m).

Page 141 of 351

GROUP F
(COOLING WATER- FOR UNIT IUS)
(Qty-1 No.)
Page 142 of 351

1 Tag Number IUS-FT -1802
2 Service NORMAL CW SUPPLY
GENERAL 3 Line No. 32"-WCS-IUS-1807-A91A
8 Fluid Fluid State Cooling Water Liquid
PROCESS
14 Molcular Weight
20 Facing & Finish
METER /
TRANSDUCER
24 Cable Entry *
TRANSMITTER 32 TRANSMITTER Required
39 Turndown Ratio *
41
42
OPTIONS
46
47
49
51 Manufacturer
52 Model
55 Serial Number
Notes: See notes
Job No.: A307
A SKS 5/8/2014 Issued With MR Unit No:IUS-Captive Power Plant Sheet 1 of 2
No. By Date Revision Code: 85 Doc. No.: A307-IUS-YF-DS-0902 Rev.: A
Page 143 of 351

Tag Number : IUS-FT -1802
downstream straight lengths, the same shall be provided by vendor and indicated in the offer. Probe shall be insertion type.
3. Bidder shall provide mounting details with the offer including orientation & size of probes & connections. However bidder shall note that probes shall
be mounted on the same side of the pipe as the flowmeter shall be mounted on the underground pipe in a RCC pit. Probe housing shall be suitable for
mounting in a continuously submerged water conditions. All connectors, cable glands, cables etc. shall be suitable for submersible conditions.
6. Remote mounting type transmitter & associated electronics with intermediate cable shall be provided.
8. Bidder's scope shall include the supply of nozzles for mounting the probes. End connection size indicated in Sl.no. 19 is for connection of probe on
the pipe nozzle. Material for 3", Schedule HVY (4.85 mm thickness) nozzle and flange shall be SS316.
9. Thickness of 32" line is 10 mm.

No. By Date Revision Code: 85 Dwg. No.: A307-IUS-YF-DS-0902 Rev.: A
Page 144 of 351

GROUP G
(RAW WATER- FOR UNIT IUR)
(Qty-2 Nos.)
Page 145 of 351

1 Tag Number IUR-FT -1601
2 Service Raw water from RW transfer pumps IUR-PA-109A/B Disc.
GENERAL 3 Line No. 32"-WR-IUR-1605-A92A
8 Fluid Fluid State Raw Water Liquid
9 Flow Min. Norm. Max. Am³/h 1950 Am³/h Am³/h
PROCESS
14 Molcular Weight
20 Facing & Finish
METER /
TRANSDUCER
24 Cable Entry *
39 Turndown Ratio *
41
42
OPTIONS
46
47
49
51 Manufacturer
52 Model
55 Serial Number
Notes: See notes
Job No.: A307
0 AK 5/13/2014 Issued for Bids Unit No:IUR-RWTP Sheet 1 of 2
No. By Date Revision Code: 85 Doc. No.: A307-IUR-YF-DS-0901 Rev.: 0
Page 146 of 351

Tag Number : IUR-FT -1601
4. The probe / transducer material shall be SS316 as a minimum.
5. Vendor shall confirm the flowmeter range to cover the normal flow.
on the pipe nozzle. Material for 3" sch STD nozzle shall be ASTM A106 Gr. B and flange shall be ASTM A 105.
9. Pipe thickness line (32"-WR-IUR-1605-A92A) shall be 12 mm.

No. By Date Revision Code: 85 Dwg. No.: A307-IUR-YF-DS-09012 2
Rev.: 0
Page 147 of 351

1 Tag Number IUR-FT -1602
2 Service Raw water from RW transfer pumps IUR-PA-109D/E
GENERAL 3 Line No. 32"-WR-IUR-1609-A92A
8 Fluid Fluid State Raw Water Liquid
9 Flow Min. Norm. Max. Am³/h 1950 Am³/h Am³/h
PROCESS
14 Molcular Weight
20 Facing & Finish
METER /
TRANSDUCER
24 Cable Entry *
39 Turndown Ratio *
41
42
OPTIONS
46
47
49
51 Manufacturer
52 Model
55 Serial Number
Notes: See notes
Job No.: A307
0 AK 5/13/2014 Issued for Bids Unit No:IUR-RWTP Sheet 1 of 2
No. By Date Revision Code: 85 Doc. No.: A307-IUR-YF-DS-0902 Rev.: 0
Page 148 of 351

Tag Number : IUR-FT -1602
5. Vendor shall confirm the flowmeter range to cover the normal flow.
on the pipe nozzle. Material for 3" sch STD nozzle shall be ASTM A106 Gr. B and flange shall be ASTM A 105.
9. Pipe thickness line (32"-WR-IUR-1609-A92A) shall be 12 mm.

No. By Date Revision Code: 85 Dwg. No.: A307-IUR-YF-DS-09022 2
Rev.: 0
Page 149 of 351

GROUP H
(FLARE - FOR UNITS IUF & IUS)
(Qty - 2 Nos.)
Page 150 of 351

1 Tag Number IUF-FT -1401
2 Service FLARE FROM IUF-V-113 TO OSBL FLARE
GENERAL 3 Line No. 18"-FL-IUF-1402-A11A
9 Flow Min. Norm. Max. 100 kg/h kg/h 65000 kg/h
10 Temperature Min. Norm. Max. °C °C 225 °C
11 Pressure Norm. Max. kgf/cm²-g 3.5 kgf/cm²-g
PROCESS
14 Molcular Weight 19-50
15 Ratio of Specific Heats Compressibilty 1 0.9
METER /
TRANSDUCER
24 Cable Entry *
27 PREAMPLIFIER : Required (Note-6)
29 Explosion proof Intrisically Safe Ex-proof, Ex'd'
30 Enclosure IP 65 + Flameproof Ex'd'
36 Explosion proof Intrinsically Safe Explosion Proof Ex'd'
39 Turndown Ratio *
41
42
OPTIONS
46
47
49
51 Manufacturer
52 Model
55 Serial Number
Notes: See notes
A SKS 5/8/2014 Issued With MR Job No.: A307
A SG 11/11/2013 Issued With MR Unit No:IUF-Internal Fuel Oil / Fuel Gas System
Sheet 1 of 2
No. By Date Revision Code: 85 Doc. No.: A307-IUF-YF-DS-0901 Rev.: A
Page 151 of 351

Tag Number : IUF-FT -1401
2. S.No. 18: Vendor shall provide two paths as a minimum. In case more paths are required to meet the accuracy at maximum flow with the
recommended upstream and downstream straight lengths, the same shall be provided by vendor and indicated in the offer. Probe shall be insertion type.
5. Vendor shall select the flowmeter range such that the maximum flow specified is covered with the specified accuracy and the minimum flow is
measured to the maximum extent possible.
6. Remote mounting type transmitter, associated electronics & pre amplifier with intermediate cable shall be provided.
8. Bidder''s scope shall include the supply of nozzles for mounting the probes. End connection size indicated in Sl.no. 19 is for connection of probe on
the pipe nozzle. Material for 3" sch STD nozzle shall be ASTM A106 Gr.B and flange shall be ASTM A105.
9. Operating Pressure 0.5 - 1.5 Kg/cm2.
10. Operating Temperature -45-200
11. For pressure & temperature compensation, bidder shall provide pressure instrument (IUF-PT-1403) and temperature instruments
(IUF-TE/TT-1401) as per the attached datasheets. Bidder shall select suitable ranges for the same.
A SKS 5/8/2014 Issued With MR
A SG 11/11/2013 Issued With MR Sheet 2 of 2
No. By Date Revision Code: 85 Dwg. No.: A307-IUF-YF-DS-0901 Rev.: A
Page 152 of 351

1 Tag Number IUS-FT -2401
2 Service Flare Line
GENERAL 3 Line No. 20"-FL-IUS-2407-A11A
PROCESS
14 Molcular Weight 18.28 - 35.1
15 Ratio of Specific Heats Compressibilty 1.3 1
16 System Pressure Drop Negligible (0.02 Max) kgf/cm²-g
METER /
TRANSDUCER
24 Cable Entry *
39 Turndown Ratio *
41
42
OPTIONS
46
47
49
51 Manufacturer
52 Model
55 Serial Number
Notes: See notes
Job No.: A307
A SKS 5/8/2014 Issued With MR Unit No:IUS-Captive Power Plant Sheet 1 of 2
No. By Date Revision Code: 85 Doc. No.: A307-IUS-YF-DS-0901 Rev.: A
Page 153 of 351

Tag Number : IUS-FT -2401
9. Operating Pressure 0.15 - 1 Kg/cm2.
10. Operating Temperature -Amb
11. For pressure & temperature compensation, bidder shall provide pressure instrument (IUS-PT-2401) and temperature instruments
(IUS-TE/TT-2401) as per the attached datasheets. Bidder shall select suitable ranges for the same.

No. By Date Revision Code: 85 Dwg. No.: A307-IUS-YF-DS-0901 Rev.: A
Page 154 of 351

GROUP I
(FLARE - FOR UNIT - IFP)
(Qty - 2 Nos.)
Page 155 of 351

1 Tag Number IFP-FT -5901
2 Service HP FLARE FROM IFP-V-804 TO HP FLARE HEADER
GENERAL 3 Line No. 48"-FL-IFP-5902-A11A
PROCESS
15 Ratio of Specific Heats Compressibilty 1.1 -1.4 0.45-1
METER /
TRANSDUCER
24 Cable Entry *
39 Turndown Ratio *
41
42
OPTIONS
46
47
49
51 Manufacturer
52 Model
55 Serial Number
Notes: See notes
Job No.: A307
A SKS 5/8/2014 Issued With MR Unit No:IFP-PRU Sheet 1 of 2
No. By Date Revision Code: 85 Doc. No.: A307-IFP-YF-DS-0901 Rev.: A
Page 156 of 351

Tag Number : IFP-FT -5901
10. Operating Temperature AMB- 75 degC.
11. For pressure & temperature compensation, bidder shall provide pressure instrument (IFP-PT-5901) and temperature instruments (IFP-TE/TT-5901)
as per the attached datasheets. Bidder shall select suitable ranges for the same. Pressure & Temperature Transmitters supplied shall be suitable for
Electrical Area Classification IEC Zone-1 Gr-IIC,T3.

No. By Date Revision Code: 85 Dwg. No.: A307-IFP-YF-DS-0901 Rev.: A
Page 157 of 351

1 Tag Number IFP-FT -5902
2 Service LP FLARE FROM IFP-V-803 TO LP FLARE HEADER
GENERAL 3 Line No. 48"-FL-IFP-5904-A11A
PROCESS
15 Ratio of Specific Heats Compressibilty 1.1 -1.4 0.45-1
METER /
TRANSDUCER
24 Cable Entry *
39 Turndown Ratio *
41
42
OPTIONS
46
47
49
51 Manufacturer
52 Model
55 Serial Number
Notes: See notes
Job No.: A307
A SKS 5/8/2014 Issued With MR Unit No:IFP-PRU Sheet 1 of 2
No. By Date Revision Code: 85 Doc. No.: A307-IFP-YF-DS-0902 Rev.: A
Page 158 of 351

Tag Number : IFP-FT -5902
10. Operating Temperature 40-120 degC.
11. For pressure & temperature compensation, bidder shall provide pressure instrument (IFP-PT-5902) and temperature instruments (IFP-TE/TT-5904)
as per the attached datasheets. Bidder shall select suitable ranges for the same. Pressure & Temperature Transmitters supplied shall be suitable for
Electrical Area Classification IEC Zone-1 Gr-IIC,T3.

No. By Date Revision Code: 85 Dwg. No.: A307-IFP-YF-DS-0902 Rev.: A
Page 159 of 351

GROUP J
(FLARE - FOR UNIT 00H)
(Qty-1 No.)
Page 160 of 351

1 Tag Number 00H-FT -8801
2 Service HC Flare KOD H-V-183 to flare header
GENERAL 3 Line No. 30"-FL-H-8804-A11A
8 Fluid Fluid State HC/ Nitrogen Gas/Vapor
PROCESS
13 Viscosity Range cP
14 Molcular Weight
METER /
TRANSDUCER
24 Cable Entry *
38 Calibration Flow Range Min. Max. 0 kg/h 0 kg/h
39 Turndown Ratio *
41
42
OPTIONS
46
47
49
51 Manufacturer
52 Model
55 Serial Number
Notes: See notes
Job No.: A307
0 AK 5/13/2014 ISSUED FOR BIDS Unit No:00H-NHT Sheet 1 of 2
No. By Date Revision Code: 85 Doc. No.: A307-00H-YF-DS-0901 Rev.: 0
Page 161 of 351

Tag Number : 00H-FT -8801
recommended upstream and downstream straight lengths, the same shall be provied by vendor and indicated in the offer. Probe shall be insertion
type.
5. Vendor shall select the flowmeter range such that the maximum flow specified is covered with the specified accuracy and minimum flow is
measured to the maximum extent possible..
on the pipe nozzle. Material for 3" sch STD nozzle shall be ASTM A106 Gr.B and flange shall be ASTM A105.
9. Operating Pressure 0.1-1.5 Kg/cm2.
10. For pressure & temperature compensation, bidder shall provide pressure instrument (00H-PT-8803) and temperature instruments
(00H-TE/TT-8801) as per the attached datasheets. Bidder shall select suitable ranges for the same.
11. Flow rate (Normal): (73.9-152) (Note-13)/ 180 Kg/hr (HOLD)
12. Gas/ Vapour Properties:
For HC :- MW- 81.2 (Note-13); Comp. factor: 0.88; Viscosity: 0.01cP; CP/CV: 1.08.
For Nitrogen:- MW- 28; Comp. factor- 1; Viscosity: 0.01cP; CP/CV- 1.411.
13. For normal fuel gas flow indicated MW range shall be 11.5-25.95.
0 AK 5/13/2014 ISSUED FOR BIDS Sheet of

No. By Date Revision Code: 85 Dwg. No.: A307-00H-YF-DS-09012 2
Rev.: 0
Page 162 of 351

Pressure Instruments
The drawing, design and details given on this format are the property of ENGINEERS INDIA LIMITED. They are merely loaned and on the borrower's express agreement that they will not be reproduced, 7UDQVPLW *DXJH3UHVVXUH
)XQFWLRQ 6HUYLFH
,QGLFDWH (OHPHQW7\SH 'LDSKUDJP
7\SH (OHFWURQLF60$57 %RG\0DWHULDO 66
&DVH 0)567' (OHPHQW0DWHULDO 66
0RXQWLQJ <RNH %RG\5DWLQJ NJFPð

*(1(5$/
(QFORVXUH 2YHUDQJH3URWHFWLRQ

(OHFWULF$UHD&ODVV 3URFHVV&RQQHFWLRQ 137)
,QWULQVLF6DIHW\ 5HTXLUHG &RQQHFWLRQ/RFDWLRQ 0)567'

Rev. A4-210x297
0($685,1*81,7
'LDSKUDJP6HDO 1RW5HTXLUHG
$LU6XSSO\ 7\SH

3RZHU6XSSO\ 9'&7ZR:LUH :HWWHG3DUW0DWHULDO
&DEOH(QWU\ 137) 2WKHU0DWHULDO
$FFXUDF\ 3URFHVV&RQQHFWLRQ
2XWSXW7\SH $QDORJP$ 6L]H 5DWLQJ
0,77(5
copied, exhibited or used, except in limited way permitted by a written consent given by the lender to the borrower for the indended use. EIL-1651-
75$16
'ULYLQJ9ROWDJH 9'& )DFLQJ )LQLVK

3URWRFRO +$57 &DSLOODU\0DWHULDO
$XWR0DQXDO6ZLWFK $UPRXU7\SH
&21752//(5
6HW3RLQW$GMXVWPHQW $UPRXU0DWHULDO

0DQXDO5HJXODWRU &DSLOODU\OHQJWK P
2XWSXW7\SH )OXVKLQJ)LOOLQJ&RQQZLWK

SOXJ
3URWRFRO
&(57
&KDUW
5(&25'(5
&&2($SSURYDO
&KDUW'ULYH
0)5 0RGHO1R
02'(/
&KDUW6SHHG

2SWLRQV D$LU)LOWHU5HJXODWRU E2XWSXW0HWHU,QWULQVLFDOO\VDIH F0DQLIROG9DOYH
G&RQGHQVDWH3RWV H$GMXVWDEOH'DPSHQHU I7HVW-DFN&DOLEUDWLQJ

J0RXQWLQJ$FFHVVRULHV
2SWLRQV FJ
1RWHV
61R(QFORVXUHVKDOOEHZHDWKHUSURRIWR,3
61R,(&=RQH*DV*URXS,,%7
7DJQXPEHUVRSHUDWLQJGHVLJQFRQGLWLRQVIRUSUHVVXUHLQVWUXPHQWVVKDOOEHDVSHUUHVSHFWLYHIORZPHWHUGDWDVKHHW
>@'HYLDWLRQ>@1R'HYLDWLRQ9HQGRU6HDO$QG6LJQDWXUH 6KHHW2I1
6* 5(48,6,7,2112 /(*(1'͞+ROG

25'(512 %\9HQGRU
5(9 '$7( %< &+.' $339' 9(1'25 A'DWD5HYLVHG

UNIT : 000
NEW DELHI A307-000-YP-DS-1000
Page 163 of 351 0
CLIENT: BPCL-KOCHI
Thermocouples and Thermowells
The drawing, design and details given on this format are the property of ENGINEERS INDIA LIMITED. They are merely loaned and on the borrower's express agreement that they will not be reproduced, 1. Scope of Supply As per std. 7-52-0036 9. Head Cover Type Screwed Cap & Chain
10. Material Cast Aluminium
2. Electrical Area Note-1
HEAD
11. Cable Entry 1/2" NPTF
Classification
12. No. of Entries Dual
3. No. of Elements Duplex
13. Terminals Spring Loaded
4. Calibration IEC 60584-2
14. Enclosure IP65
5. Construction Sheathed
15. Thermowell Required as per std. 7-52-0035

O.D. mm 10
THERMOWELL
ELEMENT
Material SS 316
6. Junction Enclosed & Ungrounded 16. Material SS 316
17. Construction Tapered

7. Nipple and Union Required
Drilled Bar Stock
Size inch .5
Material Plated CS 18. Process Connection 1 1/2" FL
8. Packed Connector No 19. Instrument Connection 1/2" NPTF
20. MFR. and Model No. *
Options : a) Extra Nipple Extension b) Conformance on NACE
c) IBR Certification d) CCOE Approval (if ex. T/c used)

Notes:
1) Electrical area classification shall be IEC zone1, Gr. IIA/B, Temperature class T3 and the thermocouples shall be used in Intrinsically safe circuit.
2) Head material is Cast Aluminium (Epoxy coated).
3) Though sheath OD has been specified as 10 mm, the actual sheath OD shall be to suit the thermowell.
4) Tag number, operating/design conditions for temperature elements shall be as per respective flowmeter tag.
5) 'U' length for thermowell shall be considered as follows. Thermowell flange rating shall be minimum 300#.
Line Size 4" - 6": 'U' Length 280 mm
Line Size 36" & above: 'U' Length 450 mm
Nozzle projection for thermowell shall be 200mm
[ ] Deviation [ ] No Deviation Vendor Seal And Signature Sheet 1 Of 1
0 01/11/2013 SG REQUISITION NO : LEGEND : ¤ Hold

ORDER NO. : * By Vendor
REV DATE BY CHKD APPVD VENDOR : ^ Data Revised

UNIT : 000
NEW DELHI A307-000-YT-DS-4000 0
CLIENT: BPCL-KOCHI
Page 164 of 351
Temperature Transmitters (M)
The drawing, design and details given on this format are the property of ENGINEERS INDIA LIMITED. They are merely loaned and on the borrower's express agreement that they will not be reproduced, 1. Function Transmit & Indicate 17. No of Elements NA
2. Type Smart 18. Sheath Material

3. Mounting Yoke, Remote 19. Sheath OD
4. Enclosure Weather Proof 20. Nipple and Union Material
5. Electrical Area Classficatio IEC Zone1Gr.IIA/B,T3 21. Size
6. Intrinsically Safe Required 22. Head Cover Type
7. Power Supply 24 V DC 23. Material

8. Cable Entry 0.5" NPTF 24. Cable Entry
9. Case Manufacturer Standard 25. No. of Entries
10. Body Material Metallic 26. Terminals
11. Accuracy Full Scale 27. Thermowell Material
12. Output Type, Output Analog, 4 - 20mA 28. Thermowell Construction
13. Protocol HART 29. Process Connection
14. Sensor Element K-Type T/C 30. Inst. Connection
15. Calibration As per IEC-60584-2 31. Gauge Material
16. Scope of Supply By vendor 32. Element Material

copied, exhibited or used, except in limited way permitted by a written consent given by the lender to the borrower for the indended use.
Options : a)Mounting Accessories for 2" NB Pipe b) IS Meter c) CCE Certification
Notes :
S.No. 4: Enclosure shall be weather Proof to IP-65.
S.No. 5: IEC Zone 1 Gas Gr. IIB, T3.
S.No 11: Accuracy of the Transmitter shall be As per 6-52-0032

Tag number for transmitters shall be as per respective flowmeter datasheet.
Mounting accessories for 2" NB pipe shall be required for each tag.
[ ] Deviation [ ] No Deviation Vendor Seal And Signature Sheet 1 Of
0 01/11/2013 SG REQUISITION NO : LEGEND : ¤ Hold

ORDER NO. : * By Vendor
REV DATE BY CHKD APPVD VENDOR : ^ Data Revised

UNIT : 000
NEW DELHI A307-000-YI-DS-4000 0
Page 165 of 351 CLIENT: BPCL-KOCHI
Page 166 of 351
Page 167 of 351
Page 168 of 351
ULTRASONIC FLOWMETER UP
DOCUMENT No.
STREAM / DOWN STREAM
A307-000-16-51-OD-2853 Rev-0
STRAIGHT LENGTH
GROUP-A: Ultrasonic Flowmeter with Spool Piece (Process Liquid-0ID Qty - 1 no.)
SL. NO. TAG NO. UP STREAM STARIGHT LENGTH DOWN STREAM STARIGHT LENGTH
1 0ID-FT-1207
GROUP-B: Ultrasonic Flowmeter with Spool Piece (Process Liquid-0IF Qty - 1 no.)
1 0IF-FT-4902
GROUP-C: Ultrasonic Flowmeter with Spool Piece (Process Liquid-0IY Qty - 1 no.)
1 0IY-FT-3901
GROUP-D: Ultrasonic Flowmeter without Spool Piece (Process Liquid-0IY Qty - 2 nos.)
1 0IY-FT-3401
2 0IY-FT-4102
GROUP-E: Ultrasonic Flowmeter with Spool Piece (Process Gas-0IY Qty - 2 nos.)
1 0IY-FT-5401
2 0IY-FT-5605
GROUP-F: Ultrasonic Flowmeter Cooling Water (IUS Qty- 1 no.)
1 IUS-FT-1802
GROUP-G: Ultrasonic Flowmeter Raw Water (IUR Qty- 2 nos.)
1 IUR-FT-1601
1 IUR-FT-1602
GROUP-H: Ultrasonic Flowmeter Flare (IUF & IUS Qty- 2 nos.)
1 IUF-FT-1401
2 IUS-FT-2401
GROUP-I: Ultrasonic Flowmeter Flare (IFP Qty- 2 nos.)
1 IFP-FT-5901
2 IFP-FT-5902
Page 1 of 2
Page 169 of 351
ULTRASONIC FLOWMETER UP
DOCUMENT No.
STREAM / DOWN STREAM
A307-000-16-51-OD-2853 Rev-0
STRAIGHT LENGTH
GROUP-J: Ultrasonic Flowmeter Flare (00H Qty- 1 no.)
1 00H-FT-8801
Page 2 of 2
Page 170 of 351
STANDARD SPECIFICATION
ENGINEERS No.
5g2-jr INDIA LIMITED FOR ULTRASONIC
ffI
,-1,15 111,10,
6-52-0011 Rev. 0
1, , I A Govt ofInela Undeftakogf
FLOWMETER
Page 1 of 14
3w-d- rdw 4-011‘41c,<I

•,,r4:11.
1~w
STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR
ULTRASONIC FLOW METER
0 27/11/2013 ISSUED AS STANDARD SPECIFICATION SM • RG P/ S r DM

Standards Standards
Rev. Comm ittee Bureau
Prepared Checked
Date Purpose Convener Chairman
No by by
Approved by
Format No. 8-00-0001-F2 Rev. 0 Copyright EIL — All rights reserved

Page 171 of 351
STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR No.
ULTRASONIC FLOW METER 6-52-0011 Rev. 0
Page 2 of 14
Abbreviations:
AARH : Arithmetic Average Roughness Height
NPT : National Pipe Thread
NIST : National Institute of Standards and Technology
Instrumentation Standards Committee
Convener: Ms. R. Priyamvada

Members: Mr. Rajiv Gupta
Mr. S. Bhowal
Mr. M. Nandi
Ms. R. Shanthi Devi
Mr. R.K. Gupta
Ms. N.P. Guha (Proj.)
Format No. 8-00-0001-F2 Rev. 0 Copyright EIL – All rights reserved

Page 172 of 351
ENGINEERS STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR No.
INDIA LIMITED 6-52-0011 Rev. 0
I IA Go, of Indfa Undertakingf ULTRASONIC FLOW METER
Page 3 of 14
CONTENTS
1.0 GENERAL 4
2.0 DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION 7
3.0 NAMEPLATE 12
4.0 INSPECTION AND TESTING 13
5.0 SHIPPING 14
6.0 REJECTION 14

Page 173 of 351
ENGINEEFZS STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR No.
$'gLar 22-
dg
,orc,
, ,
DIJITCO/
INDIA LIMITED
IA GoN of Indo Unclertakng) ULTRASONIC FLOW METER 6-52-0011 Rev. 0
Page 4 of 14
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 Scope
1.1.1 This specification, together with the data sheets covers the requirements for the design,
materials, nameplate marking, inspection, testing and shipping of Ultrasonic Flow meters
and their accessories.
1.1.2 The standards referred to herein and mentioned below shall be of the latest editions unless
otherwise specified:
AGA American Gas Association, Gas measurement committee
Report No. 8 Compressibility and Super-compressibility for Natural
Gas and other Hydrocarbon Gas Transmission
Measurement
Report No. 9 Measurement of gas by Multipath Ultrasonic flow meters
ReportNo.10 Speed of sound in Natural Gas & other Related
Hydrocarbon Gases
API American Petroleum Institute
MPMS Manual of Petroleum Measurement Standards
Chapter 1 Vocabulary
Chapter 4 Proving Systems
Chapter 5 Metering
Chapter 5.8 Measurement of Liquid Hydrocarbons by Ultrasonic Flow
Meters using Transit Time Technology
ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers
B 1.20.1 Pipe Threads
B 16.5 Steel Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings
B 16.20 Ring-joint Gaskets and Grooves for Steel Pipe Flanges
B 16.47-B Large Diameter Steel Flanges
EN European Standard
60947-5-6 Pulse generator requirements
10204 Inspection documents for metallic products
IS/IEC Indian Standards/International Electro-Technical Commission
IS/IEC 60079 Electrical Apparatus for Explosive Gas Atmospheres.
IS/IEC60529 Degree of Protection Provided by Enclosures (IP Code).
IEC61000-4 Electronic compatibility for Industrial Process
Measurement and Control Equipment
ISO International Organisation for Standardisation
2186 Fluid Flow in Closed Conduits - Connections for Pressure
Signal Transmissions between Primary and Secondary
Elements
5168 Measurement of Fluid Flow: Estimation of Uncertainty of
Ultrasonic Flow meters
6551 Cabled transmission of electric and/or electronic pulse data
6569 Natural Gas - Rapid Analysis by Gas Chromatography
6976 Natural gas - Calculation of Calorific Value, Density and
Relative Density
10723 Natural gas — Performance evaluation for On-line
Analytical Systems
12765 Measurement of Fluid Flow in Closed Conduits —
Methods using Transit Time Ultrasonic Flow meters
OIML International Organisation of Legal Metrology
R 117 Measurement systems for liquids other than water
Page 174 of 351

k5
-1
- 12.1t4 ENGINEEFZS
CE@- INDIA STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR No.
LIMITED 6-52-0011 Rev. 0
g12:1[ 21
i.
5 eg
t-
21e, r, 1,
1,~1 IA Govt of Indo Untlertakng) ULTRASONIC FLOW METER
Page 5 of 14
1.1.3 In the event of any conflict between this specification, data sheets, related standards, codes
etc., the following order of priority shall govern:
a) Statutory Regu I at ions
b) Job Specifications/Data sheets
c) Standard specifications
d) Codes and Standards
1.1.4 In addition to compliance to purchaser's specification in totality, vendor's extent of
responsibility includes the following:
a) Purchaser's data sheets indicate the minimum acceptable materials of construction
for body, trim and accessories of the Ultrasonic flow meter. Alternative superior
material of construction shall also be acceptable provided vendor assumes
complete responsibility for proper selection of offered materials for their
compatibility with the process fluid and its operating and design conditions
specified in the data sheets.
b) Sizing of the Ultrasonic flow meter and its accessories.
c) Coordination and approvals from statutory authorities like weights and measures
etc, wherever required.
1.1.5 A11 the relevant terminology used in Purchaser's data sheets and job specifications are as per
AGA for Gas application and API MPMS for Liquid application.
1.2 Bids
1.2.1 Vendor's quotation shall be strictly as per the bidding instructions to vendor attached with
the Material Requisition.
1.2.2 Whenever a detailed technical offer for each item is specifically indicated, vendor's
quotation shall include the following:
a) Compliance to the specifications
b) A detailed specification sheet for each ultrasonic flow meter, which shall provide
information, described as under. A11 the material specifications and units of
measurement for various parts in the vendor's specification sheet shall be to the
same standards as those indicated in the purchaser's data sheets.
i) Details regarding type, material of construction etc., for various parts of the
Ultrasonic flow meter, meter runs, flow conditioner and its accessories.
ii) Meter capacity with recommended minimum and maximum flow rates at
operating conditions within the specified performance requirements,
transmitter output and calibrated range.
iii) All the design characteristics and performance characteristics including meter
accuracy and repeatability.
iv) Specification and type of cabling required between the meter and its
associated receiver instrument/flow computer including the maximum
permissible cable length.
v) Hazardous area certification suitable for the area classification mentioned in
the datasheet.
vi) Maximum pressure Loss through the meter and meter runs at maximum flow
rate.
vii) Upstream and downstream straight pipe length requirement for installation.
c) Proven references for the offered model in line with clause 1.2.3 of this
specification.
Page 175 of 351

1/451
1 ENGINEEFZS STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR No.
21;j]s
,awm c-frerg1,1”,ros,,)
INDIA LIMITED
ULTRASONIC FLOW METER 6-52-0011 Rev. 0
Govl of Indo Undertaking)
Page 6 of 14
d) Overall dimensions in millimetres of the Ultrasonic flow meter, meter runs and its
accessories.
e) Type test certificate from accredited laboratory.
f) Certificate from regulatory authority for custody transfer application (whenever
Custody Transfer application is specified in the data sheets).
g) A copy of approval from Local statutory authority, as applicable, such as Petroleum

and Explosives Safety Organisation (PESO)/Chief Controller of Explosives (CCE)
or Director General of Mine Safety ( DGMS) in India, for the electronic instruments
installed in electrically hazardous area along with
i) Test certificate from recognised test house like Central Institute of Mining &
Fuel research(CIMFR)/Electronics Regional Testing Laboratory(ERTL) etc.
for flame proof enclosure and/or intrinsic safety, as specified in the datasheets,
as per relevant Indian Standard for all Indian manufactured equipments or for
items requiring DGMS approval.
ii) Certificate of conformity from agencies like Laboratorie Central Des
Industries Electriques(LCIE), British Approval Service for Electrical
Equipment in Flammable Atmospheres(Baseefa), Canadian Standards
Association(CSA), Factory Mutual(FM), Underwriters laboratories(UL) etc.
for compliance to ATEX directives or other equivalent standards for all
equipment manufactured outside India.
h) Deviations on technical requirements shall not be entertained. In case vendor has
any valid technical reason, they may include a list of deviations tag number wise,
summing up all the deviations from the purchaser's data sheets and other technical
specifications along with the technical reason for each of these deviations.
i) Catalogues in English giving detailed technical specifications; model decoding
details and other information for the type of ultrasonic flow meter and its
accessories covered in the bid.
1.2.3 All items, as offered, shall be field proven and should have completed trouble free
satisfactory operation for a period of minimum 4000 hours on the bid due date in similar
application with the process conditions similar to those as specified in the purchaser's
datasheets. Items with prototype design or items not meeting provenness criteria specified
above shall not be offered.
1.2.4 Vendor shall also quote for the following:
a) Two years' operational spares for Ultrasonic flow meter and its accessories covered
in the bid.
b) Any special tools needed for maintenance work on the Ultrasonic flow meter and its
accessories. Vendor must confirm in their offer if no special tools are needed for
maintenance of the offered Ultrasonic flow meter.
c) Assistance in installation and commissioning of Ultrasonic flow meter, if required,
as per job specifications.
d) Any Start-up and Commissioning spares, if required, as recommended by vendor.
1.3 Drawings and Data
1.3.1 Detailed drawings, data, catalogues and manuals required from the vendor are indicated by
the Purchaser in vendor data requirement sheets. The required number of prints and soft
copies should be despatched to the address mentioned, adhering to the time limits indicated.
1.3.2 Final documentation consisting of design data, installation manual, operational and
maintenance manual etc., submitted by the vendor after placement of purchase order, shall
include the following, as a minimum:
Page 176 of 351

$€Lar faW-g7151
INDIA LIMITED
1A Govt of Incha Underlaking) ULTRASONIC FLOW METER 6-52-0011 Rev. 0
Page 7 of 14
a) Specification sheet for each Ultrasonic flow meter, Meter Run including flow
conditioner, if required, Meter electronics and its accessories
b) Weight in kilograms of each Ultrasonic flow meter and its accessories, meter run
with flow conditioners, if required, etc.
c) Certified drawings for each Ultrasonic flow meter, meter runs with flow
conditioner, if required, etc., which shall provide dimensional details, internal
construction details, material of construction etc.
d) Copy of type test certificates.
e) Proving procedure
f) Detailed wiring diagrams
g) Copy of test certificates for all tests in clause 4.0 of this specification
h) Installation procedure with supports requirement.
i) Calibration, maintenance procedure including replacement of its internal parts
wherever applicable
j) Graphs of correction factors such as pressure, temperature, density, viscosity.
1.3.3 Vendor shall provide test certificates for all tests indicated in clause 4.0 of this specification.
In addition, vendor shall also provide the certificate of compliance to purchaser's
specification as per applicable clause of EN 10204.
2.0 DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION
2.1 Flow meter Body and Trim
2.1.1 The Ultrasonic flow meter shall be based on transit time technology. The principle of
operation used shall be simple in implementation and shall avoid analytical complexity
associated with development of information, which is extraneous to the application.
2.1.2 The design used shall provide maximum reliability, maximum on-line performance and
minimum maintenance. It shall be immune to other impurities in the fluid stream.
2.1.3 The flow meter transducers shall be energized by the integral electronics to transmit and
receive ultrasonic waves.
2.1.4 The meter design shall have the facility to remove /replace the transducers in situ under line
operating condition. Failure or removal of one pair of transducers shall not cause the meter
to lose all measurement function. Failure of any path shall generate an alarm identifying the
affected path. Also transducers ports shall be designed in a way to reduce the possibility of
liquid or solid accumulation.
2.1.5 It shall be possible to replace transducers without a change in meter performance. After
replacement of transducers and a possible change of the associated software constants, the
resulting shift in the meter's performance should not be more than the allowable repeatability
of the meter.
2.1.6 The vendor shall comprehensively advise the impact of transducer failure on the
performance and accuracy of the Ultrasonic flow meter.
2.1.7 Ultrasonic flow meters and the meter runs/flow conditioners shall be rated for the maximum
design pressure as indicated in the data sheets.
2.1.8 Ultrasonic flow meter spool inside diameter (ID) shall meet the specified pipe ID and
internal surface roughness shall be as per API standard.
2.1.9 The meter shall be suitable for horizontal & vertical mounting. However, the flow direction
shall be clearly stamped or cast on the body.
2.1.10 End connections:
2.1.10.1 Spool piece type Ultrasonic flow meters shall have flanged end connections. Weld joints, if
any, shall be of radiographic quality.
2.1.10.2 Unless otherwise mentioned, end connection details shall be as below:
a) Threaded end connections shall be to NPT as per ASME B 1.20.1
Page 177 of 351

ENGINEERS ED STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR No.
INDIA LIMIT ULTRASONIC FLOW METER 6-52-0011 Rev. 0
IA Govt of Indo UnOeflaking)
Page 8 of 14
b) Flanged end connections shall be as per ASME B 16.5

c) Grooves of ring type joint flanges shall be octagonal as per ASME B 16.20 and
groove finish shall be as follows:
63 AARH : 32 to 63 micro inch AARH
d) When Flanges are Raised Face (RF) type, the face finish shall be as per ASME B
16.5 and shall be as follows:
125 AARH : 125 to 250 micro inch AARH
2.1.11 The material of construction of Ultrasonic flow meter internals/wetted parts and body shall
be as specified in the respective data sheets.
2.1.12 Meter Sizing:
2.1.12.1 A11 the calculations and units of measurement shall be in metric standard only.
2.1.12.2 Vendor shall furnish sizing calculations to justify the selection of Ultrasonic flow meters
considering the density and viscosity of the fluid. Selected meter size shall ensure that flow
meter operates within 85% of their standard range (not extended).
2.1.12.3 Overall pressure loss across the meter assembly including meter runs shall be within the
permissible pressure loss specified in data sheet. Pressure drop calculation across the meter
shall be furnished.
2.1.12.4 Unless otherwise specified in the data sheets, vendor to ensure the velocity in the Ultrasonic
flow meter and meter run shall not exceed maximum permissible velocity.
2.1.12.5 Vendor shall indicate the range of viscosities over which the measurement accuracy remains
within limits.
2.2 Meters in Custody Transfer Applications
2.2.1.1 The design, construction and operation of Ultrasonic flow meters in Custody transfer
applications shall conform to API standard (latest version) for Measurement of liquid
Hydrocarbon by Ultrasonic flow meters using transit time technology and AGA Report 9
(latest version) for hydrocarbon Gas service
2.2.1.2 The average velocity of the fluid shall be measured along four acoustic paths as a minimum.
Numerical calculation techniques shall then be used to compute the average axial flow
velocity and volume flow rate at operating conditions through the meter.
2.2.1.3 Temperature and Pressure sensing devices shall be installed immediately downstream of the
meter run to accurately represent the actual metering conditions and any calculation required
for compensation of varying density.
2.2.1.4 Meter Runs:
2.2.1.4.1 Unless otherwise specified end connections for the upstream and downstream meter runs
shall conform to this specification.
2.2.1.4.2 Flow Conditioners:
a) Type of flow conditioner (tube or vane type or Flow profiler etc.) shall be as
recommended by vendor best suitable for the application. All Ultrasonic flow meters
shall be provided with meter run and flow conditioner as per purchaser's datasheet.
Minimum upstream and downstream run lengths shall be 10D and 5D respectively,
where D is the inside diameter of the run.
b) The straightening element shall be made out of a thin walled tube or light gauge metal
vane. However, the design shall be rugged enough to resist the forward thrust due to
high flows. The element shall have smooth leading and trailing edges.
c) For tube type flow straightener, the length to diameter ratio of each tube shall be at
least 10:1
Page 178 of 351

lafrdg
tsufa olecor,a,foon■If
INDIA LIMITED
in GoN of indfa Undertakmg) ULTRASONIC FLOW METER 6-52-0011 Rev. 0
Page 9 of 14
2.3 Meters in Process/Flare Applications

2.3.1 The ultrasonic flow meters shall be supplied in completely assembled condition with all the
probes (sensor/transducer), nozzles for installation of these probes ready for installation on a
pipeline or duly mounted on a spool piece as mentioned in the purchaser's datasheets.
2.3.2 The number of probes required for a particular application and probe configuration shall be
decided by the vendor considering that measurement shall be taken across two acoustic paths
as a minimum for process applications and single or more paths for flare applications.
Vendor must accordingly supply single or multipath flow meter.
2.3.3 Whenever the sensor / receiver probes are insertion type:
a) The material of construction of all the wetted portions of probe shall be suitable for
the specified process conditions.
b) The probes shall be inserted through flanged nozzles of suitable size to ensure
insertion and removal of probes. Threaded nozzles for insertion shall not be
acceptable.
c) It shall be possible to insert or retract the probes on-line without process
interruption. Suitable retraction assembly shall be supplied for insertion and
removal of probes on-line. In case of Flare meters, Vendor shall mandatorily
provide full bore ball valve, for isolation, with each probe. The location of probes
shall be selected to avoid fouling.
2.3.4 For high temperature application, suitable arrangement shall be provided to protect the
sensor from high temperature. Any additional mounting accessory, if necessary shall be
supplied by vendor.
2.3.5 Vendor to select the frequency of signal based on the application. Accordingly, vendor to
select proper piezo-crystal probes meeting the specified requirements.
2.4 Meter Electronics
2.4.1 Ultrasonic flow meter's electronics system including power supplies, microcomputer, signal
processing components and ultrasonic transducer excitation circuits, may be housed in one or
more enclosures mounted Iocally or remotely to the meter and is referred to as the Signal
Processing Unit (Transmitter). It shall be designed and installed to meet the specified
hazardous area classification.
2.4.2 The transmitter/ signal processing unit shall be microprocessor-based electronics suitable for
installation in the field under the ambient condition specified. Meter electronics shall be
Weather proof to IP 65 and flameproof certified suitable to install in area classification. A11
field mounted items shall have enclosures suitable for the area classification indicated in
purchaser's data sheets.
2.4.3 The transmitter/ signal processing shall have extensive diagnostic capability. Self-diagnostic
feature should include monitoring the health of the transducers and signal quality. Meter
parameters and factors set into the meter electronics shall be retained in non-volatile memory
and shall be secured with password such that un-authorized changes are prohibited.
Configuration software and firmware shall be provided.
2.4.4 For meter electronics, vendor shall ensure that the input/output signals and performance
characteristics of individual instruments are compatible with each other.
2.4.5 The transmitters shall accept inputs from probes either directly or through pre-amplifier. The
number of inputs shall be based on the number of paths selected for particular application.
2.4.6 The flow transmitter shall also accept inputs from pressure, temperature and/or density
transmitters for accurate measurement at operating conditions (as applicable).
2.4.7 The cable entry sizes between the transmitter/ signal processing unit and pre-
amplifier/transducers shall be decided by vendor. All interconnecting cables and the WP &
flameproof cable glands to be supplied accordingly.
Page 179 of 351

22&-g
ett2Chi2 ,151,A1-0,1
INDIA LIMITED
iA Govt of Indta Undertak,ngt ULTRASONIC FLOW METER 6-52-0011 Rev. 0
Page 10 of 14
2.4.8 Meter output signals from the meter electronics shall be without flying leads. No. of cable
entries and their sizes for the output signals shall be as per purchaser's datasheets.
2.4.9 Meter electronics shall be capable of providing the following output signals (as applicable):
a) Individual 4-20 mA outputs for Mass flow rate (Kg/h), Volumetric flow rate (m3/h
or Nm3/h), Pressure (Kg/cm2a), Temperature (°C), molecular weight, sound speed
(m/s) as per the requirements mentioned in the purchaser's datasheets.
b) High-resolution dual pulse outputs to flow computers configurable for flow rate
signals and shall be user selectable to be either same outputs or one signal dedicated
to each direction of flow. The transmitters shall comply with the principles of ISO
6551 cabled transmission of electric and/or electronic pulse data. At least security
Level B as defined by ISO 6551 shall be provided and the checking facility shall be
of type P.
c) Digital discrete outputs for direction of flow, trouble alarm and output data
validation.
d) RS-485/422 communication port with MODBUS protocol for communicating with
the control room mounted flow computer for measured data, meter diagnostics, test
and health data. Vendor shall supply the signal interconnection cables as per
purchaser's datasheets for Pulse Outputs and RS 485 serial link (armored cables)
including connectors at both ends against each tag for communication between flow
meter in field and flow computers mounted on control panel located at respective
control room.
2.4.10 Whenever smart transmitters or field bus based transmitters are mentioned in purchaser's
datasheets, the following features must be ensured:
a) It shall allow multi master (primary and secondary) for configuration, calibration,
diagnosis and maintenance. The primary could be the control system or host
computer, and the secondary could be the hand held communicator.
b) It should be capable of implementing universal command.
2.4.11 In addition to the requirements specified above, field bus based transmitter, wherever
specified in the purchaser's data Sheet, shall meet the following requirements:
a) A11 instruments must satisfy the requirements of the field bus registration laboratory
with applicable checkmark like foundation field bus, profibusNutZerorganisation
e.v (PNO), or as specified in the purchaser's data sheets.
b) A11 instruments shall have one analog input blocks, as a minimum. In addition,
when specified the transmitter shall also have PID controller block.
c) A11 instruments must be interoperable and shall have valid interoperability test
clearance like ITK latest version for foundation field bus or equivalent for profibus
PA, as applicable.
d) The field bus instruments shall support peer-to-peer communication.
e) A11 instruments shall be polarity insensitive. Also transmitter shall be LAS capable.
f) The field bus instruments in hazardous area shall be certified as per entity concept
or shall be FISCO approved as per the requirements specified in the purchaser's
specification.
g) A11 instruments shall support EDDL or FDT/DTM requirements, as specified in data
sheets.
h) Internal Software shall be configured by the vendor including the following
information.
- Serial Number
- Device Tag (Tag No.)
- Process Description
i) A11 instruments shall be capable of supporting incremental Device Descriptor (DD)
for extra functionality and/or software revisions in Device Memory.
2.4.12 Meter electronics shall operate on 110/240 V AC ± 10°A, 50 Hz ± 3Hz UPS or 24 VDC and
shall be protected from overload and from transients. Low power consumption is desired.
Page 180 of 351

INDIA LIMITED 6-52-0011 Rev. 0
Arr, 21"2"osro nol IA Govt ol UndeOaking) ULTRASONIC FLOW METER
Page 11 of 14
Supply voltage fluctuation of ± 10 percent from the specified value and supply frequency
fluctuation of ± 3 Hz from the specified value shall not affect the meter performance.
2.4.13 The design of electronic instruments shall be in compliance with the electromagnetic
compatibility requirements as per IEC61000-4.
2.4.14 The meter transducers shall be intrinsically safe certified suitable for the specified area
classification and weather proof to IP65 and vendor shall supply necessary isolating barriers
between the transducers and preamplifier/transmitter. However the transducer/sensor
housing can be flameproof (Ex d) certified suitable for the specified area classification
instead of intrinsically safe.
2.4.15 The transmitter's enclosure housing the electrical parts shall be suitable for the area
classification indicated in the purchaser's data sheets. Unless otherwise specified, the
enclosure shall conform to the following standards:
Weather proof housing - IP 65 as per IS/IEC 60529
Flame proof housing - EX (d) as per IS/IEC 60079
Flameproof housing shall also be made weather proof.
2.5 Performance Requirements
Vendor shall meet the accuracy requirements mentioned herein, and indicate the same in the
offer with sizing calculations and back-up documentation. The minimum no. of paths, as
defined for each application, shall be ensured.
2.5.1 For Custody Transfer and Pipeline Applications:
a) Liquids
a. Accuracy ±0.15% of reading
b. Repeatability f0.02% of reading
b) Gases
b. Repeatability ±0.1% of reading
2.5.2 For Process Applications:
a) Liquids
b) Gases
c) Flare
a. Accuracy ±2-5% of reading
b. Repeatability ±1% of reading
2.6 Certification and Flow Calibration of Ultrasonic Meters
2.6.1 Meters in Process/Flare Applications:
Each ultrasonic flow meter in process applications shall be flow calibrated at manufacturer's
works for a minimum four points and test reports shall be furnished. For flow meters in Flare
applications, test reports to check the functioning of the probes shall be furnished.
2.6.2 Meters in Custody Transfer and Pipeline Applications:
2.6.2.1 Liquid ultrasonic flow meters used for custody transfer application shall be certified by a
suitable authority of the country of origin such as NMI, PTB etc, for use in custody transfer
application. Gas Ultrasonic flow meters in custody transfer applications shall have
calibration certificate duly signed by weights and measures authority such as NMI, PTB or
other reputed National Standard laboratory of its country of origin such as Trans Canada
Calibrations, (TCC) Canada ,Colorado Engineering Experiment Station Inc.(CEESI) USA,
South West Research Inc. (SWRI) USA..
Page 181 of 351

$g-al$02-"dg INDIA LIMITED ULTRASONIC FLOW METER 6-52-0011 Rev. 0
IA Govl of InOla UndeffAMI.9)
Page 12 of 14
2.6.2.2 Vendor shall furnish the regulations of the certifying authority considered by him for custody
transfer approval. If other instruments of metering system are required to be certified as per
the regulation the same shall be complied.
2.6.2.3 Each Ultrasonic flow meter in custody transfer application shall have calibration certificate,
duly signed by weights and measure authority or authorised representative of accredited flow
calibration laboratory or a NIST traceable flow Calibration labs of international repute.
2.6.2.4 The meter proving system to be used by vendor shall be traceable to international standards
and vendor shall furnish certificate indicating the uncertainty of the Meter proving system
used for meter flow calibration.
2.6.2.5 Each Liquid Ultrasonic flow meter shall be flow calibrated as follows:
a. Vendor shall calibrate each liquid Ultrasonic flow meter with water at his shop using
preferably the mechanical displacement meter prover as detailed out in API MPMS. The
proving conditions shall simulate the actual operating conditions as nearly as possible.
A11 the precautions mentioned under paragraph 5.2 of ISA RP 31.1 shall be observed
during proving.
b. Vendor shall carryout performance test and certify the meter in combination with its
companion electronics. A recognized test facility with traceable reference measurements
shall be used. Flow test data at six points covering the minimum to the maximum flow
rate shall be obtained for ascertaining the meter linearity and repeatability within the
specified limits and error curve shall be obtained. The testing medium shall be water.
Flow calibration of each Ultrasonic flow meter shall include the associated upstream
meter run with flow conditioner and downstream meter run being supplied with the
meter
2.6.2.6 Each gas ultrasonic flow meter shall be flow calibrated as follows:
a. Each Gas Ultrasonic flow meter shall be "zero calibrated" ("dry calibrated") with
nitrogen. Test results shall be furnished. In the dry calibration set up, the gas velocity
observed on all the acoustic paths shall be zero. The speed of sound of the individual
acoustic path in the dry calibration set up shall not exceed ±0.2% of the mean velocity of
all the paths.
b. Vendor shall carry out performance test and certify the meter in combination with its
companion electronics. A recognized test facility with traceable reference measurements
shall be used. Flow test data at seven points with two point verification covering the
minimum to the maximum flow rate, as recommended by AGA Report 9 (latest edition),
shall be obtained for ascertaining the meter linearity and repeatability within the
specified limits and error curve shall be obtained. Calibration of meter shall be done near
operating pressure. Test medium shall be Natural Gas. Flow calibration of each
Ultrasonic flow meter shall include the associated upstream meter run with flow
conditioner and downstream meter run being supplied with the meter
c. Accuracy with wet flow calibration shall be demonstrated within ±0.3% for multi path
type under the operating flow conditions. The meter proving system to be used by
vendor shall be traceable to international standards and uncertainty of meter proving
system shall be furnished. Gas metering system integration, testing, validation and
including third party "wet calibrations" (only for the ultrasonic flow meters with its
associated upstream / downstream meter runs) should be done in flow labs as detailed
above.
d. Flow calibration shall be performed at pressure and flow rate close to the operating
pressure and flow rate, depending upon the highest pressure and flow rate available with
the calibration facility.
3.0 NAMEPLATE
3.1 Each Ultrasonic flow meter and its accessory shall have a SS nameplate attached firmly to it
at a visible place, fumishing the following information:
a) Tag number as per purchaser's data sheet.
Page 182 of 351

k31 ENGINEERS STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR No.
$g-ar 22—
eg INDIA LIMITED ULTRASONIC FLOW METER 6-52-0011 Rev. 0
.T7ar IA Go. of Inda Undertakn91
Page 13 of 14
b) Manufacturers serial no. and model no.

c) Manufacturer's name/trade mark.
d) Nominal end connection size and rating in ASME B16.5 class.
e) Meter Body and Probe material.
f) Calibrated range & units of measurement of flow.
g) Area classification in which the equipment can be used.

h) Hazardous area certification number and marking.
4.0 INSPECTION AND TESTING
4.1 Unless otherwise specified, purchaser reserves the right to test and inspect all items at
vendor' s works.
4.2 Supplier shall perform the usual standard tests to maintain quality control procedures. These
test certificates shall be submitted for review before starting inspection by Purchaser.
Supplier shall be responsible for testing and complete integration of the system. Detailed
procedures of test and inspection shall be submitted by the supplier for purchaser's review
and mutually agreed upon.
4.3 Vendor shall submit following test certificates and test reports for purchaser's review:
a) Material test certificates as per EN 10204 clause 3.1B for Ultrasonic flow meter and
its accessories.
b) Certificates of radiography/X-ray for welded joints. Dye penetration test certificate
shall be provided where radiography/X-ray is not possible.
a) Hydrostatic test report as per paragraph 4.4of this specification.
b) Certificate from statutory body for intrinsically safe, flameproof enclosure for meter
electronics.
c) Type test reports for weatherproof meter electronics and transmitter housing.
d) Calibration report for each Ultrasonic flow meter over entire range.
e) Dimensional test reports for each Ultrasonic flow meter and its accessories.
f) For gas ultrasonic flow meters, charpy impact test on each heat of base material
shall be conducted as per A370 for all pressure containing parts such as body, end
flanges and welding ends as well as bolting material for pressure containing parts.
Unless specified otherwise, the Charpy impact test shall be conducted at 0°C. The
charpy impact test specimen shall be taken in the direction of principal grain flow
and notched perpendicular to the original surface of plate or forging. The minimum
average absorbed energy per set of three specimens shall be 27J with an individual
minimum per specimen of 22J.
4.4 Hydrostatic Test
Each ultrasonic flow meter and its accessories shall be subjected to hydrostatic test. The
hydrostatic test pressure shall be 1.5 times the maximum allowable working pressure.
4.5 Witness Inspection
All Ultrasonic flow meters and their accessories shall be offered for pre- despatch inspection
for the following as a minimum:
a) Physical/ dimensional checks and workmanship.
b) Calibration, including establishing accuracy and repeatability over the entire range,
on representative samples.

Page 183 of 351
ENGINEERS ED STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR No.
$g-a- Idf54-g
I.A7R cAA-o-rz.13,:rossu
INDIA LIMIT
IA Govl IrItha Unden.k,A9/ ULTRASONIC FLOW METER 6-52-0011 Rev. 0
Page 14 of 14
c) Review of all certificates and test reports as indicated in clause 4.3of this
specification.
In the event of not witnessed by purchaser, all the tests shall anyway be completed by the
vendor and documents for same shall be submitted for scrutiny.
5.0 SHIPPING
5.1 A11 threaded and flanged openings shall be suitably protected to prevent entry of foreign
material.
5.2 The ultrasonic flow meter and accessories shall be packed separately.
6.0 REJECTION
6.1 Vendor shall prepare their offer strictly as per clause 1.2 of this specification and shall attach
only those documents, which are specifically indicated in the material requisition.
6.2 Any offer not conforming to the above requirements, shall be summarily rejected.

Page 184 of 351
aarre? ENGINEERS STANDARD SPECIFICATION STANDARD SPECIFICATION No.
21t d INDIA
LIMITED FOR ELECTRONIC/PNEUMATIC 6-52-0032 Rev. 4
INSTRUMENTS
ok GoN of inda UndoItaking)
Page 1 of 14
*cv)ercli:ictitil eicuti * firK

Nriv rct kiwi
STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR
ELECTRONIC/PNEUMATIC
INSTRUMENTS
4 12.03.12 Revised and Reissued as Standard Specification b§te P /JMS DM
3 15.02.07 Revised and Reissued as Standard Specification AR TGM HCJ VC
2 05.08.05 Revised and Reissued as Standard Specification KI TGM PM VJN
1 20.09.99 Revised and Reissued as Standard Specification PM RK BRS AS
0 30 11 83 Issued as Standard Specification PVS TSN AKV AK

Standards Standards
Rev. Prepared Checked Committee Bureau
Date Purpose by by Convenor Chairman
No
Approved by
Page 185 of 351

STANDARD SPECIFICATION STANDARD SPECIFICATION No.
401 ei atENGINEERS
e
groan facitegvi INDIA LIMITED FOR ELECTRONIC/PNEUMATIC 6-52-0032 Rev.4
''''eneww"wu .tea India Undetlaingl INSTRUMENTS Page 2 of 14
Abbreviations:
AARH Arithmetic Average Roughness Height
EDDL Electronics Device Description Language
FISCO Fieldbus Intrinsic Safety Concept
FDT/DTM Field Device Tool/ Device Type Manager
FF Fieldbus Foundation
HART Highway Addressable Remote Transducer
LAS Link Active Scheduler
LCD Liquid Crystal Display
NPS Nominal Pipe Size
NPT National Pipe Thread
RAM Random Access Memory
WC Water Column
Instrumentation Standards Committee
Convener: Ms. R. Priyamvada
Members: Mr.P.K. Sahay

Mr.S. Bhowal
Mr. M. Nandi
Ms. R. Shanti Devi
Mr. M.P Jain (Proj.)

Page 186 of 351
ae'Llealp ENGINEERS STANDARD SPECIFICATION STANDARD SPECIFICATION No.
Wag WINDIA LIMITED FOR ELECTRONIC/PNEUMATIC
t
6-52-0032 Rev.4
(Men .FleTerFM1,19.
i^ INSTRUMENTS
A Gort of India Undedaking)
Page 3 of 14
CONTENTS
1.0 GENERAL 4
2.0 DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION 6
3.0 NAME PLATE 13
4.0 INSPECTION AND TESTING 13
5.0 SHIPPING 14
6.0 REJECTION 14
ANNEXURES:
ANNEXURE - 1: STUD - BOLTS AND NUTS MATERIAL REQUIREMENT
ANNEXURE - 2: GASKET MATERIAL REQUIREMENT

Page 187 of 351
Oreael a ENGINEERS STANDARD SPECIFICATION STANDARD SPECIFICATION No.
42mm:esINDIA LIMITED FOR ELECTRONIC/PNEUMATIC 6-52-0032 Rev.4
Govt of India undeptakingl INSTRUMENTS Page 4 of 14
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 Scope
1.1.1 This specification, together with the data sheets attached herewith describes the requirements
for the design, materials, nameplate marking, inspection, testing and shipping of
electronic/pneumatic instruments.
1.1.2 The related standards referred to herein and mentioned below shall be of the latest edition
prior to the date of the purchaser's enquiry:-
ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers
1.20.1 Pipe Threads General Purpose (Inch)
16.5 Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings
16.20 Metallic Gaskets for Pipe Flanges,Ring Joint, Spiral wound
and Jacketed.
EN European Standards
10204 Inspection Documents For Metallic Products
IS/IEC Indian Standards/ International Electrotechnical Commission
IS/IEC 60079 Electrical Apparatus for Explosive Gas Atmospheres.
IS/IEC 60529 Degree of Protection Provided by Enclosures (IP Code).
IEC 61000-4 Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) for Industrial
Process Measurement and Control Equipment
IEC 61158 Fieldbus Standard for use in Industrial Control System
IEC 61158-2 Physical Layer Specification and service definition for
Fieldbus
IEC 61508 Functional Safety of Electrical/Electronic/Programmable
Electronic Safety related Systems.
IEC 61511 Functional safety instrumented system for the process
industry sector
IEC 61804 Function blocks (FB) for process control — Electronic
Device Description
IEC 61518 Mating dimensions between differential pressure (type)
measuring instruments and flanged-onshut-off devices up
to 413 bar (41,3 MPa)
ISA International Society of Automation
S 7.3 Quality Standard for Instrument Air
S 50.1 Compatibility of Analog Signals for Electronic Industrial
Process Instruments.
ITK Interoperability Test Kit (latest version)
1.1.3 In the event of any conflict between this standard specification, job specification/data sheets,
statutory regulations, related standards, codes etc. the following order of priority shall govern:
Statutory Regulations
Job Specifications / Data Sheets

Standard Specification
Codes and Standards
1.1.4 In addition to compliance to purchaser's specifications in totality, vendor's extent of
responsibility shall include the following:
a) Purchaser's data sheets specify the minimum acceptable material of construction of
body, measuring element and accessories. Alternate superior material of
construction shall also be acceptable provided vendor assumes complete
Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0 Copyright EIL —All rights reserved

Page 188 of 351
051Przre?da ENGINEERS STANDARD SPECIFICATION STANDARD SPECIFICATION No.
FOR ELECTRONIC/PNEUMATIC 6-52-0032 Rev.4
51g7r teltaleuw INDIA UMITED INSTRUMENTS
Go„ of India Undeltak.9)
Page 5 of 14
responsibility for the selected materials for their compatibility with the process
fluid and its operating conditions.
b) Selection of suitable sealant liquid for diaphragm seal instruments compatible with
the process fluid and its operating temperature.
1.2 Bids
1.2.1 Vendor's quotation shall be strictly as per the bidding instructions to the vendor attached
with the material requisition.
1.2.2 Whenever a detailed technical offer is required, vendor's quotation shall include the
following:
Compliance to the specifications.
Whenever the requirement of a detailed specification sheet for electronic/pneumatic
instruments is specifically indicated, a detailed specification sheet for each item
shall be furnished, which shall provide information regarding type, material of
construction, performance specification, model number etc. of the offered
electronic / pneumatic instruments. The material specification and the units of
measurement for various parts in vendor's specification sheets shall be to the same
standards as those indicated in purchaser's data sheets.
c) Proven references for each offered model number inline with clause 1.2.3 of this
specification.
d) A copy of approval from local statutory authority, as applicable such as Petroleum
& Explosives Safety Organisation (PESO) / Chief Controller of Explosives (CCE),
Nagpur or Director General of Mines Safety (DGMS) in India, for the electronic
instruments installed in electrically hazardous area along with:
Test certificate from recognised test house like Central Institute of Mining
and Fuel Research (CIMFR) / Electronics Regional Testing Laboratory
(ERTL) etc. for flameproof enclosure/intrinsic safety, as specified in the data
sheet, as per relevant standard for all Indian manufactured equipments or for
items requiring Director General of Mines Safety DGMS approval.
Certificate of conformity from agencies like Laboratorie Central Des
Industries Electriques (LCIE), British Approval Service for Electrical
Equipment in Flammable Atmospheres (Baseefa), Factory
Mutual (FM), Physikalisch-Technische Bundesanstalt (PTB) , Canadian
Standards Association (CSA), Underwriters Laboratories (UL) etc. for
compliance to ATEX directives or other equivalent standards for all
equipments manufactured outside India.
e) Deviations on technical requirements shall not be entertained. In case vendor has
any valid technical reason, they must include a list of deviations tag number wise,
summing up all the deviations from the purchaser's data sheets and other technical
specifications along with the technical reasons for each of these deviations.
Catalogues giving detailed technical specifications, model decoding details and
other related information for each type of electronic/pneumatic instruments covered
in the bid. Information shall include, but not limited to product certifications,
dimensional drawings, Transient Protection, range limits, power supply, Current
draw, vibration effect, power supply effect, Electromagnetic compatibility. For
Field bus instruments, Field bus parameters like available standard function
blocks/Advanced function blocks and their execution time for each block, Device
type, number of link objects, virtual communication Relationships, Basic and
advanced diagnostic features, transmitter failure mode, physical profile type etc.
1.2.3 All items, as offered, shall be field proven and should have completed trouble free
satisfactory operation for a period of minimum 4000 hours on the bid due date in the similar

Page 189 of 351
Itilfraeg ENGINEERS
gent laYreu'IS INDIA LIMITED FOR ELECTRONIC/PNEUMATIC 6-52-0032 Rev.4
7412PrefZewenfrol Govl of India undenakm INSTRUMENTS Page 6 of 14
application with the process conditions similar to those as specified in the purchaser's data
sheets. Items with proto-type design or items not meeting provenness criteria specified
above shall not be offered.
1.2.4 Wherever specified vendor must furnish certified values of failure rates, probability of
failure on demand (PFD) and test intervals for offered items for Safety Integrity Level (SIL)
analysis.
1.2.5 All documentation submitted by the vendor including their quotation, catalogues, drawings,
installation, operation and maintenance manuals, etc shall be in English language only.
1.2.6 Vendor shall also quote for the following:
Universal hand held configurator / terminal for the configuration and maintenance
of instruments with HART output.
Field bus configurator with hardware and software for configuration and
maintenance of field bus devices and also to perform diagnostics and trouble
shooting of fieldbus segments wherever specified.
Two-year operational spares for each model of instruments offered in the bid,
which shall include sensor, electronic module, local indicator, o-ring/gasket set etc.
based on vendor's recommendations.
Any special tool other than those covered under 1.2.6 (a) and (b). In case any
special tools are needed for maintenance of offered instruments, vendor must
certify in their offer.
1.3 Drawing and Data
1.3.1 Detailed drawings, data, catalogues and manuals required from the vendor are indicated by
the purchaser in vendor data requirement sheets. The required number of prints and soft
copies should be dispatched to the address mentioned, adhering to the time limits indicated.
1.3.2 Final documentation consisting of design data, installation manual, operation and
maintenance manual, etc submitted by the vendor after placement of purchase order shall
include the following, as a minimum;
Specification sheet for each electronic/pneumatic instrument and their accessories.
Certified drawing for each instrument, which shall provide dimensional detail,
internal construction and part list, material of construction etc.
Calculations for integral orifice
Copy of type test certificates.
Copy of the test certificates of all the tests indicated in clause 4.0 of this specification.
Installation procedure for electronic/pneumatic instrument and its accessories.
Calibration, Configuration and Maintenance procedures including replacement of
its internal parts.
Device Descriptor (DD) Files for configuring the device parameters (Soft Copy)
i) Common File Format (CFF) files for integrating the device into the system (Soft
Copy).
2.0 DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION

2.1 General Requirements
2.1.1 The type and material of construction of electronic/pneumatic instruments shall be as
specified in the purchaser's data sheet.

Page 190 of 351
a ENGINEERS STANDARD SPECIFICATION STANDARD SPECIFICATION No.
ere, EvensvINDIA LIMITED FOR ELECTRONIC/PNEUMATIC 6-52-0032 Rev.4
IA Gort pi Inda Undeflaingl INSTRUMENTS Page 7 of 14
2.1.2 The range of instruments shall be selected by vendor based on the set range indicated in the
purchaser's data sheet. Where no set range is indicated, vendor may select the same as per
the following guidelines;
The set range shall be 1.1 times the maximum process value or 1.4 times the
operating process value whichever is higher rounded to the nearest ten.
The set range shall preferably be in the middle third of the selected instrument
range.
2.1.3 Measuring element in vacuum service shall have under range protection down to full
vacuum, without undergoing a change in calibration or permanent set.
2.1.4 Unless otherwise specified, diaphragm seal instrument shall meet the following requirements;
Instruments shall have its diaphragm seal (flanged type) integral with the
instrument. In case wafer type diaphragm seal is provided, it shall be supplied with
companion flange.
When purchaser data sheets specify wafer seal type of instrument, vendor shall
include supply of studs, nuts and gasket as per the materials specified in the
purchaser's data sheet. Refer Annexure — 1 attached with this specification for stud
— bolts, nuts and gasket material requirement.
c) The sealant shall be an inert liquid, compatible with the process fluid and process
temperature indicated in the purchaser's data sheets. In general, sealant shall be;
DC 704 or equivalent for all diaphragm seal instruments except for oxygen
and chlorine.
Flouro-lube or equivalent for all diaphragm seal instruments in oxygen and
chlorine.
d) The requirement of spacer ring shall be as specified in purchaser's data sheet. The
material of construction of spacer ring shall be 316 Stainless Steel, as a minimum
unless otherwise specified in the purchaser's data sheets.
e) The span of the offered model shall be selected to ensure zero elevation/zero
suppression equal to the head created by the fill fluid for the specified capillary
length in the data sheet.
2.1.5 Wherever purchaser data sheet specifies integral flow transmitter, vendor shall supply
complete assembly consisting of integral orifice, upstream and downstream meter runs with
end flanges, meeting the following requirements:
Three nos. of integral orifice plates shall be supplied i.e. one is installed and two
are spares.
Unless otherwise specified, material of construction shall be 316 Stainless Steel for
integral orifice and meter run with flanges.
2.1.6 The instrument enclosure shall be suitable for the area classification indicated in the
purchaser's data sheets. Unless otherwise specified, the enclosure shall meet the following
standards;
Weatherproof housing IP-65 to IS/IEC-60529.
Flameproof housing Flameproof/ Ex (d) as per IS/IEC-60079
Flameproof housing shall also be made weatherproof.
2.1.7 Unless otherwise mentioned, end connection details shall be as below:-
Threaded end connections shall be to NPT as per ASME B 1.20.1.
Flanged end connections shall be as per ASME B 16.5.
Page 191 of 351

1511=a-ael ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED FOR ELECTRONIC/PNEUMATIC 6-52-0032 Rev.4
efalft
. IA GUN oundia undenson) INSTRUMENTS Page 8 of 14
Grooves of ring type joint flanges shall be octagonal as per ASME B16.20.
Flanged face finish shall be as per ANSI B 16.5. The face finish shall be as
follows:
125 AARH : 125 to 250 microinch AARH
63 AARH 32 to 63 microinch AARH
2.1.8 All electronic / pneumatic instruments in oxygen and chlorine service shall be thoroughly
degreased using reagents like trichloro-ethylene or carbon tetrachloride. End connection
shall be blinded / plugged after the degreasing process in order to avoid entrance of grease or
oil particles.
2.1.9 Electronic Instruments
2.1.9.1 All instruments shall be of state-of-the-art technology and shall be in compliance with the
electromagnetic compatibility requirements specified in IEC-61000-4 standard.
2.1.9.2 Plug-in circuit boards shall be designed and manufactured such that reverse insertion or
insertion of the wrong card is prevented.
2.1.9.3 Electronic instruments shall generally operate on nominal voltage of 24 V DC and shall be
protected against short circuit and reverse voltage. Transmission and output signal shall
generally be 4 to 20 mA DC for analog and smart transmitters. The display of integral output
meter shall be in engineering units for pressure, differential pressure, flow & Temperature
and 100% linear for level.
2.1.9.4 Electronic transmitters with two-wire system shall be suitable for delivering rated current to
an external loop resistance of at least 600ohm when powered with 24 V DC.
2.1.9.5 Terminals for electrical connections shall be clearly identified, and polarity shall be
permanently marked.
2.1.9.6 Peak to peak ripple and total noise level in the analog output signal shall not exceed 0.25%
of the maximum signal.
2.1.9.7 Electrical cable entries shall have internal 'A" NPT threads.
2.1.9.8 Zero elevation/zero suppression shall be equal to minimum of 100% of the span of the
offered transmitter.
2.1.10 Pneumatic Instruments.
2.1.10.1 All pneumatic connections shall be 1/4" NPT, unless otherwise specified.
2.1.10.2 All threaded connections shall be internal, unless otherwise specified.
2.1.10.3 The process input connections and pneumatic output and air supply connections etc. shall be
permanently stamped on the body at a suitable place.
2.1.10.4 Unless otherwise specified, pneumatic instruments shall operate on air supply of 1.4 kg/cm2g
and shall have transmission and output signal of 0.2 to 1.0 kg/cm2g.
2.1.10.5 Instrument air quality shall be as per ISA-S7.3 and shall be free from all corrosive,
hazardous, flammable and toxic contaminants.
2.2 Transmitters
2.2.1 Pneumatic Transmitters
2.2.1.1 Pneumatic blind transmitters shall be of the force-balance type and pneumatic indicating
transmitters of the motion balance type.
2.2.1.2 Transmitters shall have an accuracy of 0.5 % of span.
2.2.1.3 Transmitters shall be supplied with external zero and span adjustments.
2.2.2 Electronic Analog Transmitters

Page 192 of 351
lafflzre? ENGINEERS
FOR ELECTRONIC/PNEUMATIC
INDIA LIMITED 6-52-0032 Rev.4
otia IA Govt of India undertism INSTRUMENTS Page 9 of 14
2.2.2.1 Electronic transmitters shall be of the two-wire DC current regulating type. They shall be
provided with integral output indicator. When specified, field mounted external output
meters shall be provided.
2.2.2.2 Electronic analog transmitters shall have an accuracy oft 0.25 % of span.
2.2.2.3 Transmitters shall be supplied with external zero and span adjustments. Flameproof
transmitters shall also have their calibration adjustment from outside, without any need to
remove the cover.
2.2.2.4 Unless otherwise specified, the electronic transmitters shall be certified intrinsically safe.
2.2.3 Smart and Field bus based Transmitters
2.2.3.1 Smart and field bus based transmitters shall be two wire microprocessor based type. These
shall have a non-volatile memory, storing, complete sensor characterisation and
configuration data of the transmitter. All necessary signal conversions and output generation
with the required protocol shall be carried out in the transmitter electronics. Integral output
meter with LCD display shall be provided for all transmitters.
2.2.3.2 Transmitter shall also run complete diagnostic subroutines and shall provide diagnostic
alarm messages for sensor as well as transmitter healthiness. Field bus based transmitter in
addition shall have facility to detect plugged impulse lines, whenever specifically indicated
in purchaser's data sheets. In the event of detection failure, the output shall be driven to a
predefined value, which shall be field configurable.
2.2.3.3 The transmitters with field bus connectivity shall have built in control algorithm like
proportional, proportional-integral and proportional-integral-differential.
2.2.3.4 Whenever specifically indicated in purchaser's data sheets, the meter electronics shall be
provided with in-built lightning and power supply surges. The transient protection shall
meet the requirements specified in IEC-61000-4.
2.2.3.5 The configurational data of the instruments shall be stored in a non-volatile memory such
that this remains unchanged because of power fluctuations or power off condition. In case
vendor standard instrument has battery backed RAM, vendor to ensure that battery drain
alarm is provided as diagnostic maintenance message.
2.2.3.6 Accuracy of transmitters, smart as well as field bus based, shall be as follows:
Type of Transmitter Range of Transmitter Accuracy
Direct 760 mm WC and above Equal to or better than +0.075%
Direct Less than 760 mm WC Equal to or better than ±0.15%
Diaphragm seal 500 mm WC and above Equal to or better than ±0.25%
Diaphragm seal Less than 500 mm WC Equal to or better than ±0.5%
The accuracy is defined as the combined effect of repeatability, linearity and hysteresis.
2.2.3.7 The stability of the transmitters shall be equal to or better than ±0.1% of span for a period of
minimum 6 months, as a minimum.
2.2.3.8 Transmitter shall update the output at least 8 times a second unless otherwise specified.
2.2.3.9 Unless specified otherwise in purchaser's specification, transmitter response time shall be as
follows:
For transmitter range of 760 mm WC and above, the response time shall be equal to
or better than 500 milliseconds.
For transmitter range below 760mm WC, the response shall be equal to or better
than I second.

Page 193 of 351
FOR ELECTRONIC/PNEUMATIC 6-52-0032 Rev.4
INSTRUMENTS Page 10 of 14
The response time of the transmitter shall be considered as the sum of dead time and 63.2%
step response time of the transmitter.
2.2.3.10 Unless specified otherwise, the over-range/static pressure protection of the transmitter shall
be as follows:
OVERRANGE / STATIC PRESSURE (*)
Range of Transmitter 0 Pressure Transmitter Differential Pressure Transmitter
Kg/Cm2 Kg/Cm2
0 <®<250 mmWC 20 20
250 < 0 < 1000 mmWC 45 52
1000 < 0 < 5000 45 70
mmWC
5000 < 0 < 10000 45 160
mmWC
1 < ® < 10 Kg/cm2 52 160
10 < 0 < 100 Kg/cm2 160 210
® > 100 Kg/cm2 210 210
(*) However, if the overange/static pressure valve specified above is less than the
maximum/design pressure of service conditions specified in the datasheets, offered
instrument shall be suitable for the maximum/design pressure as per datasheet.
2.2.3.11 In the transmitter, the 'WRITE' option shall be protected through password.
2.2.3.12 Temperature transmitters shall meet the following requirements as a minimum:
Temperature transmitter shall be universal type and shall be able to accept input
from resistance temperature detector (RTD) or thermocouple (T/C) of any type and
range.
Temperature transmitters shall be freely programmable i.e. element type and range
shall be programmable without any change in hardware / software.
Temperature transmitter shall be remote mounted type, in general Head mounted
transmitters shall be supplied when specifically indicated in purchaser's data
sheets.
The accuracy of the temperature transmitter with RTD element shall be as follows:
For temperature range above 350° C, the accuracy shall be equal to or better
than +0.075% of range.
For temperature range with ranges between 350° C to 150° C, the accuracy
shall be equal to or better than 10.15% of range.
For temperature range below 150° C, the accuracy shall be equal to or better
than +0.25% of range.
e) The accuracy of temperature transmitter with cold junction compensation for
Thermocouple element shall be as follows;
For temperature above 350° C, accuracy shall be +0.25% of range.
For temperature between 150°C to 350°C. accuracy shall be ±0.5% of range.
For temperature below 150°C, accuracy shall be +0.75% of range.
Page 194 of 351

satrazre? ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED FOR ELECTRONIC/PNEUMATIC 6-52-0032 Rev.4
.211 Govt of India unaertaionci INSTRUMENTS Page 11 of 14
2.2.3.13 When HART protocol is specified, the following features must be ensured;
It shall allow multi masters (two for example, primary and secondary) for
configuration, calibration, diagnostics and maintenance. The primary could be the
control system or host computer and the secondary could be the hand-held
communicator.
It shall be capable of implementing universal commands from either of these
locations.
2.2.3.14 In addition to the requirements specified above, field bus based transmitter shall meet the
following requirements;
All instruments must satisfy the requirements of the field bus registration
laboratory with applicable checkmark like foundation field bus, profibus
NutZerorganisation e.v (PNO), or as specified in the purchaser's data sheets.
All instruments shall be polarity insensitive. Also transmitter shall be LAS capable
and provided with line plugging detection, whenever specified in data sheet.
All instruments shall have one no. of Analog Input (AI) block and One no. of
Proportional, Integration and Differential (PID) control block, as a minimum.
All instruments must be interoperable and shall have valid interoperability test
clearance like ITK latest version for foundation field bus or equivalent for profibus
PA, as applicable.
e) The field bus instruments shall support peer to peer communication.
The field bus instruments in hazardous area shall be certified as per entity concept
or shall be FISCO approved as per the requirements specified in the purchaser's
specification.
All instruments shall support EDDL or FDT/DTM requirements, as specified in
data sheets.
Internal Software shall be configured by the vendor including the following
information.
- Serial Number
Device Tag (Tag No.)
- Process Description
i) All instruments shall be capable of supporting incremental Device Descriptor (DD)
for extra functionality and/or software revisions in Device Memory.
2.3 Receivers
2.3.1 Pneumatic/electrical cables shall be such that they permit the instrument internals to be
drawn from its normal mounting position without affecting operation. Pneumatic connection
points shall seal automatically upon disconnection.
2.3.2 Electronic receivers shall be suitable for standard voltage inputs of 0.25 to 1.25 V, 1 to 5 V,
0 to 10 V dc. Any voltage receiver shall not alter the voltage drop across the conditioning
resistor by more than ±0.1% of input range of maximum input voltage.
2.3.3 Recorder pens shall be easily replaceable.
2.3.4 Each recorder shall be supplied with chart-rolls and ink for six months continuous operation.
2.4 Controllers
2.4.1 Automatic control stations including dedicated cascade control stations shall have switches
to transfer control from automatic to manual mode and vice-versa. The transfer shall be
Page 195 of 351

Iiiif&regeENGINEERS STANDARD SPECIFICATION STANDARD SPECIFICATION No.
g Lear jalgeg NW INDIA LIMITED FOR ELECTRONIC/PNEUMATIC 6-52-0032 Rev.4
- wow mein =AIM) (A GM AI Ma Undcriakingl INSTRUMENTS Page 12 of 14
procedure less and shall not produce any bump in the process under control during such a
transfer, the output signal shall not change by more than I% of span.
2.4.2 Cascade control stations shall have a switch to select local or remote set point.
2.4.3 The control settings of the controller shall be readily adjustable from the front.
2.4.4 Controller action shall be easily reversible.
2.4.5 Pneumatic automatic controller shall be easily removable, without disturbing the manual
control mechanism.
2.4.6 Electronic controller shall be easily removable, with the aid of a service station.
2.4.7 Local mounted pneumatic controllers shall be supplied with gauges for air supply pressure
and control signal. The gauges shall be integral with the instrument.
2.5 Accessories
2.5.1 Field Universal Communicator:
2.5.1.1 It shall be possible to perform routine configuration, calibration, display process variable,
diagnostics etc. from a hand held portable communicator, which can be connected at any
location in the transmitter loop. It shall be possible to perform all the above functions on-line
and the loop function shall remain unaffected.
2.5.1.2 There should be no interruption on the output while communicating with the transmitter.
2.5.1.3 Field communicator shall meet the following requirements:
Hand Held communicator shall be universal type and shall be compatible with all
make and models of HART transmitters and Smart positioners, with all engineering
capability like calibration, diagnostics, configuration, inhibition of HART signal,
etc. Similarly Field bus Hand Held communicator shall also be universal type and
shall be suitable for all make and models of FF transmitters and Positioner.
It shall be possible to connect the communicator at any of the following locations
for purpose of digital communication;
Marshalling cabinet serving the transmitter, in safe area.
Junction box serving the transmitter, in hazardous area.
iii) Directly at the transmitter, in hazardous area.
Plug-in type connections shall be provided with field communicator. Necessary
interconnection accessories shall be supplied by the vendor.
Offered communicator shall be dust-proof, certified intrinsically safe and suitable
for outdoor location. Carrying case shall be supplied with each communicator.
When specified in data sheets, the software shall also be capable of configuring
other makes of transmitters.
e) They shall be battery powered with replaceable and rechargeable batteries, suitable
for recharging with 240 V, 50 Hz . In case vendor's standard design does not make
use of rechargeable batteries, then vendor to provide 2 sets of spare batteries.
2.5.2 Remote output meter
2.5.2.1 Remote output meter shall be electronic with LCD display. The display shall be in actual
engineering units.
2.5.2.2 The indicator electronics shall be able to perform square root extraction for flow
measurement
2.5.2.3 Offered indicators shall be certified Intrinsically safe/FISCO, when used in hazardous area
as specified in Data sheet.

Page 196 of 351
lel MENGINEERS STANDARD SPECIFICATION STANDARD SPECIFICATION No.
INDIA UMITED FOR ELECTRONIC/PNEUMATIC 6-52-0032 Rev.4
Sig:ClItMegay (A Geri oi kwila UndellaMingl INSTRUMENTS Page 13 of 14
2.5.2.4 This Field Bus based field indicator shall be 2 wire segment powered and shall be able to
indicate minimum of 8 signals available in the fieldbus segment, selectively.
2.5.3 Yoke mounted instruments shall be supplied with universal mounting bracket , U-bolt and
nuts suitable for mounting the instruments on a 50 mm (nominal bore) pipe stanchion
(horizontal or vertical)
2.5.4 Air set
Air set, where provided, shall be a combination air filter regulator set with 5-micron filter
cartridge. It shall have a 50 mm diameter pressure gauge to indicate the regulated pressure.
Each air set shall be supplied with mounting bracket and bolts with nuts for surface mounting.
2.5.5 Battery charger
Battery charger shall be supplied with all necessary accessories and shall be suitable for
240V ±10%, 50Hz±3Hz, unless otherwise specified.
3.0 NAMEPLATE
3.1 Each flush panel mounted instrument shall have the following information identified in the
front:-
Tag number as per purchaser's data sheet.
Reading coefficient, if any
c) Pen colour, tag number-wise in the case of recorders.
Each flush panel mounted instrument shall have a back nameplate permanently fixed to it at
a visible place reporting the following information:
Instrument tag number.
Manufacturer's serial number or model number.
c) Manufacturer's name/trade mark.
3.2 Surface mounted instruments shall be provided with only one nameplate.
Local mounted instruments shall have a stainless steel nameplate attached firmly to it at a
visible place, furnishing the following information:
Tag number as per purchaser's data sheets.
Manufacturer's serial number and /or model number
Manufacturer's name/trade mark.
Body material.
Measuring element material.
Range of measurement.
j) Area classification in which the equipment can be used, this shall be to the same
code as per purchaser's data sheets.
4.0 INSPECTION AND TESTING

Purchaser reserves the right to inspect and witness testing all the items at the vendor's works
in line with the inspection test plan for electronic/pneumatic instruments and approved
quality documents. All these tests shall be completed by the vendor and test reports shall be
submitted to purchaser for scrutiny.
Page 197 of 351

ISiMareq e ENGINEERS
LIMITED FOR ELECTRONIC/PNEUMATIC
51g7ePeg illir INDIA■)0a Undenakingi 6-52-0032 Rev.4
(A Govt INSTRUMENTS Page 14 of 14
5.0 SHIPPING
5.1 All threaded and flanged openings shall be suitably protected to prevent entry of foreign
material.
5.2 Instruments shall be supplied individually, in suitably sealed packing.
5.3 Proper care shall be taken in shipping instruments with diaphragm seals to ensure safety of
the diaphragm seals, extensions, capillaries, where specified.
5.4 All pneumatic / electronic instruments in oxygen and chlorine service shall be separately
packed along with a certificate indicating 'CERTIFIED FOR OXYGEN / CHLORINE
SERVICE', as applicable.
5.5 Proper care shall be taken in shipping instrument accessories clearly indicating the
instrument tag numbers.
6.0 REJECTION
6.1 Vendor shall prepare their offer strictly as per clause 1.2 of this specification and shall attach
only those documents and information, which are specifically indicated in the material
requisition.
6.2 Any offer not conforming to the above requirements, shall be summarily rejected.
Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0 Copyright EIL - All rights reserved

Page 198 of 351
OPtade ENGINEERS STUD-BOLTS AND NUTS Annexure 1 10
ElPeg'10, INDIA UMITED MATERIAL REQUIREMENT STANDARD SPECIFICATION NO.
IA Goff of inam undertalonof
6-52-0032 Rev. 4
Page 1 of 1
Sr. No. Piping Classes Nut and Bolt Material
1 AIA, A2A, A5A, A6A, A7A, A8A, A9A, A-193 Gr. B7

AIM, Al IA, A13A, AI4A, AI5A, A-194 Gr. 2H
AI9A, A20A, A32A, A33A, AIK, A6K,
AIM, A1N, BIA, B2A, B5A, B6A, B9A,
BI3A, B18A, B19A, B32A, BIK, B6K,
BI8K, BIM, B3M, B5M, BIN, B6N,
DIA, D2A, WA, D18A, DIK, DISK,
DI8P, EIA, E2A, E5A, E5E, F5A
2 Al6A,B16A A-I93 Gr. B7M

A-194 Gr. 2HM
3 MB, AID, A4F, A4G, BIB, BID, B5D, AI-193 Gr. B16
BIE, B3F, B4F, B4G, DIB, D2B, DID, A-194 GR. 4
D2D, D5D, D5E, F2D
4 A2K, B2K, D2K A-320 Gr. B8 CL.2

A-194 Gr. 8
5 A4A, AIH, B4A, B1H, D4A, DIH A-320 Gr. L7

A-194 Gr. 4
6 A3Y A-307 Gr. B

A-563 Gr. B
7 A3A, A3K, A3Y, A4Y, J3A A-307 Gr. B

A-563 Gr. B
8 AIZ, A4Z, A5Y, J2A, .15A A-307 Gr. B (Gals)

A-563 Gr. B (Gals)
9 B4K, B5K A-193 Gr. B8 MCII

A-194 Gr. 8 MA
10 A32Y A-193 Gr. B (Gaiv)

A-194 Gr. 211 (Galv)
11 B3M, B4K, B5K, B5M A-453 Gr. 660 CL.A

A-453 Gr. 660 CL.A
Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0 Copyrights EIL - All rights reserved
Page 199 of 351

PRZTe? ENGINEERS GASKETS MATERIAL Annexure 2 to
$1g7 efarg
i INDIA LIMITED REQUIREMENT STANDARD SPECIFICATION No.
nda,)
IA Gov' of Ind. Ude 6-52-0032 Rev 4
Page 1 of 1
Sr. Gasket Material

Piping Classes
No.
1 AIA, A6A, A9A, AIOA, Al IA, A13A, AI4A, AI9A, SP WND SS 316 + GRAFIL
AIB, AID, AIH, A1K, AIM, A4A, A4F, A4G, B1A,
BIH, B2A, B4A, B6A, B9A, BI3A, B18A, BOA, B32A,
BI8K, DIA, D2A, DIH, DIK, D4A, D18A, DISK, DISP
2 B5M SP WND SS316H+ GRAFIL + I RING
3 A2K, B2K, D2K SP WND SS 316+GRAFIL+SS 316 I/O
RING
4 BIN SP WND SS 3I6L+GRAFIL + I RING
5 B6N SP WND SS 316L + GRAFIL
6 Al Z, A3Y, A4Y, A4Z, J2A BUTYL RUBBER
7 E IA, E2A, E5A, F5A SOFT IRON
8 ESE, F2D 5% CR, 0.5% MO
9 B4K, B5K SS 316H+GRAFIL+I RING SS 316 0 RING
10 MY, A8A, AI5A, A32Y, A33Y IS 2712 Gr. A/I
II B3M SP WND SS 321+GRAFIL+I RING
12 AIN, A6K, A16A, 1316A SP WND SS 316 L+ GRAFIL
13 A3A, A3K, A33A, J3A, J5A IS 2712 Gr. W/3
14 A2A, A20A, A32A IS 2712 Gr. W/I
15 A5A, B5A, D5A SP WND SS 316 + GRAFIL + I RING
16 A7A, BIB, BID, B1E, B1K, B3F, B4F, B4G,B5D, DIB, SP WND SS 316 + GRAFIL + I RING
D1K, D2B, DID, D2D, D5D, D5E
17 B6K, BIM SS 316 + GRAFIL
Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0 Copyrights EIL -All rights reserved
Page 200 of 351

Page 201 of 351
Page 202 of 351
Page 203 of 351
Page 204 of 351
Page 205 of 351
Page 206 of 351
Page 207 of 351
Page 208 of 351
Page 209 of 351
Oln-a-eifith ENGINEERS STANDARD No.
azit 'Meg Ter INDIA LIMITED THERMOWELL 7-52-0035 Rev. 3
1.11271MORMMORI) IA Gm of India Underwonw
Page 1 of 3
cZ 34 mm CHAIN
ct• 1/2"NPT r_
FOR CHAIN TERMINATION

(ONLY FOR TEST THERMOWELL) PLUG WITH CHAIN
45 mm
FULL PENETRATION WELD

I VT FLANGE

NO WELD MATERIAL
PROJECTION BEYOND RF
ID 11 mm
BORE TO BE CONCENTRIC
WITH 0.D. WITHIN 10% OF
WALL THICKNESS
18 mm
(1)
NOTES - 1. THIS STANDARD IS APPLICABLE FOR ;

TEMPERATURE GAUGES, BEADED TEMPERATURE ELEMENTS AND DUPLEX TEMPERATURE ELEMENTS.
THERMOWELL UPTO 1500 CLASS AS PER ASME OR EQUIVALENT.
TYPE OF FLANGE SHALL BE RTJ FOR RATING (AS PER ASME CLASS) > 600.
DP TEST SHALL BE CARRIED OUT FOR ALL WELD JOINTS.
4. CHAIN AND PLUG SHALL BE APPLICABLE ONLY FOR TEST THERMOVVELLS.
3 21-03-12 ter 4--v" DTh-'
REVISED & REISSUED Manoj G RI5/J S M)
2 21-08-06 REVISED & REISSUED MN TGM PM VJN
Rev. Stds. Committee
Date Prepared Checked Stds. Bureau
No. Purpose Convenor
by by Chairman
Format No. 8-00-0001-F4 Rev.O Approved by
Copyright EIL - Al rights reserved
Page 210 of 351

1511=4-a-eite, STANDARD No.
ENGINEERS
DReg ie INDIA LIMITED
MET MaR a51300,10 (A GOvl Of WM Undertgo001
THERMOWELL 7-52-0035 Rev. 3
Page 2 of 3
0 34 mm CHAIN
r_ 00 I's 1.0z"
q 1/2"NPT
•
•
••
Min
4!)
N
FOR OW TERMINATION PLUG WITH CHAIN
(ONLY FOR TEST THERMOWELL) 45 mm

1 1/7 FLANGE
ABM
6R
NO WELD MATERIAL
OD 21 mm
z
ID 7 mm
WRH O.D. WRMIN 10% OF
WALL THICKNESS
JO 16 mm
NOTES - 1. THIS STANDARD IS APPLICABLE FOR ;

SINGLE TEMPERATURE ELEMENT.
THERMOWELL UPTO 1500 CLASS AS PER ASME OR EQUIVALENT.
TYPE OF FLANGE SHALL BE RTJ FOR RATING (AS PER ASME CLASS) > 600.
4. CHAIN AND PLUG SHALL BE APPLICABLE ONLY FOR TEST THERMOWELLS.
2116,-,)
3 21-03-12 REVISED & REISSUED rtm. Cit SL MS p hi
2 21-06-06 REVISED & REISSUED MN TOM PM VJN
Rev. Prepared Checked Stds. Committee Stds. Bureau
No. Date Purpose Convenor Chairman
by by
Approved by
Format No. 8-00-0001-F4 Rev.O
Copyright EIL - All rights reserved
Page 211 of 351

STANDARD No.
safteiela ENGINEERS
au WaveINDIA LIMITED BUILT-UP THERMOWELL
1.4.1
7-52-0035 Rev. 3
Page 3 of 3
0 34 mm
45 mm
WELD

2' FLANGE

NO WELD MATERIAL
MACHINE TAPER TO BE CONCENTRIC

1Nt T 11 INSIDE DIAMETER WITHIN 10%
OF WALL THICKNESS
WITH O.D. WITHIN 10% OF
WALL THICKNESS
BAR STOCK
0 18 mm
NOTES:-
TYPE OF FLANGE SHALL BE RTJ FOR RATING (AS PER ASME CLASS) >
3 21-03-12 REVISED & REISSUED e‘anoj R JMS
2 21-08-08 REVISED & REISSUED MN TGM PM VJN
Rev. Prepared Checked Stds. Committee Stds. Bureau
No. Date Purpose Convenor Chairman
by by
Approved by
Format No. 8-00-0301-F4 Rev.O Copyright EIL • AI rights reserved
Page 212 of 351

JOB SPECIFICATION No.
PIPING MATERIAL
A307-6-44-0005 Rev. C
SPECIFICATION
Page 25 of 881
Client : BPCL Dept./Sect. : 16/43

Project : IREP
Location : KOCHI, KERALA Pipe Class : A11A Sheet 1 of 8
PIPE CLASS : A11A

RATING : 150
BASE MATERIAL : CARBON STEEL
CORROSION ALLOWANCE : 3 MM
SPECIAL REQUIREMENT :
TEMPERATURE (Deg. C) AND PRESSURE ( Kg/Sq. cm g ) RATINGS
TEMP -29 38 93 149 204 260 316 343 371
PRESS 20.03 20.03 18.28 16.17 14.06 11.95 9.84 8.78 7.73
SERVICE
MILD SOUR FLARE (NON NACE) - REFER NOTE 34.
NOTES
5 FOR PERMANENT 'T' TYPE BW STRAINERS,REFER EIL'STD 7-44-0303 & 7-44-0304; AND FOR TEMPORARY
STRAINERS,REFER EIL'STD 7-44-0300; FOR SPACER AND BLIND REFER EIL'STD 7-44-0162.
7 FOR RESTRICTION ON USE OF BALL,PLUG & BUTTERFLY VALVES,REFER GENERAL NOTES.
32 CORROSION ALLOWANCE HAS BEEN ADJUSTED TO SELECT OPTIMUM SCH. REFER GENERAL NOTES TO PMS.
34 MAXIMUM HARDNESS IN WELD JOINTS SHALL BE LIMITED TO 200 BHN.
92 GATE VALVES OF SIZE 26" AND ABOVE SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH B-16.34/ BS-1414 AND FLANGE ENDS SHALL
BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASME B16.47 SERIES B.
132 10% OF CORROSION ALLOWANCE HAS BEEN ADJUSTED TO SELECT OPTIMUM SCH / THICKNESS FOR SIZE 90".
151 NDT REQUIREMENT SHALL BE AS PER JOB SPECIFICATION A307-6-44-0016.
152 FIRST ISOLATION VALVE ON ALL FLOW, PRESSURE AND LEVEL TAPPINGS SHALL BE METAL TO METAL SEATED
BALL VALVE.
161 BRANCH CONNECTION FOR SIZES 76", 80" AND 90" SHALL BE WITH HALF COUPLING FOR BRANCHES UP TO 1.5", PIPE
TO PIPE WITH REINFORCEMENT PAD FOR 2"AND ABOVE BRANCHES
201 PIPE WALL THICKNESS IS CALCULATED BASED ON ACTUAL LINE DESIGN CONDITION [ 300 DEG. C & 7.5 KG/ CM2 G]
SUBJECT TO MINIMUM OF 80% CLASS RATING.
SPECIAL NOTES
ITEM SIZE DESCRIPTION A.CODE

MAINTAINENCE ALL FLANGED, TO BE KEPT MINIMUM
JOINTS
PIPE JOINTS 1.5" & BELOW SW COUPLING
2.0" & ABOVE BUTTWELDED
DRAINS ON LINES <= 1.5" REFER EILSTD 7-44-0350, DF3
ON LINES >= 2.0" AS PER P&ID OR 0.75". REFER EIL STD. 7-44-0351, D4
VENTS ON LINES <= 1.5" REFER EIL STD. 7-44-0350, VF3
ON LINES >= 2.0" AS PER P&ID OR 0.75". REFER EIL STD 7-44-0351, V4
TEMP.CONN 1.5" FLANGED. REFER EIL STD 7-44-0353
PRESS.CONN 0.75" SW NIPPLE WITH VALVE TO SPEC AS PER EIL STD 7-44-0354
Package : IPMCS
Report No. : 50 A11A
Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. Copyright EIL- All rights reserved
Page 213 of 351
PIPING MATERIAL
A307-6-44-0005 Rev. C
SPECIFICATION
Page 26 of 881

Project : IREP
72.
70.
68.
66.
64. T
62.
60. T R
58.
56. T R R
54.
52. T R R R
50. T R R R R
48. T R R R R R
46. T R R R R R R
44. T R R R R R R R
BRANCH PIPE ( SIZE IN INCHES)
42. T R R R R R R R R
40. T R R R R R R R R R
38. T R R R R R R R R R R
36. T R R R R R R R R R R R
34. T R R R R R R R R R R R R
32. T R R R R R R R R R R R R R
30. T R R R R R R R R R R R R R R
28. T R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R
26. T R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R
24. T R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R
22.
20. T R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R
18. T R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R
16. T R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R
14. T P R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R
12. T P P R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R
10. T P P P R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R
8.0 T P P P P R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R
6.0 T P P P P P R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R
5.0
4.0 T P P P P P P R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R
3.5
3.0 T P P P P P P P R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R
2.5
2.0 T P P P P P P P P R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R
1.5 T T H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H
1.25
1.0 T T H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H
0.75 T T T H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H
0.5 T T T T H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H
10.000
12.000
14.000
16.000
18.000
20.000
22.000
24.000
26.000
28.000
30.000
32.000
34.000
36.000
38.000
40.000
42.000
44.000
46.000
48.000
50.000
52.000
54.000
56.000
58.000
60.000
62.000
64.000
66.000
1.000
1.250
1.500
2.000
2.500
3.000
3.500
4.000
5.000
6.000
8.000
.500
.750
RUN PIPE (SIZE IN INCHES)
CODE DESCRIPTION
F SADDLE FUSED JT T TEES J THREADOLET
H H. COUPLING W WELDOLETS
P PIPE TO PIPE I INSTRUMENT TEE
R REINFORCED X Refer Notes
S SOCKOLETS L SWEEPOLET
Package : IPMCS
Page 214 of 351
PIPING MATERIAL
A307-6-44-0005 Rev. C
SPECIFICATION
Page 27 of 881

Project : IREP
T 72.
70.
T R 68.
66.
R R 64.
62.
R R 60.
58.
R R 56.
54.
R R 52.
R R 50.
R R 48.
R R 46.
R R 44.
BRANCH PIPE (SIZE IN INCHES)
R R 42.
R R 40.
R R 38.
R R 36.
R R 34.
R R 32.
R R 30.
R R 28.
R R 26.
R R 24.
22.
R R 20.
R R 18.
R R 16.
R R 14.
R R 12.
R R 10.
R R 8.0
R R 6.0
5.0
R R 4.0
3.5
R R 3.0
2.5
R R 2.0
H H 1.5
1.25
H H 1.0
H H 0.75
H H 0.5
68.000
70.000
72.000
Package : IPMCS
Page 215 of 351
PIPING MATERIAL
A307-6-44-0005 Rev. C
SPECIFICATION
Page 28 of 881

Project : IREP
Note :(The shaded portion of PMS body shows Field Fabricated Items)
Input Item Lower Upper Sch/ Commodity Note

Size Size Thk Dmn. STD Material Description Code No
Id. Type
(Inch) (Inch)
Pipe Group
PIP PIPE 0.50 0.75 S160 B-36.10 ASTM A 106 GR.B PE, SEAMLESS PI21977Z0
PIP PIPE 1.00 1.50 XS B-36.10 ASTM A 106 GR.B PE, SEAMLESS PI21977Z0
PIP PIPE 2.00 2.00 XS B-36.10 ASTM A 106 GR.B BE, SEAMLESS PI21917Z0
PIP PIPE 3.00 14.00 STD B-36.10 ASTM A 106 GR.B BE, SEAMLESS PI21917Z0
PIP PIPE 16.00 28.00 STD B-36.10 A672GR.B60 CL.12 BE, E.FS.W PI2H613Z0
(200 BHN MAX)
PIP PIPE 30.00 30.00 STD B-36.10 A672GR.B60 CL.12 BE, E.FS.W PI2H613Z0 32
(200 BHN MAX)
PIP PIPE 32.00 44.00 XS B-36.10 A672GR.B60 CL.12 BE, E.FS.W PI2H613Z0
(200 BHN MAX)
PIP PIPE 46.00 46.00 XS B-36.10 A672GR.B60 CL.12 BE, E.FS.W PI2H613Z0 32
(200 BHN MAX)
PIP PIPE 48.00 48.00 XS B-36.10 A672GR.B60 CL.12 BE, E.FS.W PI2H613Z0 201
(200 BHN MAX)
PIP PIPE 50.00 52.00 12.7 B-36.10 A672GR.B60 CL.12 BE, E.FS.W PI2H613Z0 201
(200 BHN MAX)
(200 BHN MAX)
(200 BHN MAX)
(200 BHN MAX)
(200 BHN MAX)
(200 BHN MAX)
(200 BHN MAX)
(200 BHN MAX)
(200 BHN MAX)
NIP NIPPLE 0.50 0.75 M B-36.10 ASTM A 106 GR.B PBE, SEAMLESS PN21967Z0
Flange Group
FLG/600 FLNG.SW 0.50 1.50 M B-16.5 ASTM A 105 600, RF/125AARH FSC0167Z0
FLG FLNG.WN 0.50 24.00 M B-16.5 ASTM A 105 150, RF/125AARH FWC0127Z0
Package : IPMCS
Page 216 of 351
PIPING MATERIAL
A307-6-44-0005 Rev. C
SPECIFICATION
Page 29 of 881

Project : IREP

Id. Type
(Inch) (Inch)
Flange Group
FLG FLNG.WN 26.00 60.00 M B-16.47-B ASTM A 105 150, RF/125AARH FWB0127Z0
FLG/300 FLNG.WN 2.00 24.00 M B-16.5 ASTM A 105 300, RF/125AARH FWC0147Z0
FLB FLNG.BLIND 0.50 24.00 B-16.5 ASTM A 105 150, RF/125AARH FBC0127Z0
FLB FLNG.BLIND 26.00 60.00 B-16.47-B ASTM A 105 150, RF/125AARH FBB0127Z0
FLB/300 FLNG.BLIND 6.00 6.00 B-16.5 ASTM A 105 300, RF/125AARH FBC0147Z0
FEF FLNG.FIG.8 0.50 8.00 ASME- ASTM A 105 150, FF/125AARH FGK0121Z0
B16.48
FEF SPCR&BLND 10.00 24.00 ASME- ASTM A 105 150, FF/125AARH FCK0121Z0
B16.48
FEF SPCR&BLND 26.00 60.00 EIL'STD ASTM A 516 GR.70 150, FF/125AARH FCE6321Z0
Fitting Group
ELB90 ELBOW.90 0.50 0.75 B-16.11 ASTM A 105 SW, 6000 WA602D3Z0
ELB90 ELBOW.90 2.00 14.00 M B-16.9 ASTM A 234 BW, 1.5D WAG684Z10
GR.WPB
GR.WPB-W
ELB90 ELBOW.90 50.00 90.00 M MNF'STD ASTM A 234 BW, 1.5D WAN754Z10
GR.WPB-W
ELB45 ELBOW.45 0.50 0.75 B-16.11 ASTM A 105 SW, 6000 WB602D3Z0
ELB45 ELBOW.45 2.00 14.00 M B-16.9 ASTM A 234 BW, 1.5D WBG684Z10
GR.WPB
GR.WPB-W
ELB45 ELBOW.45 50.00 90.00 M MNF'STD ASTM A 234 BW, 1.5D WBN754Z10
GR.WPB-W
TEQ T.EQUAL 0.50 0.75 B-16.11 ASTM A 105 SW, 6000 WE602D3Z0
TEQ T.EQUAL 2.00 14.00 M B-16.9 ASTM A 234 BW WEG684ZZ0

GR.WPB
GR.WPB-W
Package : IPMCS
Page 217 of 351
PIPING MATERIAL
A307-6-44-0005 Rev. C
SPECIFICATION
Page 30 of 881

Project : IREP

Id. Type
(Inch) (Inch)
Fitting Group
TEQ T.EQUAL 50.00 90.00 M MNF'STD ASTM A 234 BW WEN754ZZ0
GR.WPB-W
TRED T.RED 0.50 0.75 B-16.11 ASTM A 105 SW, 6000 WR602D3Z0
TRED T.RED 2.00 14.00 M, M B-16.9 ASTM A 234 BW WRG684ZZ0

GR.WPB
GR.WPB-W
TRED T.RED 50.00 90.00 M, M MNF'STD ASTM A 234 BW WRN754ZZ0
GR.WPB-W
REDC REDUC.CONC 2.00 14.00 M, M B-16.9 ASTM A 234 BW WUG684ZZ0
GR.WPB
GR.WPB-W
REDC REDUC.CONC 50.00 90.00 M, M MNF'STD ASTM A 234 BW WUN754ZZ0
GR.WPB-W
REDE REDUC.ECC 2.00 14.00 M, M B-16.9 ASTM A 234 BW WVG684ZZ0
GR.WPB
GR.WPB-W
REDE REDUC.ECC 50.00 90.00 M, M MNF'STD ASTM A 234 BW WVN754ZZ0
GR.WPB-W
SWGC SWAGE.CONC 0.50 3.00 M, M BS-3799 ASTM A 105 PBE WNH026ZZ0
SWGE SWAGE.ECC 0.50 3.00 M, M BS-3799 ASTM A 105 PBE WPH026ZZ0
CAP CAP 0.50 0.75 B-16.11 ASTM A 105 SCRF, 6000 WF60283Z0
CAP CAP 2.00 48.00 M B-16.9 ASTM A 234 BW WFG684ZZ0

GR.WPB
CAP CAP 50.00 90.00 M MNF'STD ASTM A 234 BW WFN684ZZ0
GR.WPB
CPLF CPLNG.FULL 0.50 0.75 B-16.11 ASTM A 105 SW, 6000 WJ602D3Z0
CPLH CPLNG.HALF 0.50 0.75 B-16.11 ASTM A 105 SW, 6000 WK602D3Z0
CPLL CPLNG.LH 0.50 0.75 B-16.11 ASTM A 105 SW, 6000 WL602D3Z0
Package : IPMCS
Page 218 of 351
PIPING MATERIAL
A307-6-44-0005 Rev. C
SPECIFICATION
Page 31 of 881

Project : IREP

Id. Type
(Inch) (Inch)
Fitting Group
CPLR CPLNG.RED 0.50 0.75 B-16.11 ASTM A 105 SW, 6000 WM602D3Z0
Valves Group
GAV VLV.GATE 0.25 1.50 API 602/ ISO BODY-ASTM A SW, 800, 3000, B- 51001ZZZ0
15761 105,TRIM- 16.11, SHT NO.- 51001
STELLITED,STEM-
13%CR.STEEL
GAV VLV.GATE 2.00 42.00 API 600/ ISO BODY-ASTM A 216 FLGD, 150, B-16.5, 51301ZZZ0 92
10434 GR.WCB,TRIM- RF/125AARH, SHT
13% CR.STEEL NO.- 51301
GLV VLV.GLOBE 0.25 1.50 BS EN ISO BODY-ASTM A SW, 800, 3000, B- 52001ZZZ0
15761 105,TRIM- 16.11, SHT NO.- 52001
STELLITED,STEM-
13%CR STEEL
GLV VLV.GLOBE 2.00 16.00 BS-1873 BODY-ASTM A 216 FLGD, 150, B-16.5, 52301ZZZ0
GR.WCB,TRIM- RF/125AARH, SHT
13% CR.STEEL NO.- 52301
CHV VLV.CHECK 0.25 1.50 BS EN ISO BODY-ASTM A SW, 800, 3000, B- 53001ZZZ0
15761 105,TRIM- 16.11, SHT NO.- 53001
STELLITED
CHV VLV.CHECK 2.00 24.00 BS 1868 BODY-ASTM A 216 FLGD, 150, B-16.5, 53301ZZZ0
13% CR.STEEL NO.- 53301
BLV VLV.BALL 0.50 16.00 BS EN ISO BODY-ASTM A 105 FLGD, 150, B-16.5, 54301ZZZ0
17292 /A RF/125AARH, SHT
216GR.WCB,TRIM- NO.- 54301
BODY SEAT-
RPTFE
BLV/2 VLV.BALL 2.00 8.00 BS EN ISO BODY- ASTM A FLGD, 150, B-16.5, 543AAZZZ0 152
17292 216GR.WCB,TRIM- RF/125AARH, SHT
13% CR.STEEL NO.- 543AA
BLV/1 VLV.BALL 0.50 1.50 BS EN ISO BODY-ASTM A SW, 800, 3000, B- 540AAZZZ0 152
17292 105,TRIM- 16.11, SHT NO.-
STELLITED,STEM- 540AA
13% CR.STEEL
PLV VLV.PLUG 0.50 24.00 BS-5353 BODY-ASTM A 105 FLGD, 150, B-16.5, 55301ZZZ0
/A RF/125AARH, SHT
PLUG-HARDENED
BFV VLV.BTRFLY 24.00 24.00 BS EN 593 BODY-ASTM A 216 WAFL, 150, B-16.5, 56935ZZZ0
GR.WCB,TRIM- WAF/125AARH, SHT
13% CR.STEEL NO.- 56935
BFV VLV.BTRFLY 26.00 60.00 BS EN 593 BODY-ASTM A 216 FLGD, 150, B-16.47 B, 56928ZZZ0
13% CR.STEEL NO.- 56928
Package : IPMCS
Page 219 of 351
PIPING MATERIAL
A307-6-44-0005 Rev. C
SPECIFICATION
Page 32 of 881

Project : IREP

Id. Type
(Inch) (Inch)
Bolt Group
BOS BOLT.STUD 0.50 60.00 B-18.2 BOLT:A193 GR.B7, BS40404Z0
NUT:A194 GR.2H
Gasket Group
GAS GASKET 0.50 24.00 B-16.20- SP.WND SPIRAL, 150 GK65072Z0
ANSI B16.5 SS316+GRAFIL
ANSI SS316+GRAFIL+ I
B16.47B RING
GAS/60 GASKET 0.50 24.00 B-16.20- SP.WND SPIRAL, 600 GK65076Z0
0 ANSI B16.5 SS316+GRAFIL
Trap/Strainer Group
TSR STRNR.TEMP 1.50 24.00 EIL'STD B:A516GR.70;INT:S CONETYPE, ST16831Z0
S304 150,FF/125AARH
PSR STRNR.PERM 0.50 1.50 MNF'STD B:A105;INT:SS304 SW, Y-TYPE, 800 SP303D510
PSR STRNR.PERM 2.00 14.00 M EIL'STD B:A234GR.WPB;IN BW, T-TYPE SP13344Z0

T:SS304
PSR STRNR.PERM 16.00 24.00 M EIL'STD B:A234GR.WPBW;I BW, T-TYPE SP13644Z0
NT:SS304
Package : IPMCS
Page 220 of 351
PIPING MATERIAL
A307-6-44-0005 Rev. C
SPECIFICATION
Page 59 of 881

Project : IREP
PIPE CLASS : A1A

RATING : 150
CORROSION ALLOWANCE : 1.5 MM
TEMP -29 38 93 149 204 260 316 343 371
PRESS 20.03 20.03 18.28 16.17 14.06 11.95 9.84 8.78 7.73
SERVICE
NON CORROSIVE/ FLAMMABLE / NON FLAMMABLE/ NON LETHAL -PROCESS & HYDROCARBONS; LUBE OIL BEFORE
FILTER; AMMONIA, STEAM & CONDENSATE (NON IBR); UTILITIES- INST AIR, PLANT AIR, NITROGEN AND
CARBONDIOXIDE (BEYOND A3A); COOLING WATER - BEYOND A91A AND A10A; IN OFFSITES ONLY BEYOND A10A; CBD
(U/G) - UPTO 14"; PRESSURISED OWS (A/G & U/G) - UPTO 14".
NOTES
36 THIS IS A PRESSURE BALANCED PLUG VALVES WHICH SHALL BE USED ONLY IF SPECIFIED IN P&ID.
92 GATE VALVES OF SIZE 26" AND ABOVE SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH B-16.34/ BS-1414 AND FLANGE ENDS SHALL
BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASME B16.47 SERIES B.
BALL VALVE.
168 BRANCH CONNECTION FOR SIZE 84" SHALL BE WITH HALF COUPLING FOR BRANCHES UP TO 1.5", PIPE TO PIPE
WITH REINFORCEMENT PAD FOR 2"AND ABOVE BRANCHES.
363 PIPE THICKNESS IS VALID ONLY FOR FCC UNIT WITH LINE CONDITION (371 DEG.C. & .3.5 KG/CM2G)
SPECIAL NOTES

JOINTS
Package : IPMCS
Report No. : 50 A1A
Page 221 of 351
PIPING MATERIAL
A307-6-44-0005 Rev. C
SPECIFICATION
Page 60 of 881

Project : IREP
72. 72.
70. 70.
68. 68.
66. 66.
64. 64.
62. 62.
60. 60.
58. 58.
56. 56.
54. 54.
52. 52.
50. 50.
48. T 48.
46. T R 46.
44. T R R 44.

42. T R R R 42.
40. T R R R R 40.
38. T R R R R R 38.
36. T R R R R R R 36.
34. T R R R R R R R 34.
32. T R R R R R R R R 32.
30. T R R R R R R R R R 30.
28. T R R R R R R R R R R 28.
26. T R R R R R R R R R R R 26.
24. T R R R R R R R R R R R R 24.
22. T R R R R R R R R R R R R R 22.
20. T P R R R R R R R R R R R R R 20.
18. T P P R R R R R R R R R R R R R 18.
16. T P P P R R R R R R R R R R R R R 16.
14. T P P P P R R R R R R R R R R R R R 14.
12. T P P P P P R R R R R R R R R R R R R 12.
10. T P P P P P P R R R R R R R R R R R R R 10.
8.0 T P P P P P P P R R R R R R R R R R R R R 8.0
6.0 T P P P P P P P P R R R R R R R R R R R R R 6.0
5.0 5.0
4.0 T P P P P P P P P P R R R R R R R R R R R R R 4.0
3.5 P 3.5
3.0 T P P P P P P P P P P R R R R R R R R R R R R R 3.0
2.5 2.5
2.0 T P P P P P P P P P P P R R R R R R R R R R R R R 2.0
1.5 T T H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H 1.5
1.25 1.25
1.0 T T H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H 1.0
0.75 T T T H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H 0.75
0.5 T T T T H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H 0.5
10.000
12.000
14.000
16.000
18.000
20.000
22.000
24.000
26.000
28.000
30.000
32.000
34.000
36.000
38.000
40.000
42.000
44.000
46.000
48.000
1.000
1.250
1.500
2.000
2.500
3.000
3.500
4.000
5.000
6.000
8.000
.500
.750
CODE DESCRIPTION
Package : IPMCS
Report No. : 50 A1A
Page 222 of 351
PIPING MATERIAL
A307-6-44-0005 Rev. C
SPECIFICATION
Page 61 of 881

Project : IREP

Id. Type
(Inch) (Inch)
Pipe Group
PIP PIPE 16.00 36.00 STD B-36.10 ASTM A 672 BE, E.FS.W PI2A813Z0
GR.B60 CL.12
PIP PIPE 38.00 38.00 XS B-36.10 ASTM A 672 BE, E.FS.W PI2A813Z0
GR.B60 CL.12
GR.B60 CL.12
PIP PIPE 84.00 84.00 16.0 B-36.10 ASTM A 672 BE, E.FS.W PI2A813Z0 363
GR.B60 CL.12
Flange Group
FLG FLNG.WN 22.00 22.00 M MSS-SP44 ASTM A 105 150, RF/125AARH FWH0127Z0
FLG/150 FLNG.WN 0.50 24.00 M B-16.5 ASTM A 105 1500, RTJ/63AARH FWC0189Z0
0
FLG/300 FLNG.WN 26.00 48.00 M B-16.47-B ASTM A 105 300, RF/125AARH FWB0147Z0
Package : IPMCS
Report No. : 50 A1A
Page 223 of 351
PIPING MATERIAL
A307-6-44-0005 Rev. C
SPECIFICATION
Page 62 of 881

Project : IREP

Id. Type
(Inch) (Inch)
Flange Group
FLB/900 FLNG.BLIND 3.00 24.00 B-16.5 ASTM A 105 900, RTJ/63AARH FBC0179Z0
0
B16.48
B16.48
Fitting Group
GR.WPB
GR.WPB-W
ELB90 ELBOW.90 84.00 84.00 M MNF'STD ASTM A 234 BW, 1.5D WAN754Z10
GR.WPB-W
ELB90/1 ELBOW.90 18.00 18.00 M B-16.28 ASTM A 234 BW, 1D WAA754Z20
GR.WPB-W
GR.WPB
GR.WPB-W
ELB45 ELBOW.45 84.00 84.00 M MNF'STD ASTM A 234 BW, 1.5D WBN754Z10
GR.WPB-W
ELB45/1 ELBOW.45 18.00 18.00 M B-16.28 ASTM A 234 BW, 1D WBA754Z20
GR.WPB-W

GR.WPB
GR.WPB-W
Package : IPMCS
Report No. : 50 A1A
Page 224 of 351
PIPING MATERIAL
A307-6-44-0005 Rev. C
SPECIFICATION
Page 63 of 881

Project : IREP

Id. Type
(Inch) (Inch)
Fitting Group
GR.WPB-W

GR.WPB
GR.WPB-W
GR.WPB-W
GR.WPB
GR.WPB-W
REDC REDUC.CONC 84.00 84.00 M, M MNF'STD ASTM A 234 BW WUN754ZZ0
GR.WPB-W
GR.WPB
GR.WPB-W
REDE REDUC.ECC 84.00 84.00 M, M MNF'STD ASTM A 234 BW WVN754ZZ0
GR.WPB-W

GR.WPB
CAP CAP 84.00 84.00 M MNF'STD ASTM A 234 BW WFN684ZZ0
GR.WPB
PLG PLUG 0.50 0.75 B-16.11 ASTM A 105 SCRM, 6000 WH60293Z0
Package : IPMCS
Report No. : 50 A1A
Page 225 of 351
PIPING MATERIAL
A307-6-44-0005 Rev. C
SPECIFICATION
Page 64 of 881

Project : IREP

Id. Type
(Inch) (Inch)
Fitting Group
Valves Group
15761 105,TRIM- 16.11, SHT NO.- 51001
STELLITED,STEM-
13%CR.STEEL
GAV VLV.GATE 2.00 42.00 API 600/ ISO BODY-ASTM A 216 FLGD, 150, B-16.5, 51301ZZZ0 92
13% CR.STEEL NO.- 51301
15761 105,TRIM- 16.11, SHT NO.- 52001
STELLITED,STEM-
13%CR STEEL
13% CR.STEEL NO.- 52301
15761 105,TRIM- 16.11, SHT NO.- 53001
STELLITED
13% CR.STEEL NO.- 53301
CHV VLV.CHECK 26.00 36.00 API-594 BODY-ASTM A216 FLGD, 150, B-16.47 B, 53925ZZZ0
13% CR.STEEL NO.- 53925
BODY SEAT-
RPTFE
BLV VLV.BALL 24.00 24.00 API-6D BODY-ASTM A 216 FLGD, 150, B-16.5, 54925ZZZ0
BODY SEAT : NO.- 54925
RPTFE
BLV VLV.BALL 26.00 30.00 API-6D BODY-ASTM A FLGD, 150, B-16.47 B, 54934ZZZ0
216GR.WCB,TRIM- RF/125AARH, SHT
BODY SEAT : NO.- 54934
RPTFE
BLV/4 VLV.BALL 26.00 26.00 API-6D BODY-ASTM A 216 FLGD, 150, B-16.47 B, 54930ZZZ0
13% CR.STEEL NO.- 54930
Package : IPMCS
Report No. : 50 A1A
Page 226 of 351
PIPING MATERIAL
A307-6-44-0005 Rev. C
SPECIFICATION
Page 65 of 881

Project : IREP

Id. Type
(Inch) (Inch)
Valves Group
BLV/3 VLV.BALL 12.00 16.00 BS EN ISO BODY-ASTM A 216 FLGD, 150, B-16.5, 54933ZZZ0
13% CR.STEEL NO.- 54933
BLV/2 VLV.BALL 2.00 8.00 BS EN ISO BODY- ASTM A FLGD, 150, B-16.5, 543AAZZZ0 152
17292 216GR.WCB,TRIM- RF/125AARH, SHT
17292 105,TRIM- 16.11, SHT NO.-
13% CR.STEEL
/A RF/125AARH, SHT
PLUG-HARDENED
PLV/1 VLV.PLUG 0.50 36.00 BS-5353 BODY-ASTM A 105 FLGD, 150, B-16.5, 55315ZZZ0 36
/A RF/125AARH, SHT
PLUG-HARDENED
BFV VLV.BTRFLY 3.00 24.00 BS EN 593 BODY-ASTM A 216 WAFL, 150, B-16.5, 56301ZZZ0
GR.WCB,TRIM- WAF/125AARH, SHT
13% CR.STEEL NO.- 56301
13% CR.STEEL NO.- 56315
Bolt Group
NUT:A194 GR.2H
Gasket Group
MSS-SP-44 SS316+GRAFIL
ANSI SS316+GRAFIL+ I
B16.47B RING
GAS/15 GASKET 0.50 24.00 B-16.20- SOFT IRON OCT-RING, 1500 GK67238Z0
00 ANSI B16.5
0 ANSI SS316+GRAFIL+ I
B16.47B RING
0 ANSI B16.5
Package : IPMCS
Report No. : 50 A1A
Page 227 of 351
PIPING MATERIAL
A307-6-44-0005 Rev. C
SPECIFICATION
Page 66 of 881

Project : IREP

Id. Type
(Inch) (Inch)
Trap/Strainer Group
TRP TRAP.STEAM 0.50 1.50 MNF'STD B:A105;T:13%CR;S: FLGD, THRMDNMC, TR3065530
SS304 150,RF/125AARH
S304 150,FF/125AARH

T:SS304
NT:SS304
PSR STRNR.PERM 26.00 30.00 M MNF'STD B:A234GR.WPBW;I BW, T-TYPE SP33644Z0
NT:SS304
Package : IPMCS
Report No. : 50 A1A
Page 228 of 351
PIPING MATERIAL
A307-6-44-0005 Rev. C
SPECIFICATION
Page 295 of 881

Project : IREP
PIPE CLASS : A91A

RATING : 150
TEMP 0 38 50 65
PRESS 7.6 7.6 7.6 7.6
SERVICE
CATEGORY 'D' FLUID-A/G & U/G COOLING WATER, U/G BEARING COOLING WATER RETURN, CONSTRUCTION WATER,
PRESSURISED CRWS (A/G & U/G ) - UPTO 24".
NOTES
6 FOR FABRICATED REDUCERS,REFER EIL'STD 7-44-0485 & 7-44-0487. FOR MITRES, REFER EIL'STD 7-44-0033.
64 AWWA C207 CL.D FLANGES SHALL BE OF HUB TYPE.
65 FORGINGS ARE ACCEPTABLE IN LIEU OF PLATE MATERIAL FOR BLIND FLANGES AND SPACER & BLINDS.
77 FOR SIZES > 24", SPACER & BLIND SHALL BE DESIGNED BY THE MANUFACTURER AS PER ASME B31.3.
86 BUTTERFLY VALVES FOR THE SPEC ARE PN10 RATED WITH A MAXIMUM PRESSURE OF 10.2 KG/CM2G.
104 FOR PERMANENT AND TEMPORARY T-TYPE BW STRAINERS REFER EIL STD 7-44-0303 AND 7-44-0304
105 USE 5-PIECE 90 DEG. MITRE FOR SIZES FROM 16" TO 42" , 6-PIECE 90 DEG. MITRE FOR SIZES 44" TO 62" & 7-PIECE 90
DEG. MITRE FOR SIZES 64" TO 84". 45 DEG. MITRE SHALL REQUIRE ONE PIECE LESS.
106 FOR UNDERGROUND PIPING, PIPE WALL THICKNESSES ARE CALCULATED BASED ON SOIL PARAMETERS AND
BURIAL DEPTH OF 600 MM TO 1500 MM FOR SIZES UPTO 30" AND 600MM TO 1200 MM FOR SIZES ABOVE 30".
BALL VALVE.
197 BRANCH CONNECTION FOR SIZES ABOVE 72" SHALL BE WITH HALF COUPLING FOR BRANCHES UP TO 1.5", PIPE TO
PIPE WITH REINFORCEMENT PAD FOR 2" AND ABOVE BRANCHES.
198 ASTM A 516 GR.70 MATERIAL IS ALSO ACCEPTABLE IN PLACE OF ASTM A 285 GR.C
199 BLIND FLANGES AND SPACER & BLINDS SPECIFIED TO MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD SHALL BE DESIGNED FOR 65
DEG.C AND 7.6 KG/CM2G TO SUIT 150#, FF, 125AARH, AWWA C207 CL.D FLANGES.
Package : IPMCS
Page 229 of 351
PIPING MATERIAL
A307-6-44-0005 Rev. C
SPECIFICATION
Page 296 of 881

Project : IREP
SPECIAL NOTES

JOINTS
PIPE JOINTS 1.5" & BELOW SW COUPLING 3000 LBS.
ON LINES >= 2.0" 0.75" OR AS PER P&ID. REFER EIL STD. 7-44-351, D4
VENTS ON LINES <= 1.5" REFER EIL STD. 7-44-350, VC1
ON LINES >= 2.0" 0.75" OR AS PER P&ID. REFER EIL STD 7-44-351, V3
PRESS.CONN 0.75" SW, SH HVY NIPPLE WITH VALVE TO SPEC AS PER EIL STD 7-44-
354
Package : IPMCS
Report No. : 50

Page 230 of 351
PIPING MATERIAL
A307-6-44-0005 Rev. C
SPECIFICATION
Page 297 of 881

Project : IREP
72.
70.
68.
66. T
64. T R
62. T R R
60. T R R R
58. T R R R R
56. T R R R R R
54. T R R R R R R
52. T R R R R R R R
50. T R R R R R R R R
48. T R R R R R R R R R
46. T R R R R R R R R R R
44. T R R R R R R R R R R R
42. T R R R R R R R R R R R R
40. T R R R R R R R R R R R R R
38. T R R R R R R R R R R R R R R
36. T R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R
34. T R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R
32. T R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R
30. T R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R
28. T R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R
26. T R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R
24. T R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R
22.
20. T R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R
18. T R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R
16. T R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R
14. T R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R
12. T R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R
10. T R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R
8.0 T R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R
6.0 T R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R
5.0
4.0 T R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R
3.5
3.0 T P R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R
2.5
2.0 T P P R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R
1.5 T T H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H
1.25 H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H
1.0 T T H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H
0.75 T T T H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H
0.5 T T T T H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H
10.000
12.000
14.000
16.000
18.000
20.000
22.000
24.000
26.000
28.000
30.000
32.000
34.000
36.000
38.000
40.000
42.000
44.000
46.000
48.000
50.000
52.000
54.000
56.000
58.000
60.000
62.000
64.000
66.000
1.000
1.250
1.500
2.000
2.500
3.000
3.500
4.000
5.000
6.000
8.000
.500
.750
CODE DESCRIPTION
Package : IPMCS
Page 231 of 351
PIPING MATERIAL
A307-6-44-0005 Rev. C
SPECIFICATION
Page 298 of 881

Project : IREP
T 72.
T R 70.
T R R 68.
R R R 66.
R R R 64.
R R R 62.
R R R 60.
R R R 58.
R R R 56.
R R R 54.
R R R 52.
R R R 50.
R R R 48.
R R R 46.
R R R 44.
R R R 42.
R R R 40.
R R R 38.
R R R 36.
R R R 34.
R R R 32.
R R R 30.
R R R 28.
R R R 26.
R R R 24.
22.
R R R 20.
R R R 18.
R R R 16.
R R R 14.
R R R 12.
R R R 10.
R R R 8.0
R R R 6.0
5.0
R R R 4.0
3.5
R R R 3.0
2.5
R R R 2.0
H H H 1.5
H H H 1.25
H H H 1.0
H H H 0.75
H H H 0.5
68.000
70.000
72.000
Package : IPMCS
Page 232 of 351
PIPING MATERIAL
A307-6-44-0005 Rev. C
SPECIFICATION
Page 299 of 881

Project : IREP

Id. Type
(Inch) (Inch)
Pipe Group
PIP PIPE 0.50 1.50 HVY IS-1239-I IS-1239 (BLACK) PE, C.WELDED PI6D471Z0
PIP PIPE 2.00 6.00 HVY IS-1239-I IS-1239 (BLACK) BE, C.WELDED PI6D411Z0
PIP PIPE 8.00 18.00 6.0 IS-3589 IS-3589 GR.330 BE, WELDED PI7D919Z0
NIP NIPPLE 0.50 1.50 M IS-1239-I IS-1239 (BLACK) PBE, C.WELDED PN6D461Z0
Flange Group
FLG FLNG.SW 0.50 1.50 M B-16.5 ASTM A 105 150, RF/125AARH FSC0127Z0
FLG/300 FLNG.WN 28.00 28.00 M B-16.47-B ASTM A 105 300, RF/125AARH FWB0147Z0
FLG FLNG.SO 2.00 24.00 B-16.5 ASTM A 105 150, RF/125AARH FNC0127Z0
FLG FLNG.SO 26.00 84.00 AWWA-C207 ASTM A 105 150, FF/125AARH FN40121Z0
CL.D
FLB FLNG.BLIND 26.00 54.00 AWWA-C207 ASTM A 285 GR.C 150, FF/125AARH FB45321Z0
CL.D
FLB FLNG.BLIND 56.00 56.00 MNF'STD ASTM A 285 GR.C 150, FF/125AARH FBG5321Z0
Package : IPMCS
Page 233 of 351
PIPING MATERIAL
A307-6-44-0005 Rev. C
SPECIFICATION
Page 300 of 881

Project : IREP

Id. Type
(Inch) (Inch)
Flange Group
FLB FLNG.BLIND 60.00 72.00 AWWA-C207 ASTM A 285 GR.C 150, FF/125AARH FB45321Z0
CL.D
FLB FLNG.BLIND 74.00 84.00 MNF'STD ASTM A 285 GR.C 150, FF/125AARH FBG5321Z0
B16.48
B16.48
FEF SPCR&BLND 26.00 84.00 MNF'STD ASTM A 285 GR.C 150, FF/125AARH FCG5321Z0
Fitting Group
ELB90 ELBOW.90 2.00 6.00 STD B-16.9 ASTM A 234 BW, 1.5D WAG684Z10
GR.WPB
GR.WPB-W
ELB45 ELBOW.45 2.00 6.00 STD B-16.9 ASTM A 234 BW, 1.5D WBG684Z10
GR.WPB
GR.WPB-W
MIT90 MITRE.90 16.00 84.00 M EIL'STD IS-3589 GR.330 BW, 1.5D WDKF141Z0
MIT45 MITRE.45 16.00 84.00 M EIL'STD IS-3589 GR.330 BW, 1.5D WGKF141Z0
TEQ T.EQUAL 2.00 6.00 STD B-16.9 ASTM A 234 BW WEG684ZZ0

GR.WPB
GR.WPB-W
GR.WPB-W
TRED T.RED 2.00 6.00 STD, B-16.9 ASTM A 234 BW WRG684ZZ0

STD GR.WPB
GR.WPB-W
GR.WPB-W
REDC REDUC.CONC 2.00 6.00 STD, B-16.9 ASTM A 234 BW WUG684ZZ0
STD GR.WPB
GR.WPB-W
Package : IPMCS
Page 234 of 351
PIPING MATERIAL
A307-6-44-0005 Rev. C
SPECIFICATION
Page 301 of 881

Project : IREP

Id. Type
(Inch) (Inch)
Fitting Group
REDC REDUC.CONC 16.00 84.00 M, M EIL'STD IS-3589 GR.330 BW WUKF14ZZ0
REDE REDUC.ECC 2.00 6.00 STD, B-16.9 ASTM A 234 BW WVG684ZZ0

STD GR.WPB
GR.WPB-W
REDE REDUC.ECC 16.00 84.00 M, M EIL'STD IS-3589 GR.330 BW WVKF14ZZ0
SWGC SWAGE.CONC 0.50 3.00 STD, BS-3799 ASTM A 105 PBE WNH026ZZ0
STD
SWGE SWAGE.ECC 0.50 3.00 STD, BS-3799 ASTM A 105 PBE WPH026ZZ0
STD
CAP CAP 2.00 6.00 STD B-16.9 ASTM A 234 BW WFG684ZZ0

GR.WPB
GR.WPB
CAP CAP 50.00 84.00 M ASME-VIII ASTM A 285 GR.C BW WF3J54ZZ0
UNN UNION 0.50 1.50 BS-3799 ASTM A 105 SW, 3000 WQH02D2Z0
Valves Group
15761 105,TRIM- 16.11, SHT NO.- 51001
STELLITED,STEM-
13%CR.STEEL
GAV VLV.GATE 2.00 24.00 API 600/ ISO BODY-ASTM A 216 FLGD, 150, B-16.5, 51321ZZZ0
13% CR.STEEL NO.- 51321
15761 105,TRIM- 16.11, SHT NO.- 52001
STELLITED,STEM-
13%CR STEEL
13% CR.STEEL NO.- 52321
Package : IPMCS
Page 235 of 351
PIPING MATERIAL
A307-6-44-0005 Rev. C
SPECIFICATION
Page 302 of 881

Project : IREP

Id. Type
(Inch) (Inch)
Valves Group
GLV VLV.GLOBE 18.00 20.00 ANSI-B- BODY-ASTM A 216 FLGD, 150, B-16.5, 52923ZZZ0
16.34 GR.WCB,TRIM- RF/125AARH, SHT
13% CR.STEEL NO.- 52923
15761 105,TRIM- 16.11, SHT NO.- 53001
STELLITED
13% CR.STEEL NO.- 53321
CHV VLV.CHECK 26.00 48.00 API-594 BODY-ASTM A FLGD, 150, 53316ZZZ0
216GR.WCB,TRIM- AWWAC207,
13% CR.STEEL FF/125AARH, SHT
NO.- 53316
BODY SEAT-
RPTFE
BLV/2 VLV.BALL 2.00 8.00 BS EN ISO BODY-ASTM A 216 FLGD, 150, B-16.5, 543BDZZZ0 152
13% CR.STEEL NO.- 543BD
17292 105,TRIM- 16.11, SHT NO.-
13% CR.STEEL
BFV VLV.BTRFLY 26.00 48.00 BS EN 593 BODY-ASTM A 216 FLGD, 150, 56316ZZZ0
GR.WCB/ASTM A AWWAC207,
516 GR.70,TRIM- FF/125AARH, SHT
13% CR.STEEL NO.- 56316
BFV VLV.BTRFLY 54.00 80.00 BS EN 593 BODY-ASTM A 216 FLGD, 150, 56395ZZZ0
GR.WCB/ASTM A AWWAC207,
516 GR.70,TRIM- FF/125AARH, SHT
13% CR.STEEL NO.- 56395
Bolt Group
NUT:A194 GR.2H
BOM BOLT.M/C 0.50 16.00 B-18.2 BOLT:A307 GR.B, BM41418Z0
NUT:A563 GR.B
Gasket Group
GAS GASKET 0.50 24.00 B-16.21- NONASBESTOS RING, 150, 2 MM GKBAX52Z0
ANSI B16.5 BS7531 GR X
GAS GASKET 26.00 84.00 AWWA-C207 NONASBESTOS FULLFACE, 150, 2 MM GK2AX22Z0
CL.D BS7531 GR X
0 ANSI SS316+GRAFIL+ I
B16.47B RING
Package : IPMCS
Page 236 of 351
PIPING MATERIAL
A307-6-44-0005 Rev. C
SPECIFICATION
Page 303 of 881

Project : IREP

Id. Type
(Inch) (Inch)
Gasket Group
Trap/Strainer Group
PSR STRNR.PERM 2.00 6.00 STD EIL'STD B:A234GR.WPB;IN BW, T-TYPE SP13344Z0 104
T:SS304
PSR STRNR.PERM 8.00 24.00 M EIL'STD B:A234GR.WPBW;I BW, T-TYPE SP13644Z0 104
NT:SS304
NT:SS304
Package : IPMCS
Page 237 of 351
PIPING MATERIAL
A307-6-44-0005 Rev. C
SPECIFICATION
Page 304 of 881

Project : IREP
PIPE CLASS : A92A

RATING : 150
TEMP 0 38 50 65
PRESS 15.6 15.6 15.6 15.6
SERVICE
RAW WATER / SERVICE WATER
NOTES
65 FORGINGS ARE ACCEPTABLE IN LIEU OF PLATE MATERIAL FOR BLIND FLANGES AND SPACER & BLINDS.
106 FOR UNDERGROUND PIPING, PIPE WALL THICKNESSES ARE CALCULATED BASED ON SOIL PARAMETERS AND
BURIAL DEPTH OF 600 MM TO 1500 MM FOR SIZES UPTO 30" AND 600MM TO 1200 MM FOR SIZES ABOVE 30".
BALL VALVE.
198 ASTM A 516 GR.70 MATERIAL IS ALSO ACCEPTABLE IN PLACE OF ASTM A 285 GR.C
SPECIAL NOTES

JOINTS
VENTS ON LINES <= 1.5" REFER EIL STD. 7-44-0350, VC1
Package : IPMCS
Page 238 of 351
PIPING MATERIAL
A307-6-44-0005 Rev. C
SPECIFICATION
Page 305 of 881

Project : IREP
72. 72.
70. 70.
68. 68.
66. 66.
64. 64.
62. 62.
60. 60.
58. 58.
56. 56.
54. 54.
52. 52.
50. 50.
48. T 48.
46. T R 46.
44. T R R 44.

42. T R R R 42.
40. T R R R R 40.
38. T R R R R R 38.
36. T R R R R R R 36.
34. T R R R R R R R 34.
32. T R R R R R R R R 32.
30. T R R R R R R R R R 30.
28. T R R R R R R R R R R 28.
26. T R R R R R R R R R R R 26.
24. T R R R R R R R R R R R R 24.
22. 22.
20. T R R R R R R R R R R R R R 20.
18. T R R R R R R R R R R R R R R 18.
16. T R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R 16.
14. T R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R 14.
12. T R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R 12.
10. T R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R 10.
8.0 T R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R 8.0
6.0 T R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R 6.0
5.0 5.0
4.0 T P R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R 4.0
3.5 3.5
3.0 T P P R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R 3.0
2.5 2.5
2.0 T P P P R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R 2.0
1.5 T T H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H 1.5
1.25 1.25
1.0 T T H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H 1.0
0.75 T T T H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H 0.75
0.5 T T T T H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H 0.5
10.000
12.000
14.000
16.000
18.000
20.000
22.000
24.000
26.000
28.000
30.000
32.000
34.000
36.000
38.000
40.000
42.000
44.000
46.000
48.000
1.000
1.250
1.500
2.000
2.500
3.000
3.500
4.000
5.000
6.000
8.000
.500
.750
CODE DESCRIPTION
Package : IPMCS
Page 239 of 351
PIPING MATERIAL
A307-6-44-0005 Rev. C
SPECIFICATION
Page 306 of 881

Project : IREP

Id. Type
(Inch) (Inch)
Pipe Group
PIP PIPE 8.00 10.00 6.0 IS-3589 IS-3589 GR.410 BE, WELDED PI7E319Z0
Flange Group
FLG FLNG.SO 2.00 24.00 B-16.5 ASTM A 105 150, RF/125AARH FNC0127Z0
FLB FLNG.BLIND 26.00 48.00 B-16.47-B ASTM A 285 GR.C 150, RF/125AARH FBB5327Z0
B16.48
B16.48
FEF SPCR&BLND 26.00 48.00 EIL'STD ASTM A 285 GR.C 150, FF/125AARH FCE5321Z0 107
Fitting Group
Package : IPMCS
Page 240 of 351
PIPING MATERIAL
A307-6-44-0005 Rev. C
SPECIFICATION
Page 307 of 881

Project : IREP

Id. Type
(Inch) (Inch)
Fitting Group
GR.WPB
GR.WPB-W
GR.WPB
GR.WPB-W

GR.WPB
GR.WPB-W

GR.WPB
GR.WPB-W
GR.WPB
GR.WPB-W
GR.WPB
GR.WPB-W
Package : IPMCS
Page 241 of 351
PIPING MATERIAL
A307-6-44-0005 Rev. C
SPECIFICATION
Page 308 of 881

Project : IREP

Id. Type
(Inch) (Inch)
Fitting Group
GR.WPB
Valves Group
15761 105,TRIM- 16.11, SHT NO.- 51001
STELLITED,STEM-
13%CR.STEEL
13% CR.STEEL NO.- 51321
15761 105,TRIM- 16.11, SHT NO.- 52001
STELLITED,STEM-
13%CR STEEL
13% CR.STEEL NO.- 52321
15761 105,TRIM- 16.11, SHT NO.- 53001
STELLITED
13% CR.STEEL NO.- 53321
BLV/2 VLV.BALL 2.00 8.00 BS EN ISO BODY-ASTM A 216 FLGD, 150, B-16.5, 543BDZZZ0 152
13% CR.STEEL NO.- 543BD
17292 105,TRIM- 16.11, SHT NO.-
13% CR.STEEL
13% CR.STEEL NO.- 56310
Package : IPMCS
Page 242 of 351
PIPING MATERIAL
A307-6-44-0005 Rev. C
SPECIFICATION
Page 309 of 881

Project : IREP

Id. Type
(Inch) (Inch)
Bolt Group
NUT:A194 GR.2H
Gasket Group
GAS GASKET 0.50 24.00 B-16.21- NONASBESTOS RING, 150, 2 MM GKBAX52Z0
ANSI B16.5 BS7531 GR X
GAS GASKET 26.00 48.00 B-16.21- NONASBESTOS RING, 150, 2 MM GKAAX52Z0
ANSI BS7531 GR X
B16.47B
GAS/30 GASKET 0.50 24.00 B-16.21- NONASBESTOS RING, 300, 2 MM GKBAX54Z0
0 ANSI B16.5 BS7531 GR X
Trap/Strainer Group
TSR STRNR.TEMP 1.50 24.00 EIL'STD B:A285GR.C;INT:S CONETYPE, ST14433Z0
S304 150,RF/125AARH

T:SS304
NT:SS304
Package : IPMCS
Page 243 of 351
PIPING MATERIAL
A307-6-44-0005 Rev. C
SPECIFICATION
Page 348 of 881

Project : IREP
Location : KOCHI, KERALA Pipe Class : B1A Sheet 1 of 7
PIPE CLASS : B1A

RATING : 300
TEMP -29 38 93 149 204 260 316 343 371 399 427
PRESS 52.02 52.02 47.8 46.05 44.64 42.53 40.07 38.66 37.26 35.5 28.82
SERVICE
NON CORROSIVE PROCESS - FLAMMABLE / NON FLAMMABLE, NON LETHAL - HYDROCARBONS, AROMATICS,
AMMONIA, SWEET GAS, FLUSHING OIL AND OTHER UTILITIES -MP CONDENSATE, INSTRUMENT AIR, PLANT AIR,
NITROGEN, AMMONIA GAS ETC. ABOVE CLASS 'A1A'.
NOTES
BALL VALVE.
202 PIPE WALL THICKNESS IS CALCULATED BASED ON ACTUAL LINE DESIGN CONDITION ( 178 DEG. C & 45 KG/ CM2 G ) .
251 PIPE WALL THICKNESS IS CALCULATED BASED ON ACTUAL LINE DESIGN CONDITION (FOR 30", AT 75 DEG. C & 32.7
KG/ CM2 G , FOR 26", 28" & 32", AT 110 DEG. C & 27 KG/ CM2 G , FOR 36", AT 110 DEG. C &26.7 KG/ CM2 G AND FOR
42", AT 110 DEG. C & 25.7 KG/ CM2 G ) SUBJECT TO MINIMUM OF 80% CLASS RATING
SPECIAL NOTES

JOINTS
Package : IPMCS
Report No. : 50 B1A
Page 244 of 351
PIPING MATERIAL
A307-6-44-0005 Rev. C
SPECIFICATION
Page 349 of 881

Project : IREP
72. 72.
70. 70.
68. 68.
66. 66.
64. 64.
62. 62.
60. 60.
58. 58.
56. 56.
54. 54.
52. 52.
50. 50.
48. 48.
46. 46.
44. 44.

42. T 42.
40. 40.
38. 38.
36. T R 36.
34. 34.
32. T R R 32.
30. T R R R 30.
28. T R R R R 28.
26. T R R R R R 26.
24. T R R R R R R 24.
22. 22.
20. T R R R R R R R 20.
18. T R R R R R R R R 18.
16. T R R R R R R R R R 16.
14. T R R R R R R R R R R 14.
12. T R R R R R R R R R R R 12.
10. T R R R R R R R R R R R R 10.
8.0 T R R R R R R R R R R R R R 8.0
6.0 T R R R R R R R R R R R R R R 6.0
5.0 5.0
4.0 T R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R 4.0
3.5 3.5
3.0 T P R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R 3.0
2.5 2.5
2.0 T P P R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R 2.0
1.5 T T H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H 1.5
1.25 1.25
1.0 T T H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H 1.0
0.75 T T T H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H 0.75
0.5 T T T T H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H 0.5
10.000
12.000
14.000
16.000
18.000
20.000
22.000
24.000
26.000
28.000
30.000
32.000
34.000
36.000
38.000
40.000
42.000
1.000
1.250
1.500
2.000
2.500
3.000
3.500
4.000
5.000
6.000
8.000
.500
.750
CODE DESCRIPTION
Package : IPMCS
Report No. : 50 B1A
Page 245 of 351
PIPING MATERIAL
A307-6-44-0005 Rev. C
SPECIFICATION
Page 350 of 881

Project : IREP

Id. Type
(Inch) (Inch)
Pipe Group
GR.B60 CL.12
GR.B60 CL.12
GR.B60 CL.12
PIP PIPE 26.00 26.00 XS B-36.10 ASTM A 672 BE, E.FS.W PI2A813Z0 251
GR.B60 CL.12
GR.B60 CL.12
PIP PIPE 30.00 30.00 S30 B-36.10 ASTM A 672 BE, E.FS.W PI2A813Z0 251
GR.B60 CL.12
GR.B60 CL.12
GR.B60 CL.12
GR.B60 CL.12
Flange Group
0
Package : IPMCS
Report No. : 50 B1A
Page 246 of 351
PIPING MATERIAL
A307-6-44-0005 Rev. C
SPECIFICATION
Page 351 of 881

Project : IREP

Id. Type
(Inch) (Inch)
Flange Group
B16.48
B16.48
Fitting Group
GR.WPB
GR.WPB-W
ELB90/1 ELBOW.90 18.00 18.00 M B-16.28 ASTM A 234 BW, 1D WAA754Z20
GR.WPB-W
GR.WPB
GR.WPB-W
ELB45/1 ELBOW.45 18.00 18.00 M B-16.28 ASTM A 234 BW, 1D WBA754Z20
GR.WPB-W

GR.WPB
GR.WPB-W

GR.WPB
GR.WPB-W
Package : IPMCS
Report No. : 50 B1A
Page 247 of 351
PIPING MATERIAL
A307-6-44-0005 Rev. C
SPECIFICATION
Page 352 of 881

Project : IREP

Id. Type
(Inch) (Inch)
Fitting Group
GR.WPB
GR.WPB-W
GR.WPB
GR.WPB-W

GR.WPB
Valves Group
15761 105,TRIM- 16.11, SHT NO.- 51001
STELLITED,STEM-
13%CR.STEEL
13% CR.STEEL NO.- 51401
GAV VLV.GATE 26.00 36.00 ANSI-B- BODY-ASTM A 216 FLGD, 300, B-16.47 B, 51954ZZZ0
13% CR.STEEL NO.- 51954
15761 105,TRIM- 16.11, SHT NO.- 52001
STELLITED,STEM-
13%CR STEEL
Package : IPMCS
Report No. : 50 B1A
Page 248 of 351
PIPING MATERIAL
A307-6-44-0005 Rev. C
SPECIFICATION
Page 353 of 881

Project : IREP

Id. Type
(Inch) (Inch)
Valves Group
13% CR.STEEL NO.- 52401
13% CR.STEEL NO.- 52954
15761 105,TRIM- 16.11, SHT NO.- 53001
STELLITED
CHV VLV.CHECK 2.00 24.00 BS-1868 BODY-ASTM A 216 FLGD, 300, B-16.5, 53401ZZZ0
13% CR.STEEL NO.- 53401
CHV VLV.CHECK 26.00 30.00 API-594 BODY-ASTM A 216 FLGD, 300, B-16.47 B, 53954ZZZ0
13% CR.STEEL NO.- 53954
BODY SEAT-
RPTFE
BLV/2 VLV.BALL 2.00 8.00 BS EN ISO BODY-ASTM A 216 FLGD, 300, B-16.5, 544AAZZZ0 152
17292 105,TRIM- 16.11, SHT NO.-
13% CR.STEEL
/A RF/125AARH, SHT
PLUG-HARDENED
13% CR.STEEL NO.- 56954
Bolt Group
NUT:A194 GR.2H
Gasket Group
ANSI SS316+GRAFIL
B16.47B
0 ANSI B16.5
00 ANSI B16.5
Package : IPMCS
Report No. : 50 B1A
Page 249 of 351
PIPING MATERIAL
A307-6-44-0005 Rev. C
SPECIFICATION
Page 354 of 881

Project : IREP

Id. Type
(Inch) (Inch)
Gasket Group
Trap/Strainer Group
TRP TRAP.STEAM 0.50 1.50 MNF'STD B:A105;T:13%CR;S: FLGD, THRMDNMC, TR30655B0
SS304 300,RF/125AARH
S304 300,FF/125AARH

T:SS304
NT:SS304
NT:SS304
Package : IPMCS
Report No. : 50 B1A
Page 250 of 351
PIPING MATERIAL
A307-6-44-0005 Rev. C
SPECIFICATION
Page 600 of 881

Project : IREP
PIPE CLASS : B9A

RATING : 300
TEMP -29 38 93 149 204 260 316 343 371 399 427
PRESS 52.02 52.02 47.8 46.05 44.64 42.53 40.07 38.66 37.26 35.5 28.82
SERVICE
MILD TO MODERATE CORROSIVE PROCESS LIQUID, VAPOUR & GAS, FLAMMABLE/NON FLAMMABLE & NON LETHAL -
HVGO,SLOP, DISTILLATE, RCO, DIESEL, KEROSENE,LVGO, VBTAR, TCTAR, ETC.
NOTES
3 USE PIPE OF CLASS 22 INSTEAD OF CLASS 12 IF PIPE THICKNESS EXCEEDS 20.00 MM.
32 CORROSION ALLOWANCE HAS BEEN ADJUSTED TO SELECT OPTIMUM SCH. REFER GENERAL NOTES TO PMS.
BALL VALVE.
SPECIAL NOTES

JOINTS
DRAINS ON LINES <= 1.5" REFER EIL STD 7-44-0350, DF3
Package : IPMCS
Report No. : 50 B9A
Page 251 of 351
PIPING MATERIAL
A307-6-44-0005 Rev. C
SPECIFICATION
Page 601 of 881

Project : IREP
72. 72.
70. 70.
68. 68.
66. 66.
64. 64.
62. 62.
60. 60.
58. 58.
56. 56.
54. 54.
52. 52.
50. 50.
48. 48.
46. 46.
44. 44.

42. 42.
40. 40.
38. 38.
36. 36.
34. 34.
32. 32.
30. 30.
28. 28.
26. 26.
24. T 24.
22. 22.
20. T R 20.
18. T R R 18.
16. T R R R 16.
14. T R R R R 14.
12. T R R R R R 12.
10. T R R R R R R 10.
8.0 T R R R R R R R 8.0
6.0 T R R R R R R R R 6.0
5.0 5.0
4.0 T R R R R R R R R R 4.0
3.5 3.5
3.0 T R R R R R R R R R R 3.0
2.5 2.5
2.0 T R R R R R R R R R R R 2.0
1.5 T T H H H H H H H H H H H 1.5
1.25 1.25
1.0 T T H H H H H H H H H H H H 1.0
0.75 T T T H H H H H H H H H H H H 0.75
0.5 T T T T H H H H H H H H H H H H 0.5
10.000
12.000
14.000
16.000
18.000
20.000
22.000
24.000
1.000
1.250
1.500
2.000
2.500
3.000
3.500
4.000
5.000
6.000
8.000
.500
.750
CODE DESCRIPTION
Package : IPMCS
Report No. : 50 B9A
Page 252 of 351
PIPING MATERIAL
A307-6-44-0005 Rev. C
SPECIFICATION
Page 602 of 881

Project : IREP

Id. Type
(Inch) (Inch)
Pipe Group
GR.B60 CL.12
GR.B60 CL.12
GR.B60 CL.12
GR.B60 CL.12
Flange Group
B16.48
B16.48
Fitting Group
Package : IPMCS
Report No. : 50 B9A
Page 253 of 351
PIPING MATERIAL
A307-6-44-0005 Rev. C
SPECIFICATION
Page 603 of 881

Project : IREP

Id. Type
(Inch) (Inch)
Fitting Group
GR.WPB
GR.WPB-W
GR.WPB
GR.WPB-W

GR.WPB
GR.WPB-W

GR.WPB
GR.WPB-W
GR.WPB
GR.WPB-W
GR.WPB
GR.WPB-W

GR.WPB
Package : IPMCS
Report No. : 50 B9A
Page 254 of 351
PIPING MATERIAL
A307-6-44-0005 Rev. C
SPECIFICATION
Page 604 of 881

Project : IREP

Id. Type
(Inch) (Inch)
Fitting Group
Valves Group
15761 105,TRIM- 16.11, SHT NO.- 51001
STELLITED,STEM-
13%CR.STEEL
13% CR.STEEL NO.- 51401
15761 105,TRIM- 16.11, SHT NO.- 52001
STELLITED,STEM-
13%CR STEEL
13% CR.STEEL NO.- 52401
13% CR.STEEL NO.- 52954
15761 105,TRIM- 16.11, SHT NO.- 53001
STELLITED
CHV VLV.CHECK 2.00 24.00 BS-1868 BODY-ASTM A 216 FLGD, 300, B-16.5, 53401ZZZ0
13% CR.STEEL NO.- 53401
BODY SEAT-
RPTFE
BLV/2 VLV.BALL 2.00 8.00 BS EN ISO BODY-ASTM A 216 FLGD, 300, B-16.5, 544AAZZZ0 152
Package : IPMCS
Report No. : 50 B9A
Page 255 of 351
PIPING MATERIAL
A307-6-44-0005 Rev. C
SPECIFICATION
Page 605 of 881

Project : IREP

Id. Type
(Inch) (Inch)
Valves Group
17292 105,TRIM- 16.11, SHT NO.-
13% CR.STEEL
/A RF/125AARH, SHT
PLUG-HARDENED
Bolt Group
NUT:A194 GR.2H
Gasket Group
Trap/Strainer Group
S304 300,FF/125AARH

T:SS304
NT:SS304
Package : IPMCS
Report No. : 50 B9A
Page 256 of 351
JOB SPECIFICATION JOB SPECIFICATION No.
FOR NON DESTRUCTIVE A307-6-44-0016 Rev. 0
EXAMINATION REQUIREMENTS
OF PIPING Page 1 of 20
ikbfiax ds v/oalkRed ijh{k.k dh

vko';drkvksa gsrq ekud fofunsZ'k
JOB SPECIFICATION FOR
NON DESTRUCTIVE EXAMINATION
REQUIREMENTS OF PIPING
PROJECT: INTEGRATED REFINERY

EXPANSION PROJECT (IREP)
OWNER : BPCL-KR
JOB NO. : A307
0 31/12/2012 ISSUED AS JOB SPECIFICATION

NR RP RN
Rev. Prepared Checked Approved

Date Purpose
No by by by
Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0

Page 257 of 351
FOR NON DESTRUCTIVE
A307-6-44-0016 Rev. 0
Abbreviations:
DP/LP : Dye/Liquid Penetrant
MP : Magnetic Particle
CS : Carbon Steel
AS : Alloy Steel
SS : Stainless Steel
ASTM : American Society for Testing & Materials
ASME : American Society of Mechanical Engineers
IBR : Indian Boiler Regulations
PMS: Piping Material Specification
CONTENTS
Page 258 of 351
FOR NON DESTRUCTIVE
A307-6-44-0016 Rev. 0
S.NO TITLE PAGE NO.
1. GENERAL 4
2. VISUAL EXAMINATION 4
3. NON DESTRUCTIVE EXAMINATION 6
4. TABLE-I (with applicable Notes to Table-I) 7

Page 259 of 351
FOR NON DESTRUCTIVE
A307-6-44-0016 Rev. 0
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE
This specification covers the general requirements for non destructive examination of
shop & field fabricated piping.
1.2 RELATED CODES & ENGINEERING STANDARDS
Referred codes / standards are as follows. Latest editions of the Codes/Standards referred
to shall be followed.
a) ASME Boiler & Pressure Vessel Codes, Section V & VIII (Div.1) including
addenda.
b) ASME B31.3
c) ASME B16.5
d) ASME B16.34
e) Job Piping Material Specification, A307-6-44-0005
f) Welding Specification Charts for Piping Classes,IREP Project.
g) Standard Specification for Fabrication & Erection of Piping 6-44-0012
h) ASTM E10
i) Welding Specification for Fabrication of Piping, 6-77-0001
j) Design Guide for Radiography Requirements, 8-77-0010
k) Indian Boiler Regulations (IBR)
2. VISUAL EXAMINATION
2.1 Weld shall be visually inspected wherever accessible in accordance with the following
requirements:
a) Internal misalignment 1.5 mm or less
b) Cracks or lack of fusion not permitted
c) Incomplete penetration Depth shall not exceed the lesser of 0.8mm or 0.2
times thickness of thinner component joined by
butt-weld. The total length of such imperfections
shall not exceed 38 mm in any 150 mm of weld
length.
d) Surface porosity and not permitted

exposed slag inclusions
(For nom. wall thickness
4.7 mm and less)

Page 260 of 351
FOR NON DESTRUCTIVE
A307-6-44-0016 Rev. 0
e) Concave root surface For single sided welded joints, concavity of the
root surface shall not reduce the total thickness
(Suck up) of joint, including reinforcement, to less than the
thickness of the thinner of the components being
joined.
f) Weld ripples irregularities 2.5 mm or less.
g) Lack of uniformity in bead 2.5 mm or less.

width
h) Lack of uniformity of leg 2.5 mm or less.

length
i) Unevenness of bead 2.0 mm or less.
j) Weld undercutting 0.8 mm or 1/4 thickness of thinner components

joined by butt weld, whichever is less. (shall be
smooth finished)
k) Overlap 1.5 mm or less
l) Bead deflection 2.5 mm or less
m) External weld reinforcement and internal weld protrusion (when backing rings are
not used) shall be fused with and shall merge smoothly into the component
surfaces. The height of the lesser projection of external weld reinforcement or
internal weld protrusion from the adjacent base material surface shall not exceed
the following limits:
Wall thickness of thinner Weld reinforcement or internal weld protrusion

component joined by butt (mm) max
weld (mm)
6.4 and under 1.6

Over 6.4 -12.7 3.2
Over 12.7 -25.4 4.0
Over 25.4 4.8
n) Throat thickness of fillet welds:
Nominal thickness of the thinner component x 0.7 or more.
o) Flattening
Flattening of a bend, as measured by difference between the nominal outside

diameter and minimum or maximum diameter at any cross section shall not
exceed 5 % of the nominal outside diameter of pipe.
p) Reduction of wall thickness
Reduction of wall thickness of a bend, as measured by difference between the

nominal thickness and minimum thickness shall not exceed 10 % of the nominal
wall thickness of pipe.

Page 261 of 351
FOR NON DESTRUCTIVE
A307-6-44-0016 Rev. 0
2.2 Welds having any of imperfections which exceed the limitations specified in various
clauses of 2.1 shall be repaired by welding, grinding or overlaying etc. Number of times
of repair welding for the same weld, however shall conform to applicable notes to Table
1- Note 6(b)b.5.
3. NON DESTRUCTIVE EXAMINATION
3.1 The type and extent of weld examination shall be in accordance with Table-1. All visual
and supplementary methods of girth weld examination shall be in accordance with ASME
B31.3 & the requirements of this standard specification.
3.2 Welds between dissimilar materials shall be examined by method & to the extent required
for the material having the more stringent examination.

Page 262 of 351
FOR NON DESTRUCTIVE
A307-6-44-0016 Rev. 0
4. TABLE-I (with applicable notes)
TABLE 1 : CLASS, TYPE & EXTENT OF WELD EXAMINATION
INSPECTION CLASS: I


INSPN. SERVICE MATERIAL P.NO. TEMP. PRESS. APPLICABLE TYPE OF TYPE OF WELD EXAMINED
CLASS (NOTE 3) DEG.C CLASS PIPING EXAMINATION
B16.5/ CLASS
B16.34 GIRTH SOCKET ATTACH- FAB. FAB.
BUTT WELD MENT BRANCH WELDS
WELD (NOTE 2) WELD WELD OF
(NOTE 1) MITRES /
REDUC.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
I CATEGORY 'D' CARBON 1 0 A3A, A3Y,

FLUID STEEL TO J2A, J3A, J5A,
SERVICE 186 A4Y, A5Y,
A91A, A92A,
A93A, A94A
150#
AUSTENIC 8 - 29 UPTO A3K a)
100% 100% 100% 100% 100%
S.S. TO 10.55 VISUAL
186 KG/CM2
HDPE --- - 20 A1Z, A4Z,

TO A5Z. b)
--- --- --- 10% 10%
50 LP (NOTE 4, 6, 9)
CURPO 34 - 29
NICKEL TO
60
REMARKS FOR ABOVE TABLE :
1. LP TEST NOT APPLICABLE TO NON-METALLIC CLASSES.
2. MITRES & FABRICATED REDUCERS ARE PERMITTED ONLY IF SPECIFIED IN PMS.

Page 263 of 351
FOR NON DESTRUCTIVE
A307-6-44-0016 Rev. 0
TABLE 1: CLASS, TYPE & EXTENT OF WELD EXAMINATION (CONTD.)
INSPECTION CLASS: II

INSPN. SERVICE MATERIAL P. TEMP. PRESS. APPLICABLE TYPE OF TYPE OF WELD EXAMINED
CLASS (NOTE 3) NO. DEG.C CLASS PIPING EXAMINATION
B16.5/ CLASS
B16.34 GIRTH SOCKET ATTACH FAB. FAB.
BUTT WELD -MENT BRANCH WELDS
WELD (NOTE 2) WELD WELD OF
(NOTE 1) MITRES/
REDUC.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
II a)
ALL SERVICES CARBON 1 - 29 150# A1A, A6A, A7A,
COVERED STEEL TO A8A, A9A,
UNDER 400 A10A, A11A,
INSPECTION A13A, A15A,
CLASS-I, BUT, A20A, A32A,
a) 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%
EXCEEDING A33Y, A75A.
VISUAL
CATAGORY 'D'
PR./T EMP
b)
LIMITATIONS.
RADIOGRAPHY 10% --- --- --- 50%
(NOTE 5,6)
b)
ALL SERVICES
CARBON A2A. c)
OTHER THAN
STEEL (IBR) MP / LP (NOTE --- 10% --- 10% 50%
THOSE
4,6,10,11)
COVERED
UNDER
d)
INSPECTION
HARDNESS NOTE 7 NOTE 7 NOTE-7 NOTE-7 NOTE-7
CLASS-I BUT
NON-TOXIC, NOT
SUBJECTED TO
SEVERE CYCLIC
CONDITIONS.
1. FOR A2A IBR SERVICE NOTE- 8 IS ALSO APPLICABLE.
2. FOR A33A & A33Y FIRE WATER SERVICE, NOTE-12 IS ALSO APPLICABLE.
3. EXTENT OF HARDNESS TEST FOR A11A IS 100%..

Page 264 of 351
FOR NON DESTRUCTIVE
A307-6-44-0016 Rev. 0
INSPECTION CLASS: III
B16.5/ CLASS
WELD (NOTE 2) WELD WELDS OF
(NOTE 1) MITRES /
REDUC.)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
III a) TOXIC, CARBON 1 ABOVE 150# ---

NON-LETHAL STEEL - 29
&
FLAMMABLE.
b) a)
100% 100% 100% 100% 100%
FLAMMABLE VISUAL
/ NON KILLED - 45 150# A4A, B4A,
FLAMMABLE CARBON TO TO D4A.
& TOXIC / STEEL 204 600# b)
20% --- --- --- 100%
NON-TOXIC; RADIOGRAPHY
NOT SUBJECT (NOTE 5,6)
TO SEVERE
CYCLIC
CONDITIONS. c)
--- 20% --- 20% ---
LP / MP (NOTE
ALL CARBON 1 - 29 300# B1A, B6A, 4,6,11)
GENERAL STEEL TO TO B9A, B13A,
SERVICES 427 600# B15A, B32A,
EXCEPT D1A, D9A. d)
NOTE 7 NOTE 7 NOTE 7 NOTE 7 NOTE 7
THOSE HARDNESS
SUBJECT TO CARBON B2A, D2A.
SEVERE STEEL (IBR)
CYCLIC
CONDITIONS.
REMARKS FOR ABOVE TABLE:
1. FOR IBR SERVICE B2A & D2A NOTE-8 IS ALSO APPLICABLE.

Page 265 of 351
FOR NON DESTRUCTIVE
A307-6-44-0016 Rev. 0
INSPECTION CLASS: III (CONTD.)


B16.5/ CLASS
B16.34
GIRTH SOCKET ATTACH FAB. FAB.
(NOTE 1) MITRES /
REDUC.)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
III ALL GENERAL C - 0.5 Mo A1B, B1B, D1B.

(CONTD) SERVICES STEEL. 3 a) 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%
EXCEPT THOSE 0.5 Cr - 0.5 Mo VISUAL
SUBJECT TO STEEL
SEVERE b)
CYCLIC ABOVE 150#
1 TO 2 Cr Mo. 4 A1D, B1D, D1D RADIOGRAPHY 20% --- --- --- 100%
CONDITIONS. -29 TO (NOTE 5,6)
STEEL.
600#
c)
C - 0.5 Mo 3 D2B
LP / MP (NOTE --- 20% --- 20% ---
STEEL (IBR).
4,6,11)
1 - 2 Cr Mo 4 B2D, D2D d)
STEEL (IBR) HARDNESS NOTE 7 NOTE 7 NOTE 7 NOTE 7 NOTE 7
1. FOR IBR SERVICE D2B & D2D NOTE- 8 IS ALSO APPLICABLE.

Page 266 of 351
FOR NON DESTRUCTIVE
A307-6-44-0016 Rev. 0


B16.5/ CLASS
(NOTE 1) MITRES /
REDUC.)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
III ALL GENERAL STEELS 5 ALL 150# B1E

(CONTD) SERVICES WITH TO
EXCEPT THOSE Cr > 2% 600# 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%
a)
SUBJECT TO & < 5% VISUAL
SEVERE 3.5 Ni STEEL 9 - 80
CYCLIC TO b)
CONDITIONS. 20% --- --- --- 100%
120 RADIOGRAPHY
(NOTE 5,6)
AUSTENITIC 8 - 29 150# A1K, A1M,
STAINLESS TO A1N, A6K., c)
--- 20% --- 20% ---
STEEL 371 A70M LP / MP (NOTE
4,6,10,11)
- 29 300# B1K, B6K,
TO TO B1M, B3M, d)
500 600# B1N, B6N, HARDNESS
D1K, B70M
1. NOTE- 7 FOR HARDNESS IS NOT VALID FOR P. NOS. 1, 8, & 9.

Page 267 of 351
FOR NON DESTRUCTIVE
A307-6-44-0016 Rev. 0


B16.5/ CLASS
(NOTE 1) MITRES /
REDUC.)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
III ALL GENERAL ALUMINIUM 21 ALL 150#

(CONTD) SERVICES & TO
EXCEPT THOSE ALUMINIUM 25
SUBJECT TO BASE ALLOY a)
100% 100% 100% 100% 100%
SEVERE CYCLIC VISUAL
CONDITIONS. COPPER & 31
COPPER
BASE ALLOY
b)
20% --- --- --- 100%
RADIOGRAPHY
(NOTE 5,6)
ALUMINIUM 35
BRONZE
--- 20% --- 20% ---

c)
LP / MP (NOTE
OTHER NON --- 4,6,10,11)
FERROUS
ALLOYS

Page 268 of 351
FOR NON DESTRUCTIVE
A307-6-44-0016 Rev. 0
INSPECTION CLASS: IV

B16.5/ CLASS
(NOTE 1) MITRES /
REDUC.)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
IV ALL SERVICES CARBON 1 ALL ABOVE E1A, F1A, a)

100% 100% 100% 100% 100%
STEEL 600# E5A, E9A, F5A, VISUAL
F9A, G9A
b)
RADIOGRAPHY
CARBON E2A, F2A. 100% --- --- --- 100%
(NOTE 5,6)
STEEL (IBR)
c)
LP / MP
--- 100% 10% 100% ---
(NOTE 4,6,10,11)
d)
HARDNESS
1. FOR IBR SERVICE E2A & F2A NOTE- 8 IS ALSO APPLICABLE.
2. EXTENT OF HARDNESS TEST FOR CLASSES E5A, F5A IS 10% .

Page 269 of 351
FOR NON DESTRUCTIVE
A307-6-44-0016 Rev. 0
INSPECTION CLASS: IV (CONTD.)
B16.5/ CLASS
(NOTE 1) MITRES /
REDUC.)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
IV ALL GENERAL C - 0.5 Mo 3 ALL ABOVE --

(CONTD) SERVICES. STEEL 600# a)
100% 100% 100% 100% 100%
5 Cr - 9 Cr Mo 5 150# TO A3F, A4F, A4G, VISUAL
STEEL 2500# A72F, B23G,
B26G, B3F, B4F,
B4G, D26G, D3F, b) 100% --- --- --- 100%
D4F, D4G, E4G RADIOGRAPHY
(NOTE 5,6)
12 Cr (TYPE- 6 ALL B74M
410 SS)/ CLAD
c)
--- 100% 10% 100% ---
LP / MP
KILLED 1 UPTO ABOVE -- (NOTE 4,6,10,11)
CARBON - 45 600#
STEEL
d)
1 TO 2 Cr 4 ALL F2D, G22D NOTE 7 NOTE 7 NOTE 7 NOTE 7 NOTE 7
HARDNESS
STEEL (IBR)
1. FOR IBR SERVICE F2D NOTE- 8 IS ALSO APPLICABLE..

Page 270 of 351
FOR NON DESTRUCTIVE
A307-6-44-0016 Rev. 0
B16.5/ CLASS
(NOTE 1) MITRES /
REDUC.)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
SERVICES CARBON
IV SUBJECT TO STEEL & 1, 3, ALL ALL --
(CONTD) SEVERE CYCLIC 0.5 TO 9 CR 4, 5
CONDITIONS Mo STEEL
SPECIAL A16A, B16A,
SERVICES D16A, A5A,
(NACE, O, H, B5A, D5A,
CAUSTIC) B5D, D5D,
D5E, E5E,
D51A,
A19A, B19A, a)
100% 100% 100% 100% 100%
D19A, E19A, VISUAL
F19A, A76A
SERVICES 12 CR 6 --
SUBJECT TO STEEL b)
SEVERE CYCLIC (TYPE RADIOGRAPHY
100% --- --- --- 100%
CONDITIONS 410SS) (NOTE 5,6)
SERVICES 3.5 NI 9 --
c)
SUBJECT TO STEEL
LP / MP
SEVERE CYCLIC --- 100% 10% 100% ---
(NOTE
CONDITIONS.
4,6,10,11,13)
SPECIAL --
SERVICES
(NACE, O, H, d)
CAUSTIC) NOTE 7 NOTE 7 NOTE 7 NOTE 7 NOTE 7
HARDNESS
SPECIAL NI ALLOYS 41, --
SERVICES 42,
(NACE, O, H, 43
CAUSTIC)
45 --
ALL SERVICES
1. NOTE-7 FOR HARDNESS IS NOT VALID FOR P.NO.9.
2. EXTENT OF HARDNESS TEST FOR CLASSES A5A, B5A & D5A IS 10% & FOR CLASSES A16A, B16A, A19A & B19A IT IS 100%..

Page 271 of 351
FOR NON DESTRUCTIVE
A307-6-44-0016 Rev. 0
B16.5/ CLASS
(NOTE 1) MITRES /
REDUC.)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
SERVICES AUSTENITIC
IV SUBJECT TO STAINLESS 8 ALL ALL --
(CONTD) SEVERE STEEL
CYCLIC a)
CONDITIONS. 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%
VISUAL
LOW TEMP. BELOW 150# A2K, B2K,
SERVICE - 45 300# & D2K
600# b)
100% -- -- -- 100%
RADIOGRAPHY
GENERAL ALL ABOVE F28M (NOTE 5,6)
SERVICES 600#
c)
HIGH TEMP. > 500 ALL B4K, B5K -- 100% 10% 100% --
LP / MP (NOTE
SERVICES 4,6,10,11)
NACE & ALL ALL B5M d)

SPECIAL HARDNESS
SERVICES (O,H,
ETC.)

Page 272 of 351
FOR NON DESTRUCTIVE
A307-6-44-0016 Rev. 0
Applicable Notes to Table-I
1. Branch welds shall consist of the welds between the pipe & reinforcing element (if any),
nozzles & reinforcing element and the pipe & nozzle under the reinforcing element.
Reinforcing element to be interpreted as pads, saddles, weldolets, sockolets etc.
2. Seal welds of threaded joints shall be given the same examination as socket welds.
3. Unless specifically stated, all materials shall be for "Non-IBR" service.
4. Magnetic Particle & the Liquid Penetrant method of examination shall be in accordance
with Section V of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Article VII and VI
respectively. The entire area of the accessible finished weld surface shall be examined.
Selected root runs, subject to a maximum of 10%, before finished weld, may also be
examined, at the discretion of the engineer-in-charge.
a) Wherever MP / LP testing is specified, either MP or LP test may be used. But

wherever only MP test is specified, LP method of examination may be used only
if MP examination is impracticable in the field as concurred by EIL site-in charge.
b) "Random 10%" of Liquid Penetrant / Magnetic Particle test shall mean testing, by
applicable test, one weld for each ten welds or less made by the same welding
procedure or operator or both. Similarly "Random 20%" shall mean testing, by
applicable test, one weld for each five welds or less made by the same welding
procedure or operator or both.
c) When Liquid Penetrant examination is specified, the surface shall be free of

peened discontinuities. Abrasive blast cleaning shall be followed by light surface
grinding prior to Liquid Penetrant examination.
d) Inspection shall be performed in the welds excluding those for which radiography
has been done.
e) Girth weld, branch weld, attachment weld & socket weld of 3-1/2% Ni steel shall
be Liquid Penetrant tested only when welded with austenitic material where MP
test has been specified.
5. Radiography:
a) "Random 10% or 20% radiography" shall mean examining not less than one from
each 10 welds or less in case of "Random 10% radiography" or one from each
five welds or less in case of "Random 20% radiography" made by the same
welding procedure or welder or both. Irrespective of percentage, no. of welds to
be radiographed shall be minimum 1. However first two welds made by each
welder shall also be radiographed in case of "Random radiography". Welds
selected for examination shall not include flange welds and shall be radiographed
for their entire length. However, where it is impossible or impracticable to
examine the entire weld length of field welds for either random or 100%
radiography, and if the same impossibility is agreeable to EIL site-in- charge, then
a single 120 deg. exposure of the weld length may be given a Magnetic Particle
test or Liquid Penetrant test. However in such cases for ferro-magnetic materials,
only MP test shall be acceptable for classes higher than 600#.
b) In-process examination shall not be substituted for any required radiographic

examination.

Page 273 of 351
FOR NON DESTRUCTIVE
A307-6-44-0016 Rev. 0
c) Number of radiographs per one circumferential weld shall be as per ASME Sec.V
Articles 2 and 22.
6. When radiography or other non destructive inspection is specified, acceptance criteria for
repairs or defects shall be as follows:
a) In case of 100% examination, any unacceptable weld shall be repaired and

reinspected.
b) If required random examination reveals a defect requiring repair, then:
b.1 Two additional examinations of same type shall be made of the same kind
of item (if welded joint, then by the same welding procedure or operator
or both).
b.2 If the group of items examined as required by b.1 above is acceptable, the
items requiring repair shall be repaired or replaced and reexamined as
required and all items represented by this additional examination shall be
accepted.
b.3 If any of the items examined as required by b.1 above reveals a defect
requiring repair, two further comparable items shall be examined for each
defective item found by examination.
b.4 If all the items examined as required by b.3 are acceptable, the items
requiring repair shall be repaired or replaced and reexamined as required,
and all items represented by this further examination shall be accepted.
b.5 Number of times repair welding could be done for the same weld before
acceptance shall be as follows:
Material No. of times repair welding is allowed
C.S. upto 300 # 3 or less
C.S. above 300 # 2 or less
Killed steel 2 or less
Low alloy steel 2 or less
Austenitic S.S. 2 or less
3.5 Ni steel 2 or less
Al & Al base alloy 2 or less
Cu & Cu base alloy 2 or less
Others 2 or less
b.6 Welds not found acceptable for allowed number of times of repair as per
b.5 above shall be replaced and reexamined.

Page 274 of 351
FOR NON DESTRUCTIVE
A307-6-44-0016 Rev. 0
b.7 If any of the items examined as required by b.4 above reveals a defect
requiring repair, all items represented by these examinations shall be
either :
- repaired or replaced and reexamined as required.
- fully examined and repaired or replaced as necessary, and

reexamined as necessary.
7. Hardness Test:
a) Hardness test shall be in accordance with ASTM specification E10.

Hardness tests of the heat affected zone shall be made at a point as near as
practicable to the edge of the weld. One test per weld shall be performed.
b) Hardness test where specifically called out in Table-I of this specification

or in PMS, shall be carried out irrespective of thickness and to the extent
(%age) as mentioned therein.
c) All welds which are given heat treatment shall be hardness tested.
Hardness test shall be performed after final heat treatment.
d) A minimum of 10% of welds, hot bends, and hot formed components in

each furnace heat treated batch and 100% of those which are locally heat
treated shall be hardness tested.
e) Hardness test requirement not covered in this specification shall be as per

ASME B31.3.
f) The hardness limit applies to the weld and heat affected zone. Following
hardness values shall be maintained:
Base Metal Group Maximum

Hardness
(BHN/RC)
CS 238BHN/RC22
CS (NACE), Caustic, 200BHN

Amine, H2
Cr Upto 2% 225BHN
Cr 2.25%-10% 241BHN
18/8 SS (NACE) RC22
g) In case hardness values are mentioned in both Welding Specification

Charts for Piping Classes, (6-77-0005) & table given in Note-7(f), the
lower of the two values shall be applicable.
8. For IBR service lines, following IBR requirements shall apply in addition to the notes 4, 5, 6,
7, 12 and Table I. In case of conflict between above notes and these requirements, the more
Page 275 of 351
FOR NON DESTRUCTIVE
A307-6-44-0016 Rev. 0
stringent ones shall apply. IBR piping shall be erected of IBR inspector approved material and
construction procedure. Erected piping shall be hydrotested, inspected and approved by IBR
inspector.
a) Piping over 102 mm (4") bore:
10% of welds made by each welder on a pipeline with a minimum of two welds per
welder, selected at random, shall be subjected to radiography.
b) Piping 102 mm (4") bore and under, but not less than 38 mm (1-1/2") bore:
Two percent of welds made by each welder on a pipeline with a minimum of one weld
per welder, selected at random, shall be subjected to radiography or may be cut for
visual examination and tests.
c) Piping less than 38 mm (1.5") bore:
Special tests are not normally required but 2% of welds by each welder on a pipe line
may be cut out from the pipeline for the visual examination and bend tests.
d) Retests:
If any test specimen is unsatisfactory, two further weld specimens for retests shall be
selected from the production welds and subjected to tests. In the event of failure of
any retest specimens, the production welds carried out by this welder subsequent to
the previous test shall be given special consideration.
9. For fabricated fittings LP test shall be done on the final pass of welding only, in addition to
visual examination.
10. For mitres and fabricated reducers, LP / MP test shall be done on root pass in addition to
radiography applicable to circumferential joint of respective piping class.
11. For branch connections, LP/MP test shall be done on root pass and final pass.
12. 10% of the butt weld joints shall be radiographed, however, 50% of these butt weld joints
shall be field weld joints.
13. In addition to radiography, butt weld joints for A16A, B16A and D16A classes shall be wet
fluorescent magnetic particle tested.
14. For lined specs, testing (MP/LP/Radiography etc.) shall be performed before lining.

Page 276 of 351
MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR STANDARD SPECIFICATION No.
01We? ENGINEERS CARBON STEEL COMPONENTS
USED IN SOUR SERVICE IN
6-79-0013 Rev. 1
Sg7k1t5tr, INDIA LIMITED
A Got of India undertaking)
PETROLEUM Page 1 of 6
REFINERY ENVIRONMENT
tirecrrt Rtoi it1 cimicit u i TrTK tirchi

TRYITru trk A-r4 chick tack,' aNzgl
timul aTerw
MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR
CARBON STEEL COMPONENTS USED
IN SOUR SERVICE IN
PETROLEUM REFINERY
ENVIRONMENTS
REVISED & REISSUED AS STANDARD

1 07.10.11 SPECIFICATION AR SG PPL DM
0 07.10.04 ISSUED AS STANDARD SPECIFICATION GM VRK KKM SKG
Standards Standards
Prepared Checked Committee Bureau
Rev. Date Purpose Convenor Chairman
No by by
Approved by

Page 277 of 351
In ENGINEERS CARBON STEEL COMPONENTS 6-79-0013 Rev. 1
INDIA LIMITED USED IN SOUR SERVICE IN
$jg",C1T 'Meg. IA Govl of India undertaking)
Abbreviations:
ANSI : American National Standards Institute

API : American Petroleum Institute
ASME : American Society of Mechanical Engineers
ASTM : American Society for Testing and Materials
ISO : International Organization for Standardization
NACE : National Association of Corrosion Engineers
SMMS Standards Committee:
Convener: Mr. PP Lahiri
Members: Mr. A Amin

Mr. GS Hegde
Mr. R Chaudhury
Mr. S Ghosal
Mr. P Saha
Mr. R Nanda (Piping)
Mr. AK Gupta (HMTD)
Mr. S Mukherjee (Construction)
Mr. R Muthulingam (Inspection)
Mr. Raj Kishore (Pipeline)
Mr. AR Purushottam (POSD)
Mr. MP Jain (Projects)

Page 278 of 351
t
1511*Zret:
e ENGINEERS CARBON STEEL COMPONENTS 6-79-0013 Rev. 1
sig7 wegwINDIA LIMITED USED IN SOUR SERVICE IN
IA earl of India Undenakurp)
CONTENTS
1.0 SCOPE 4
2.0 REFERENCED CODES/STANDARDS 4
3.0 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 4
4.0 MATERIAL SPECIFICATION 5
5.0 PRODUCT SPECIFIC REQUIREMNTS 5
6.0 POST WELD HEAT TREATMENT (PWHT) AND HARDNESS REQUIREMENT 6

Page 279 of 351
Salfazrei CARBON STEEL COMPONENTS 6-79-0013 Rev. 1
INDIA LIMITED USED IN SOUR SERVICE IN
[email protected] IA Gan ol Intha undedakingl
1.0 SCOPE
1.1 In general, for refinery services, NACE Standard MR 0103 shall be applicable. For services
where HIC (Hydrogen Induced Cracking) resistant carbon steel is specifically mentioned in
the Process Documents, this specification shall be followed.
1.2 This specification lays down the requirements related to the chemical composition,
manufacture, fabrication and testing requirements for carbon steel components intended to be
used in sour service in petroleum refinery environments. These requirements are specified in
order to make the carbon steel component resistant to the various forms of material damage in
a sour environment, such as Sulfide Stress Cracking (SSC), Hydrogen Induced Cracking
(HIC), Stress Oriented Hydrogen Induced Cracking (SOHIC), Blistering etc. These
requirements can be used for resisting Alkaline Stress Corrosion Cracking (ASCC) also. This
specification is applicable for corrosive petroleum refining facilities.
1.3 The service medium is defined as "Sour" when the service environment conforms to one of
the following conditions, as defined in NACE Standard MR0103.
Service environments containing free water (in liquid phase) and:
>50 ppmw dissolved H 2 S in the free water.
Free water pH < 4 and some dissolved H 2S present.
Free water pH >7.6 and 20 ppmw dissolved hydrogen cyanide (HCN) in the water and
some dissolved H2 S present.
>0.003 MPa absolute (0.05 psia) partial pressure H2S in the gas in processes with a gas
phase.
2.0 REFERENCED CODES/STANDARDS
NACE MR 0103 ASTM A 694 ASTM A 770

NACE RP 0472 ASTM A 216 ASTM A 370
NACE Publication 8X194 & 8X294 ASTM A 106 ASTM A 578
NACE TM 0284 API 5 L ASME SEC II PART C
ASTM A 20 API 6 A ASME SEC VIII-DIV.I
ASTM A 516 ASTM E 18 ASME SEC IX
ASTM A 105 ASTM E 45 ANSI B 16.34
ASTM A 234 ASTM E 92 ANSI B 31.3
All ASTM Standard designations shall be applicable for corresponding ASME designations
which would be read as ASME SA XXX instead of ASTM A XXX.
3.0 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
3.1 The steel for sour service shall be manufactured by either basic oxygen or electric arc furnace
route and shall be fully killed and fine grained.
3.2 Carbon steel shall not contain intentional additions of elements such as lead, selenium or
sulphur to improve machinability.
3.3 Carbon steel shall be used in one of the following heat treatment conditions.
Page 280 of 351

I5ilfaZre?at ENGINEERS CARBON STEEL COMPONENTS 6-79-0013 Rev. 1
s'gar Ea rew INDIA LIMITED USED IN SOUR SERVICE IN
Hot-rolled;
Annealed;
Normalised;
Normalised and tempered;
Normalised, austenitised, quenched and tempered;
Austenitised, quenched and tempered.
3.4 All material after cold forming shall be thermally stress relieved to meet a hardness
requirement of 200 BHN maximum.
3.5 All products shall be free of low temperature transformation microstructures such as bainite
bands or islets of martensite.
4.0 MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
All items are required to conform to the chemical composition of the respective specification
as listed below.
Plate: SA-516 Gr.60
Pipe: SA-106 Gr. B or SA-333 Gr.1 or 6
Forgings: SA-105 or SA-350 Gr.LF1 or LF2 or SA-266 Class 1
Fittings: SA-234 Gr. WCB or SA-420 Gr.WPL6
Castings: SA-216 Gr. WCA, WCB or WCC or SA-352 Gr. LCA, LCB or LCC
Tubing: SA-179 or SA-214
5.0 PRODUCT SPECIFIC REQUIREMNTS
5.1 Plates and rolled products
All rolled products such as plates and sheets and fittings / pipes made of rolled products shall
meet the following specific requirements.
5.1.1 The steel shall be made through a clean steel making route and shall have minimum of
inclusions.
5.1.2 The sulphur level shall be restricted to 0.003 wt%.
5.1.3 The steel shall be calcium treated for inclusion morphology control and the Ca/S ratio shall
be in the range of 2 to 3. When sulphur content is less than 0.0015%, then Ca/S ratio is not
applicable and calcium can be present up to 50 ppm.
5.1.4 For plates including and above 25mm thick, through-thickness tensile testing shall be carried
out in accordance with ASTM A770, with minimum reduction in area being 35% as
determined in accordance with ASTM A370, on one plate per heat.
5.1.5 No repair welding shall be permitted on plated.
Page 281 of 351

l ENGINEERS
tillaZleTeel CARBON STEEL COMPONENTS 6-79-0013 Rev. 1
sigzir tatReglite INDIA LIMITED USED IN SOUR SERVICE IN
IA Gent 01 Intha undeftakingi
5.1.6 When the fabrication of the components from the previously HIC tested plates involves no
heavy wall thickness reduction or material flow, such as bending, spinning or welding, no
fresh HIC test would be required on the final product. However, for fabrication of products
where heavy reduction of thickness and heavy flow of material is encountered while forming
such as like forging, extrusion or drawing, metallographic examination of the final product
shall be required to be carried out to ensure absence of elongated inclusions.
5.1.7 The plates shall be procured only from pre-qualified manufacturers.
5.2 Pre-qualification criteria for vendors with prior experience track record
Vendors/manufacturers who have proven track record of supplying materials for sour service
applications in petroleum refineries to any of the reputed operating companies/Engineering
Consultants or Process Licensors such as UOP/ IFP/ EXXON/ BP/ CHEVRON/ IOCL/ HPCL/
BPCL/ EIL will be considered as 'pre-qualified vendors/manufacturers', on production of the
relevant Purchase Orders and test certificates, certified by a witnessing third party inspection
agency such as DNV/Lloyds/BV/ABSTECH/TUV/SGS/CEIL for the conformance of the
materials to the respective materials specification of the mentioned operators / engineering
consultants. For pre-qualified vendors, Clause No.5.4 is not applicable.
5.3 Pre-qualification criteria for New Vendors with out track record
A vendor who has no track record of supplying sour service materials to any of the reputed
engineering consultants/operators, as mentioned in Clause 5.2 above, shall be considered as a
new vendor and shall be required to carry out HIC test as detailed out in Clause 5.4 for pre-
qualification by any one of the reputed third party inspection agencies like Lloyds, BV, CEIL,
DNV or TUV etc..
5.4 Hydrogen Induced Cracking (HIC) Test
The requirements for HIC test shall be as follows.
This test is required for vendor pre-qualification only.
This test shall be performed on a set of three specimens representing each production
batch/heat of rolled products in accordance with NACE TM 0284 with the following
acceptance criteria:
Crack Length Ratio (CLR) 10.0%

Crack Sensitivity Ratio (CSR) 1%
(iii) In case of failure of any one of the specimens, three more specimens from the same
product shall be retested and all the specimens shall meet the acceptance criteria. In case
of failure of any retest sample, the material shall be considered unacceptable.
6.0 POST WELD HEAT TREATMENT (PWHT) AND HARDNESS REQUIREMENT
All the weld joints, irrespective of thickness, shall be given a post weld heat treatment. The
temperature range for PWHT shall be 595-650°C. Other aspects such as rate of heating,
holding time etc. for PWHT shall be as per ASME Sec.VIII, Div.I /ANSI B31.3 requirements.
The hardness of the weldment after PWHT shall be 200 BHN maximum.
Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0 Copyright EIL—All rights reserved
Page 282 of 351

FOR SURFACE PREPARATION A307-000-06-42-PLS-01
Rev.1
AND PROTECTIVE COATING
PAGE 1 OF 48
JOB SPECIFICATION FOR

SURFACE PREPARATION AND
PROTECTIVE COATING
(NEW CONSTRUCTION)
CLIENT : BPCL – KR
PROJECT : IREP
JOB No. : A307
COLOR CODE SCHEME INCORPORATED AS

1 25-06-2013 DHANANJAY SRIDHAR R.CHAUDHURY
PER CLIENT
0 18.04.2012 ISSUED AS JOB SPECIFICATION DIVYA SRIDHAR R CHAUDHURY
Rev.
Date Purpose Prepared by Reviewed by Approved by
No
Page 283 of 351

Rev.1
AND PROTECTIVE COATING PAGE 2 OF 48
Abbreviations:
AS : Alloy Steel
CS : Carbon Steel
DFT : Dry Film Thickness
DM : De-mineralized
GI : Galvanized Iron
ID : Internal Diameter
IRN : Inspection Release Note
LTCS : Low Temperature Carbon Steel
MS : Mild Steel
NB : Nominal Bore
OD : Outside Diameter
RCC : Reinforced Cement Concrete
SS : Stainless Steel
WFT : Wet Film Thickness
Page 284 of 351

Rev.1
CONTENTS
SL. DESCRIPTION PAGE

NO NO.
1.0 General…………………………………………………………………………………. 4
2.0 Scope…………………………………………………………………………………… 4
3.0 Reference Codes & Standards……………………………………………………….... 6
4.0 Equipment……………………………………………………………………………… 7
5.0 Surface Preparation, Shop Primer,Coating Application & Repair and Documentation.. 7
6.0 Paint Materials………………………………………………………………………….. 16
7.0 Coating Systems………………………………………………………………………... 21
8.0 Coating System for Gratings, Rolling & Stationery Ladders, Spiral Stairways and
Hand Rails in All Location……………………………………………………………... 23
9.0 Coating System for Offsite Area (Inland Plants)………………………………………. 24
10.0 Coating System For Unit Areas as well as DM, CPP, Cooling Tower of Inland Plants
and for All Areas (Unit, Offsite, DM, CPP, etc.) of Coastal Plants……………………. 25
11.0 Coating System for Effluent Treatment Plant (ETP)…………………………………... 27
12.0 External Coating Systems for Uninsulated Carbon Steel and Low Alloy Steel Storage
Tanks (For All Plant Locations, Coastal or Inland) - All Process Units & Off-Sites …. 28
13.0 Internal Coating Systems for Carbon Steel and Low Alloy Storage Tanks - All
Process Units & Off-Sites……………………………………………………………… 30
14.0 Coating Systems for External Side of Underground Carbon Steel Plant Piping and
Underground Vessels…………………………………………………………………... 32
15.0 Coating Under Insulation (Coastal Or Inland Plants). All Units Areas & Off-Sites…… 33
16.0 Coating System for Carbon Steel Components of Coolers / Condensers (Internal
Protection) for Fresh Water Service……………………………………………………. 34
17.0 Coating System (Internal Protection) for Galvanized or Non Ferrous or Stainless
Steel/ Duplex Stainless Steel Components of Coolers/ Condensers for Fresh Water
Service….......................................................................................................................... 35
18.0 Storage………………………………………………………………………………….. 35
19.0 Paint colour code for piping and equipment ……...…………………………………… 35
20.0 Identification of Vessels, Piping etc……………………………………………………. 41
21.0 Painting for Civil Defence Requirements……………………………………………… 41
22.0 Quality Control, Inspection and Testing……………………………………………….. 42
23.0 Guarantee………………………………………………………………………………. 45
24.0 Qualification Criteria of Painting Contractor/Sub-Contractor…………………………. 45
25.0 Qualification/Acceptance Criteria for Paint Coating System…………………………... 45
26.0 Method of Sampling & Dispatch for Laboratory Testing……………………………… 48
Page 285 of 351

Rev.1
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 This technical specifications shall be applicable for the work covered by the contract, and
without prejudice to the provisions of various international codes of practice, standard
specifications etc. It is understood that contractor shall carry out the work in all respects with
the best quality of materials and workmanship and in accordance with the best engineering
practice and instructions of Engineer-In-Charge.
1.2 Wherever it is stated in the specification that a specific material is to be supplied or a specific
work is to be done, it shall be deemed that the same shall be supplied or carried out by the
contractor.
Any deviation from this standard without written deviation permit from appropriate
authority will result in rejection of job.
1.3 This specification covers the requirement for protective coating for new construction.
2.0 SCOPE
2.1 Scope of work covered in the specification shall include, without being limited to the
following.
2.1.1 This specification defines the requirements for surface preparation, selection and application
of primers and paints on external surfaces of equipment, vessels, machinery, piping, ducts,
steel structures, external & internal protection of storage tanks for all services and chimneys
if any. The items listed in the heading of tables of paint systems is indicative only, however,
the contractor is fully responsible for carrying out all the necessary painting, coating and
lining on external and internal surfaces as per the tender requirement.
2.2 Extent of Work
2.2.1 The following surfaces and materials shall require shop, pre-erection and field painting:
 All uninsulated Carbon Steel & Alloy Steel equipments like vessels, Columns, storage
Tanks, Exchangers if any, parts of boilers etc.
 All uninsulated carbon steel and low alloy plant and related piping, fittings and valves
(including painting of identification marks), furnace ducts and stacks.
 All insulated parts of vessels, boilers, chimneys, stacks, piping and steam piping and if
any other insulated items present.
 All items contained in a package unit as necessary.
 All structural steel work, pipe, structural steel supports, walkways, handrails, ladders,
platforms etc.
 Flare lines, external surfaces of MS chimney with or without refractory lining and
internal surfaces of MS chimney without refractory lining. (If present)
Page 286 of 351

Rev.1
 Identification of colour bands on all piping as required including insulated aluminium

clad, galvanized, SS and nonferrous piping.
 Identification lettering/ numbering on all painted surfaces of equipment/piping insulated

aluminium clad, galvanized, SS and non-ferrous piping.
 Marking / identification signs on painted surfaces of equipment/piping including

hazardous service.
 Supply of all primers, paints and all other materials required for painting (other than
Owner supplied materials)
 Over insulation surface of equipments and pipes wherever required.
 Painting under insulation for carbon steel, alloy steel and stainless steel as specified.
 Painting of pre-erection/fabrication and Shop primer.
 Repair work of damaged pre-erection/ fabrication and shop primer and weld joints in the
field/site before and after erection as required.
 All CS Piping, equipments, storage tanks and internal surfaces of RCC tanks in ETP
plant.
 Quality control, testing and inspection during all stages of work (surface preparation,
application of coating and testing of furnished coating).
2.2.2 The following surfaces and materials shall not require painting in general. However, if there
is any specific requirement by the owner, the same shall be painted as per the relevant
specifications:
a. Uninsulated austenitic stainless steel.
b. Plastic and/or plastic coated materials
c. Non-ferrous materials like aluminum, Cu-Ni alloy, galvanized steel.
2.3 Documents
2.3.1 The contractor shall perform the work in accordance with the following documents issued to
him for execution of work.
a. Bill of quantities for piping, equipment, machinery and structures etc.
b. Piping Line List.
c. Painting specifications including special civil defence requirements.
Page 287 of 351

Rev.1
2.4 Unless otherwise instructed, final paint coating (i.e., application of field primer,
wherever required, intermediate and top coats) on pre-erection/ shop primed
equipments shall be applied at site, only after all welding, testing on systems are
completed as well as after completion of steam purging wherever required .
2.5 Changes and deviations required for any specific job due to clients requirement or otherwise
shall be referred to EIL for deviation permit.
3.0 REFERENCE CODES & STANDARDS
3.1 Without prejudice to the provision of Clause 1.1 above and the detailed specifications of the
contract, latest editions of the following codes and standards are applicable for the work
covered by this contract.
IS-5 : Colour coding

RAL DUTCH : International Standard for colour shade (Dutch Standard)
IS-101 : Methods of test for ready mixed paints and enamels
IS-2379 : Indian Standard for Pipe line identification-colour code
ISO-12944 : Corrosion Protection of steel Structures by Protective Paint
System
ASTM-Vol 6.01&6.03 : American standard test methods for Paints and Coatings.
ANSI A 13.1 : Scheme for identification of piping systems: American
National Standards Institution
SSPC : Steel Structures Painting Council
3.2 Surface Preparation Standards
The latest editions of any of the following standards shall be followed for surface
preparation:
3.2.1 ISO 8501-1 / SIS-05 59 00: ISO standard for Preparation of steel substrates before
application of paints and related products. This standard contains photographs of the various
standards on four different degrees of rusted steel and as such is preferable for inspection
purpose by the Engineer-In-Charge.
3.2.2 Steel Structures Painting Council, U.S.A. (Surface Preparation Specifications (SSPC-SP).
3.2.3 National Association of Corrosion Engineers, U.S.A., (NACE).
3.2.4 Various International Standards equivalent to Swedish Standard for surface preparations are
given in Table-I.
3.3 The contractor shall arrange, at his own cost, to keep a set of latest edition of above standards
and codes at site.
3.4 The paint manufacturer's instructions shall be followed as far as practicable at all times for
best results. Particular attention shall be paid to the following:
a. Instructions for storage to avoid exposure as well as extremes of temperature.
Page 288 of 351

Rev.1
b. Surface preparation prior to painting shall be followed as per Table 8.0 to 16.0 of
this standard shall be followed.
c. Mixing and thinning.
d. Application of paints and recommended limit on time intervals in between coats.
4.0 EQUIPMENT
4.1 All tools, brushes, rollers, spray guns, blast material, hand power tools for cleaning and all
equipments, scaffolding materials, shot & grit blasting equipments & air compressors etc.
required to be used shall be suitable for the work and all in good order and shall be arranged
by the contractor at site and in sufficient quantity. The manufacturer’s test certificates / data
sheets for all the above items shall be reviewed by Engineer-in-charge at site before start of
work.
4.2 Mechanical mixer shall be used for paint mixing operations in case of two pack systems
except that the Engineer-In-Charge may allow the hand mixing of small quantities at his
discretion in case of specific requirement for touch up work only.
5.0 SURFACE PREPARATION, SHOP PRIMER COATING APPLICATION & REPAIR

AND DOCUMENTATION
5.1 General
5.1.1 In order to achieve the maximum durability, one or more of following methods of surface
preparation shall be followed, depending on condition of surface to be painted and as
instructed by Engineer-In-Charge. Adhesion of the paint film to surface depends largely on
the degree of cleanliness of the metal surface. Proper surface preparation contributes more to
the success of the paint protective system.
a. Abrasive blast cleaning
b. Mechanical or power tool cleaning
5.1.2 Mill scale, rust, rust scale and foreign matter shall be removed fully to ensure that a clean and
dry surface is obtained. Unless otherwise specified, surface preparation shall be done as per
provisions of relevant tables given elsewhere in this specification. The minimum acceptable
standard, in case of thermally sprayed metal coatings, in case of mechanical or power tool
cleaning it shall be St. 3 or equivalent. In case of blast cleaning it shall be Sa 2-1/2 as per
Swedish Standard SIS-055900 (latest edition) or SSPC-SP or ISO 8501-01.Blast cleaning
shall be Sa 3 as per Swedish Standard in case thermally sprayed metal coatings.
Before surface preparation by blast cleaning, the surface shall be degreased by aromatic
solvent to remove all grease, oil etc.
5.1.3 Irrespective of whether external or internal surface to be coated, blast cleaning shall not be
performed where dust can contaminate surfaces undergoing such cleaning or during humid
weather conditions having humidity exceed 85%. In case of internal coating of storage tanks,
dehumidifier shall be used, to control humidity level below 60%. Dehumidifier should
depress the dew point of air in the enclosed space, sufficient enough so as to maintain it 3⁰C
Page 289 of 351

Rev.1
below the metal substrate temperature during centre period of blasting and coating
application. During the interval time between application of primer coat and subsequent
intermediate and top coats or between blast cleaning completion and start of application of
primer coat, dehumidifier unit should be in continuous operation to ensure that no
condensation occurs on substrate.
Dehumidifier should be able to maintain grain drop (moisture removal) at the rate of 25
grains per pound of air per hour. Dehumidifier should have capacity of at least 2 air changes
per hour of the enclosed space. All necessary psychometric data should be collected by
contractor for the given site conditions before starting operation of dehumidifier to ensure
that desired values of dew point, moisture content in enclosed scope is achieved.
Dehumidification to be maintained round the clock for surface preparation and painting till
the total coating application is over.
Dehumidifier shall not be stopped under any condition till the entire blasted surface is primed
to the satisfaction of the technical representative of the paint manufacturer interested with
quality assurance for the work. In case the dehumidifier breaks down in middle of the job, the
same shall be replaced at the risk and the cost of the contractor and the entire unfinished
work shall be repeated.
5.1.4 The Engineer in-charge shall have the right to disallow usage of dehumidifier if the
performance is not meeting the specified requirements. Under such circumstances the
contractor shall remove the equipment and replace the same with another equipment to
provide satisfactory results without any additional cost to the owner.
5.1.5 Irrespective of the method of surface preparation, the first coat of primer must be applied by
airless spray/ air assisted conventional spray if recommended by the paint manufacturer on
dry surface. This should be done immediately and in any case within 4 hours of cleaning of
surface. However, at times of unfavorable weather conditions, the Engineer-In-Charge shall
have the liberty to control the time period, at his sole discretion and/or to insist on re-
cleaning, as may be required, before primer application is taken up. In general, during
unfavorable weather conditions, blasting and painting shall be avoided as far as practicable.
5.1.6 The external surface of R.C.C. chimney to be painted shall be dry and clean. Any loose
particle of sand, cement, aggregate etc. shall be removed by scrubbing with soft wire brush.
Acid etching with 10-15% HCL solution for about 15 minutes shall be carried and surface
must be thoroughly washed with water to remove acid & loose particles and then dried
completely before application of paint.
5.2 Procedure for Surface Preparation
5.2.1 Air Blast Cleaning with abrasives
The surfaces shall be blast cleaned using one of the abrasives like angular chilled cast iron or
steel grit, copper slag or Nickel slag, A12O3 particles at pressure of 7kg/cm2 at an appropriate
distance and angle depending of nozzle size maintaining constant velocity and pressure.
Chilled cast iron or steel shall be in the form of shot or grit of size in the range of G16 – G42
conforming to SSPC AB1 and S250 grade size of steel shots (maximum) to obtain a desired
surface profile of 35-50 microns trough to peak. For all other abrasives, size shall be in the
range of G16 – G24. The combination of steel grits and shots shall be normally in the ratio of
3:1. The quality of abrasives shall be free from contaminants and impurities and shall meet
Page 290 of 351

Rev.1
the requirements of SSPC AB1. Compressed air shall be free from moisture and oil. The
blasting nozzles should be venturi style with tungsten carbide or boron carbide as the
materials for liners. Nozzles orifice may vary from 3/16” to ¾”. On completion of blasting
operation, the blasted surface shall be clean and free from any scale or rust and must show a
grey white metallic luster. Primer/first coat of paint shall be applied within 4 hours of surface
preparation. Blast cleaning shall not be done outdoors in bad weather without adequate
protection or when there is dew on the metal, which is to be cleaned. Surface profile shall be
uniform to provide good key to the paint adhesion (i.e. 35 to 50 microns). If possible
vacuum collector shall be installed for collecting the abrasives and recycling.
5.2.2 Mechanical or Power Tool Cleaning
Power tool cleaning shall be done by mechanical striking tools, chipping hammers, grinding
wheels or rotating steel wire- brushes. Excessive burnish of surface shall be avoided as it can
reduce paint adhesion. On completion of cleaning, the detached rust mill scale etc. shall be
removed by clean rags and /or washed by water or steam and thoroughly dried with
compressed air jet before application of paint.
5.3 Non-Compatible Shop Coat Primer
For equipments on which application of total protective coating (Primer + Intermediate + top
coat) is carried out at shop, compatibility of finish coat with primer should be checked with
paint manufacturer. If the shop coat is in satisfactory condition showing no major defect upon
arrival at site, the shop coat shall not be removed.
5.4 Shop coated equipments (coated with Primer & finishing coat) should not be repainted unless
paint is damaged. Repair shall be carried out as per Table 7.2 of paint systems depending
upon compatibility of paint.
5.5 Shop primed equipment and surfaces will only be 'spot cleaned' in damaged areas by means
of power tool brush cleaning or hand tool cleaning and then spot primed before applying one
coat of field primer unless otherwise specified. If shop primer is not compatible with field
primer then shop coated primer should be completely removed before application of selected
paint system for particular environment.
5.6 For Package units/equipment, shop primer should be as per the paint system given in this
specification. However, manufacturer’s standard can be followed after review.
As mentioned in section 2.4, all coating application at field (field primer, intermediate and
top coat) on equipments, structures, piping, etc, shall be carried out only after its erection and
all welding, testing, steam purging (wherever carried out) have been completed.
5.7 Coating Procedure and Application
All paint coatings shall be applied by airless spray excepting at the following special
cases where application can be carried out by brush subject to suitability of the
application of the paint product by brush.
- Spot repair
- Stripe coating on edges
- Small bore parts not suitable for spray application.
Page 291 of 351

Rev.1
Irregular surfaces such as sharp edges, welds, small brackets, and interstices may stripe
coated to ensure specified DFT is achieved. Paint manufacturer recommendation
should be followed before deciding for brush application.
5.7.1 Surface shall not be coated in rain, wind or in environment where injurious airborne elements
exists, when the steel surface temperature is less than 5oF above dew point when the relative
humidity is greater than 85% or when the temperature is below 40oF and when the
ambient/substrate temp is below the paint manufacturer’s recommended temperature of
application and curing. De-humidifier equipment shall be used to control RH and Dew point.
The paint application shall not be done when the wind speed exceeds 20km per hour.
5.7.2 Blast cleaned surface shall be coated with one complete application of primer as soon as
practicable but in no case later than 4 hrs the same day.
5.7.3 To the maximum extent practicable, each coat of material shall be applied as a continuous
film uniform thickness free of probes. Any spots or areas missed in application shall be
recoated and permitted to dry before the next coat is applied. Applied paint should have the
desired wet film thickness.
5.7.4 Each coat shall be in proper state of cure or dryness before the application of succeeding
coat. Material shall be considered dry for recoating when an additional coat can be applied
without the development of any detrimental film irregularities, such as lifting or loss of
adhesion of the under coat. Manufacturer instruction shall be followed for inter coat interval.
5.7.5 When the successive coat of the same colour have been specified, alternate coat shall be
tinted, when practical, sufficiently to produce enough contrast to indicate complete coverage
of the surface. The tinting material shall be compatible with the material and not detrimental
to its service life and shall be recommended by the original paint manufacturer.
5.7.6 Airless spray application shall be in accordance with the following procedure: as per steel
structure paint Manual Vol.1 & Vol.2 by SSPC, USA, Air less spray relies on hydraulic
pressure rather than air atomization to produce the desired spray. An air compressor or
electric motor is sued to operate a pump to produce pressures of 1000 to 6000 psi. paint is
delivered to the spray gun at this pressure through a single hose within the gun, a single paint
stream is divided into separate streams, which are forced through a small orifice resulting in
automization of paint without the use of air. This results in more rapid coverage with less
over spray. Airless spray usually is faster, cleaner, more economical and easier to use than
conventional air spray.
Airless spray equipment is mounted on wheels, and paint is aspirated in a hose that sucks
paint from any container, including drums. The unit shall have in built agitator that keep the
paint uniformly mixed during the spraying. The unit shall consist of in built strainer. Usually
very small quantity of thinning is required before spray. In case of high build epoxy coating
(two pack). 30:1 pump ratio and 0.020-0.023” tip size will provide a good spray pattern.
Ideally fluid hoses should not be less than 3/8” ID and not longer than 50 ft to obtain
optimum results.
In case of gun choking, de-choking steps shall be followed immediately.
Page 292 of 351

Rev.1
5.7.7 Brush application of paint shall be in accordance with the following:
a. Brushes shall be of a style and quality that will enable proper application of paint.
b. Round or oval brushes are most suitable for rivets, bolts, irregular surface, and
rough or pitted steel. Wide flat brushes are suitable for large flat areas, but they
shall not have width over five inches.
c. Paint shall be applied into all corners.
d. Any runs or sags shall be brushed out.
e. There shall be a minimum of brush marks left in the applied paint.
f. Surfaces not accessible to brushes shall be painted by spray, doubers, or sheepkin.
5.7.8 For each coat the painter should know the WFT corresponding to the specified DFT and
standardize the paint application technique to achieve the desired WFT. This has to be
ensured in the qualification trial.
5.8 Drying of Coated Surfaces
5.8.1 No coat shall be applied until the preceding coat has dried. The material shall be considered
dry for re-coating when another coat can be applied without the development of any film
irregularities such as lifting or loss of adhesion of undercoats. Drying time of the applied coat
should not exceed maximum specified for it as a first coat; if it exceeds the paint material has
possibly deteriorated or maxing is faulty.
5.8.2 No paint shall be force dried under conditions which will cause chalking, wrinkling,
blistering formation of pores, or detrimentally affect the conditions of the paint.
5.8.3 No drier shall be added to paint on the job unless specifically called for in the manufacturer’s
specification for the paint.
5.8.4 Paint shall be protected from rain, condensation, contamination, snow and freezing until dry
to the fullest extent practicable.
5.9 Spot Repair of Damaged Primer
5.9.1 Where pre erection shop primer has been damaged at isolated localized spots during handling
and transportation, or after erection / welding, the repair of damaged coating of pre-erection /
pre-fabrication or shop primer shall be done as given below and as per the Table 7.2 of this
specification.
5.9.2 Repair of damaged inorganic zinc silicate pre-erection / pre-fabrication or shop primer
(F9) after erection / welding in the design temperature of -90oC to 400oC and damaged
silicone aluminium (F-12) pre-erection / pre-fabrication or shop primer after erection /
welding for design temperature range of 401 – 550 °C.
Surface Preparation: Quickly remove the primer from damaged area by mechanical scraping
and emery paper conforming to SSPC-SP-3 to expose the white metal. Blast clean the
surface, if possible. Feather the primed surface over the intact adjacent surface surrounding
the damaged area by emery paper.
Page 293 of 351

Rev.1
Primer coating: One coat of F-9 shall be applied wherever damage was observed on pre-
erection / pre fabrication or shop primer of inorganic zinc silicate coating (F-9). Similarly
one coat of F-12 shall be applied wherever damage observed on pre-erection / pre-
fabrication shop primer of silicone aluminium (F-12).
5.9.3 Wherever if damaged areas are found extensive and spread over large areas, then entire pre-
erection / pre-fabrication or shop primer shall be removed by blasting to achieve SSPC-SP-
10 then entire blasted surface shall be primed again with F-9 or F-12 as applicable for the
intended design temp. (See note under table 7.2).
5.10 Paint Application
5.10.1 Shop priming/pre-erection priming with F9 or F12 shall be done only on blasted surface
(SSPC-SP-10)
5.10.2 Shop priming / pre-erection priming with F9 or F12 shall be done only with airless spray.
5.10.3 Assessment of Painting Requirement
The paint system to be applied for a specific job shall be arrived at sequentially as given
below:
- Identify the environment from area classification details and chose the appropriate table.
- Identify the design temperature from the technical documents
- Identify the specific field paint system and surface preparation requirement from the above
identified table and temperature range.
- Identify the shop priming requirement from Table 7.1 based on compatibility of the above
paint system.
- Identify the need of repair of shop primer and execute as per Table 7.2.
5.11 Documentation / Records
5.11.1 A written quality plan with procedure for qualification trials and for the actual work
including test and inspection plan & procedure for approval before start of work.
5.11.2 Daily progress report with details of weather conditions, particular of applications, no of
coats and type of materials applied, anomalies, progress of work versus program.
5.11.3 Results of measurement of temperatures relative humidity, surface profile, film thickness,
holiday detection, adhesion tests with signature of appropriate authority.
5.11.4 Particulars of surface preparation and paint application during trials and during the work.
5.11.5 Details of non-compliance, rejects and repairs.
5.11.6 Type of testing equipments and calibration.
Page 294 of 351

Rev.1
5.11.7 Code and batch numbers of paint materials used.
The coating applicator must maintain a job record consisting of all the information as per
5.11.2 -5.11.7 above as well as the approved procedure of work (5.11.1 above). The job
record consisting of information as required in accordance to 5.11.2 – 5.11.7 shall be entered
on daily basis and should be daily signed by Engineer-in-charge.
Page 295 of 351

Rev.1
TABLE-1 (FOR CLAUSE 5.0)
SURFACE PREPARATION STANDARDS
VARIOUS INTERNATIONAL
Sl. STANDARDS (EQUIVALENT)
DESCRIPTION REMARKS
No. ISO 8501-1/ SSPC-SP, NACE,
SIS-05 59 00 USA USA
Manual or hand tool
cleaning
Removal of loose rust, loose ST.2 SSPC-SP-2 --

1 mill scale and loose paint,
chipping, scrapping, This method is
standing and wire brushing. applied when the
Surface should have a faint surface is exposed to
metallic sheen normal atmospheric
Mechanical or power tool conditions when
cleaning other methods cannot
be adopted and also
Removal of loose rust loose ST.3 SSPC-SP-3 -- for spot cleaning
mill scale and loose paint to during maintenance
2 degree specified by power painting.
tool chipping, de-scaling,
sanding, wire brushing and
grinding, after removal of
dust, surface should have a
pronounced metallic sheen.
Dry abrasive Blast cleaning
3
There are four common
grades of blast cleaning
White metal
Blast cleaning to white metal Where extremely

cleanliness. Removal of all clean surface can be
3.1 SA 3 SSPC-SP-5 NACE#1
visible rust. Mill scale, paint expected for prolong
& foreign matter 100% life of paint system.
cleanliness with desired
surface profile.
Near white metal The minimum
requirement for
Blast cleaning to near white chemically resistant
metal cleanliness, until at paint systems such as
least 95% of each element of epoxy, vinyl,
surface area is free of all polyurethane based
visible residues with desired and inorganic zinc
3.2 SA 2½ SSPC-SP-10 NACE#2
surface profile. silicate paints, also
for conventional paint
systems used under
fairly corrosive
conditions to obtain
desired life of paint
system.
Page 296 of 351

Rev.1
VARIOUS INTERNATIONAL
Sl. STANDARDS (EQUIVALENT)
DESCRIPTION REMARKS
No. ISO 8501-1/ SSPC-SP, NACE,
SIS-05 59 00 USA USA
Commercial Blast For steel required to
be painted with
Blast cleaning until at least conventional paints
two-third of each element of for exposure to
3.3 SA 2 SSPC-SP-6 NO.3
surface area is free of all mildly corrosive
visible residues with desired atmosphere for longer
surface profile. life of the paint
systems.
Brush-off Blast
Blast cleaning to white metal

3.4 cleanliness, removal of all SA 1 SSPC-SP-7 NO.4
visible rust, mill scale, paint
& foreign matter. Surface
profile is not so important
Page 297 of 351

Rev.1
6.0 PAINT MATERIALS
Paint manufacturers shall furnish the characteristics of all paints materials on original printed
literature, along with the test certificate for all specified characteristics given in this
specification. All the paint materials shall be of first quality and conform to the following
general characteristics as per the tables 6.1, 6.2, 6.3 and 6.4.
PAINT MATERIALS
TABLE No. 6.1 PRIMERS
Sl. DESCRIPTION P-2 P-4 P-6 P-7

No.
Chlorinated Etch Epoxy zinc ZINGA,
rubber Zinc primer/wash phosphate primer LOCKTITE or
1 Technical name
Phosphate primer. primer ZRC
cold galvanizing
Single pack, air Two pack Two component One pack
drying chlorinated polyvinyl butyral polyamine cured Synthetic Resin
rubber based resin medium epoxy resin based zinc
medium cured with medium, galvanizing
2 Type and composition plasticised with phosphoric acid pigmented with containing min
unsaponifiable solution zinc phosphate. 92% of electrolytic
plasticizer, pigmented with zinc dust of
pigmented with zinc tetroxy 99.95% purity.
zinc phosphate. chromate.
3 Volume Solids % 40 ±3 10±1 50±1 37%
DFT (Dry Film
4 thickness) per coat in 40-45 8-10 40-50 40-50µ
microns
Theoritical covering
5 8-10 8-10 8-10 4m²/kg
capacity in M2/coat/ litre
Weight per litre in
6 1.3±0.05 1.2±0.05 1.4±0.05 2.67 kg at 15oC
kgs/litre
Touch dry at 30oC
7 30 minutes 2 hrs. After 30 min. 10 minutes
(minimum)
Hard dry at 30oC
8 8 hrs. 24 hrs. 8 hrs 24 hrs.
(maximum.)
9 Overcoating interval Min.: 8 hrs Min: 4-6 hrs. Min.:8hrs. Min.:4 hrs
Pot life at 30oC for two Not
10 Not applicable 6 - 8 hrs. Unlimited
component paints Applicable
Temperature (Resistance 60 oC NA 80oC 50oC
11
(minimum) Dry service Dry service Dry service Dry service
Page 298 of 351

Rev.1
PAINT MATERIALS
TABLE No. 6.2 FINISH PAINTS
Sl.
DESCRIPTION F-2 F-3 F-6A/B F-6C F-7
No
Acrylic Chlorinated High build coal
Epoxy-High Build Solvent less
1 Technical name Polyurethane rubber based tar epoxy
coating epoxy coating
finish paint finish paint coating.
Single pack F-6A Two-pack
Two pack, Two pack
plasticised Aromatic amine
cured with polyamide
Two-pack chlorinated cured epoxy resin
Amine cured epoxy
aliphatic rubber based medium suitably
Type and Adduct; resin blended
2 isocynate medium with pigmented.
composition catalyzed with coaltar
cured acrylic chemical and F-6B: polyamide
epoxy resin medium,
finish paint. weather cured epoxy resin
suitably suitably
resistant medium suitably
pigmented pigmented
pigments. pigmented
3 Volume Solids % 40 ± 3 38±2 60±3 99±1 65±3
DFT (Dry Film
4 thickness) per coat in 30-40µ 30-40 100-125µ 200-500 100-125µ
microns
5 capacity in 11-15 11-15 5-6 2-3 5.2-6.5
M2/coat/litre
Weight per liter in
6 1.15±0.03 1.15±0.03 1.42±0.03 1.40±0.03 1.40±0.03
kgs/litre
7 Touch dry at 30oC 30 minutes 30 minutes. 3 hrs. 3 hrs. 4 hrs.
Hard dry at 30oC
16 hrs
(max) 48 hrs
8 hrs
8 Full cure at 30oC (for 8 hrs 16 hrs
5 days
immersion/ high 5 days
temperature service)
Over-coating interval Min.12 hrs. Min.: Min.: Overnight Min.: 8 hrs. Min.: 24 hrs
9
at 30 oC Overnight Max.: 5 days Max.: 48 hrs. Max.: 5 days.
Pot life (approx.) at
6-8 hrs. Not
10 30oC for two 4-6 hrs 30 minutes 4-6 hrs.
applicable
component paints
Temperature 120oC(Dry
o o
Resistance 80 C 60 C service), 125oC
80oC
11 (minimum) Dry service Immersion 50oC Immersion
Dry service
min service (Immersion service
service)
Page 299 of 351

Rev.1
PAINT MATERIALS
Sl.
DESCRIPTION F-8 F-9 F-11 F-12
No
Self priming type Heat resistant
Heat resistant
surface tolerant synthetic medium
silicone
high build epoxy Inorganic zinc based two pack
1 Technical name Aluminium paint
coating (complete silicate coating Aluminium paint
suitable upto
rust control suitable upto
500oC dry temp.
coating). 250oC dry temp.
A two pack air
Two pack epoxy drying self curing
resin based solvent based
Heat resistant
suitable inorganic zinc Single pack
synthetic medium
pigmented and silicate coating with silicone resin
based two pack
2 Type & composition capable of minimum 80% zinc based medium
Aluminium paint
adhering to content on dry film. with Aluminium
suitable upto
manually The final cure of flakes.
250oC.
prepared surface the dry film shall
and old coating. pass the MEK rub
test.
3 Volume Solids % 78±3 60±3 38±0.03 20±2
DFT (Dry Film
4 thickness) per coat in 100-125 65-75µ 15-20µ 15-20µ
microns
5 capacity in M2/coat/ 6.0-7.2 8-9 10-12 8-10
litre
Weight per liter in
6 1.41±0.03 2.3±0.03 0.95±0.03 1.00±0.03
kgs/litre
Touch dry at 30oC
7 3 hrs. 30 minutes. 3 hrs. 30 minutes.
(maximum)
Hard dry at 30oC
(maximum) 24 hrs 12 12 hrs 24 hrs
8 Full cure 30oC (for
immersion /high 5days NA NA NA
temperature service)
Min.: 12 hrs.at 20oC
9 Over-coating interval Min.: 10 hrs Min. 24 hrs Min.: 24 hrs
& 50 % RH
o
Pot life at 30 C for two
10 90 minutes. 4-6 hrs. Not applicable Not applicable
component paints
o o o
Temperature 80 C 400 C 250 C 500oC
11
Resistance (minimum) Dry service Dry service Dry service Dry service
Page 300 of 351

Rev.1
PAINT MATERIALS
Sl.
DESCRIPTION F-14 F-15 F-16 F-17
No
Ambient temperature
curing Poly Siloxane
Two-component Two component
coating/High build
Epoxy phenolic solvent free type
cold applied inorganic
coating cured with high build epoxy
copolymer based
Polyamine cured Polyamine adduct phenolic/novalac
1 Technical name aluminium coating
coal tar epoxy hardner system epoxy phenolic
suitable for under
(primer + coating cured with
insulation coating of
intermediate coat Polyamine adduct
CS and SS piping for
+ finish paint) hardner system
high temperature
service.
Two pack ambient Two component
Specially
temperature curing Amercoat 738 from solvent free type
formulated
epoxy phenolic PPG Protective & high build epoxy
polyamine cured
coating system Marine Coatings or phenolic/novalac
2 Type & composition coal tar epoxy
suitable for Intertherm 751 CSA of epoxy phenolic
suitable for
application under International (Akzo coating cured with
application under
insulation of Nobel). Note: 6 Polyamine adduct
insulation
CS/SS piping hardner system
3 Volume Solids % 70±3 70±3 60±2 98-100
DFT (Dry Film
4 thickness) per coat in 100-125 75-100 75-100 125- 150
microns
5 capacity in M2/coat/ 5-8 4-5 7.0- 9.0 6.5 - 8
litre
Weight per liter in
6 1.45±0.03 1.65±0.03 1.3 1.7
kgs/litre (mix paint)
Touch dry at 30oC
7 4 hrs 3 hrs 1 hr 2 hrs
(maximum)
Hard dry at 30oC
(maximum) 24 hrs 24 hrs 16 hrs 24 hrs
8 Full cure 30oC (for
immersion /high 168 hrs (7 days) 168 hrs (7 days) - 168 hrs (7 days)
temp. service)
Over-coating interval Min. 6 hrs Min. 36 hrs Min.16 hrs Min. 16 hrs
9
Max.5 days Max.21 days Max. Not applicable Max.21 days
Pot life at 30oC for
10 two component 4 hrs 4-6 hrs 1 hr 1 hr
paints
Temperature a) upto 400 °C for C.
Resistance o o Steel & S. Steel for
-45 C to 150 C
-45oC to 125oC Intertherm 751 CSA
under insulation & -45oC to 150oC for
11 under insulation b) upto 480 °C for C.
immersion immersion service
And immersion Steel & upto 600 °C
(Note: 5)
for S. Steel for
Amercoat 738
Page 301 of 351

Rev.1
NOTES (for tables 6.1 to 6.4):
1. Covering capacity and DFT depends on method of application. Covering capacity

specified above are theoretical. Allowing the losses during application, min specified
DFT should be maintained.
2. All primers and finish coats should be cold cured and air drying unless otherwise
specified.
3. All paints shall be applied in accordance with manufacturer's instructions for surface
preparation, intervals, curing and application. The surface preparation, quality and
workmanship should be ensured. In case of conflict between this specification and
manufacturer’s recommendation, the same shall be clarified through EIL SMMS
department.
4. Technical data sheets for all paints shall be supplied at the time of submission of
quotations.
5. F-15: Two-component Epoxy phenolic coating cured with Polyamine adduct hardner
system (primer + intermediate coat + finish paint) suitable upto 225ºC (Intertherm 228
from M/s Akzo Nobel Coatings India Pvt Ltd. Bangalore). For all other companies, the
temperature resistance shall be a maximum of 150ºC.
6. F-16: Ambient temperature curing epoxy poly siloxane Coating or high build cold
applied inorganic co-polymer based aluminium coating.
Amercoat 738 from PPG Protective & Marine coatings. Mumbai, is suitable up to
480oC for CS surfaces and 600oC for SS surfaces.
Intertherm 751 from Akzo Nobel Coatings India Pvt Ltd. Bangalore, Inorganic co-
polymer cold applied Aluminium spray coating is suitable upto 400oC of CS & SS
surfaces.
Page 302 of 351

Rev.1
7.0 COATING SYSTEMS
The coating system should be selected based on the Plant location as given below:
Classification based on Plant Location:
a) Plant located in Inland area (more than 50 km from coast);

Environment Classification – Industrial
- For offsite areas: Table 9.0 to be followed
- For all unit areas including DM, CPP and Cooling Tower: Table 10.0 to be
followed
b) Plant located on sea coast or within 50 km from sea coast;

Environment classification- Industrial marine
- For offsite area, as well as all unit area including DM, CPP, Cooling Tower:
Table 10.0 to be followed
c) For external surface of above ground tanks, table 12.0 to be followed for all
locations (Inland or coastal)
Notes:
1. Coating systems (Primers, Finish Paints etc.) based on Area

classification/environments/Applications are tabulated in Table 8.0 to Table 17.0
2. Primers & Finish paints covered in Tables 8.0 to 17.0 are listed in Table 7.1.
3. Repair of Pre-Erection/Pre-Fabrication & Shop priming after erection/ welding shall be

done as per Table 7.2.
Page 303 of 351

Rev.1
TABLE 7.1: LIST OF PRIMERS & FINISH COATS COVERED IN TABLE NOS. 8 to 18.0
PRIMERS
P-2 Chlorinated rubber zinc Phosphate Primer
P-4 Etch Primer/Wash Primer
P-6 Two component Epoxy Zinc Phosphate Primer cured with polyamine hardener
Single pack, cold galvanizing compounds containing minimum 92% electrolytic zinc in dry film.
P-7
make ZINGA, LOCKTITE (of HENKEL) or ZRC
FINISH COATS / PAINTS

F-2 Two component Acrylic – Polyurethane finish paint
F-3 Chlorinated Rubber finish paint
F-6A High Build Epoxy finish coating cured with polyamine hardener
F-6B High Build Epoxy finish coating cured with polyamide hardener
F-6C Solvent less Epoxy Coating cured with poly amine hardener
F-7 High build Coal Tar epoxy coating cured with polyamine hardener
F-8 Self priming surface Tolerant High Build epoxy coating. cured with polyamine hardener
F-9 Two component Inorganic Zinc Silicate coating
F-11 Heat resistant synthetic medium based Aluminium paint
F-12 Two component Heat resistant Silicone Aluminium paint.
F-14 Specially formulated coal tar epoxy coating. cured with polyamine hardener
F-15 Two component Epoxy phenolic coating cured with Polyamine adduct hardener system
Engineered Epoxy poly Siloxane Coating or high build cold applied inorganic co-polymer based
F-16
aluminium coating
Two component solvent free type high build epoxy phenolic/novalac epoxy phenolic coating cured
F-17
with Polyamine adduct hardener system
Page 304 of 351

Rev.1
TABLE 7.2 REPAIR OF PRE-ERECTION/PRE-FABRICATION OR SHOP PRIMER

AFTER ERECTION/WELDING
For all un-insulated CS, LTCS & low allow steel items in all Environments
Total DFT
Sl. Surface
Design Temp. in oC Coating System in Microns Remarks
No. Preparation
(min.)
7.2.1 -90 to 400 SSPC-SP-3 1 coat of F-9 65-75 See note

below and
7.2.2 401 to 550 SSPC-SP-3 1 coat of F-12 20 clause 5.9.3
NOTES:
1 The application and repair of pre-erection/pre-fabrication or Shop Primer given in above tables
shall be done for all the items to be painted. In case the damages of primer are severe and spread
over large area, entire primer shall be removed by blasting to achieve SSPC-SP-10 and surfaces
to be primed again with F-9 or F-12 as applicable.
TABLE 8.0 COATING SYSTEM FOR GRATINGS, ROLLING & STATIONERY

LADDERS, SPIRAL STAIRWAYS AND HAND RAILS IN ALL LOCATION
Design
Sl. Total DFT
Temp. in Coating System
No. o in Microns (min.)
C
Hot Dip Galvanizing to 80-85 microns (600-610
80 microns of finish coat
gm/m2)as per IS 4759, 2629, 4736, 2633 +
8.1 Up to 60 (excluding the thickness of
1 coat of P-6 @ 40µ DFT/coat + 1 coat of F-2 @ 40
galvanizing )
microns DFT/coat
NOTES:
1 No galvanized specimen shall have thickness less than 80 microns.
2 Repair of the damaged area of galvanized coatings due to welding during erection shall be
carried out as per recommended practice IS 11759 using cold galvanizing spray process.
Organic Paint systems are not acceptable for repair.
3 After repair of damaged galvanized coating by Cold Galvanized, the repaired area shall be top
coated with paint system as given in Table 8.0 above (i.e., 1 coat of P-6 @ 40µ DFT/coat + 1
coat of F-2 @ 40µ DFT/coat).
4 Approved Cold Galvanizing manufacturers are ZINGA, LOCKTITE or Z.R.C.
Page 305 of 351

Rev.1
TABLE 9.0 COATING SYSTEM FOR OFFSITE AREA (INLAND PLANTS)

For external surfaces of Un-insulated & aboveground (atmospheric exposure)
Structures, Piping, Vessels, Equipments, Pumps, etc. (Note-1); (For Carbon Steel,
LTCS & Low Alloy Steel). See Note Below*
Surface Coating System Total Final

Design
Sl. Preparation & (Post-erection / Field) DFT
Temp. in Remarks
No. o Pre-erection/Shop in Microns
C Primer Finish Coat
Primer (min.)
SSPC-SP-10; No over-
9.1 -90 to -15 1coat of F-9 @ None None 65-75 coating to be
65-75µ DFT/coat done on
SSPC-SP-10; F-9 as it will
1 coat of F-2 @
9.2 -14 to 60 1coat of F-9 @ None 105-115 lead to mud
40µ DFT/coat
65-75µ DFT/coat cracking.
SSPC-SP-10;
1 coat of F-2 @
9.3 61 to 80 1coat of F-9 @ None 105-115
40µ DFT/coat
65-75µ DFT/coat
2 coats of F-11
SSPC-SP-10;
@ 20µ
9.4 81 to 250 1coat of F-9 @ None 105
DFT/coat;
65-75µ DFT/coat
(2x20=40)
2 coats of F-12
SSPC-SP-10;
@ 20µ
9.5 251 to 400 1coat of F-9 @ None 105-115
DFT/coat
65-75µ DFT/coat F-12 shall be
(2x20=40)
ambient
SSPC-SP-10; 2 coats of F-12 temperature
9.6 401 to 550 1coat of F-12 @ None @20µ DFT/coat 60 curing type
20µ DFT/coat (2x20=40)
* Flare line within unit or offsite areas shall be coated as per Clause 10.3 of Table 10.0, but
having finish coat of 2 coats of F-12.
NOTES:
1 The list of items given in the heading of the above table is not exhaustive. There may be more
items for a particular contract where these specifications are used. The Contractor is fully
responsible for completing painting including prefabrication primer for all the items supplied
and fabricated through his scope of work as per tender document.
2 If the Pre-erection/Pre-fabrication & Shop Primer has already been completed, the same shall not
be repeated again in the field. In case the damages of primer are severe and spread over large
areas, the engineer-in-charge may decide & advise re-blasting and priming again. Repair of pre-
fabrication/pre-erection primer, if required, shall be done as per Table 7.2.
3 In case of Paint systems as per Sl. Nos. 9.5 and 9.6, the color bands shall be applied over the
Aluminum paint as per the Color coding requirement for specific service of piping given in
Clause 19.0.
4 All coating system including surface preparation, primer, and finish coat for piping shall be done
at field only.
Page 306 of 351

Rev.1
TABLE 10.0 COATING SYSTEM FOR UNIT AREAS AS WELL AS DM, CPP,
COOLING TOWER OF INLAND PLANTS AND FOR ALL AREAS (UNIT,
OFFSITE, DM, CPP, etc.) OF COASTAL PLANTS
For external surfaces of un-insulated and above ground (atmospheric exposure)

structures, piping, vessels, equipments, external surface of MS chimney/stacks,
RCC chimney, internal surface of MS chimney without refractory lining, towers,
columns, pumps, compressors, blowers etc. of carbon steel, LTCS & low alloy
steels (note-1)
Surface Preparation & Coating System Total DFT

Design Pre-erection/Shop (Post-erection / Field) in
Sl. Remarks
Temp. in oC Primer Microns
No. Primer Finish Coat
(min.)
SSPC-SP-10; a) No over-
10.1 -90 to -15 1coat of F-9 @ None None 65-75 coating to be
65-75µ DFT/coat done on
F-9 as it will
2 coats of F-6A lead to mud
@ 100 µ cracking.
DFT/coat + 1
SSPC-SP-10; 1 coat of P-6
coat of F-2 @ b) F-12 shall
10.2 -14 to 80 1coat of F-9 @ @ 40 µ 345-355
40µ DFT/coat; be ambient
65-75µ DFT/coat DFT/coat
(2x100 + 40= temperature
240) curing type
c) Finish coat
including
2 coats of F-12 primer
SSPC-SP-10; @ 20µ compatible
10.3 81 to 400 1coat of F-9 @ None DFT/coat 105-115 with finish
65-75µ DFT/coat 2x20=40 coat (i.e. field
primer) shall
be applied at
site only.
Finish
2 coats of F-12 coating is not
SSPC-SP-10; permitted at
@ 20µ
10.4 401 to 550 1coat of F-12 @ None 60 equipment
DFT/coat;
20µ DFT/coat manufacture
(2x20=40)
shop.
NOTES:
1. The list of items given in the heading of the above table is not exhaustive. There may be more
items for a particular contract where these specifications are used. The Contractor is fully
responsible for completing painting including prefabrication primer for all the items supplied
and fabricated through his scope of work as per tender document.
2. If the Pre-erection/Pre-fabrication & Shop Primer has already been completed, the same shall not
be repeated again in the field. In case the damages of primer are severe and spread over large
Page 307 of 351

Rev.1
areas, the engineer-in-charge may decide & advise re-blasting and priming again. Repair of pre-
fabrication/pre-erection primer, if required, shall be done as per Table 7.2.
3. For external surface of MS chimney with or without refractory lining and for internal surface
without refractory lining, paint system as per 10.3 above shall be followed.
4. For external surface of RCC Chimney, 2 coats of F-6 @ 100µ DFT/coat to obtain total DFT of
200 µ shall be applied after proper surface preparation as per guidelines in 5.1.6.
5. In case of paint systems as per Sl. Nos. 10.3 and 10.4, the colour bands shall be applied over the
Aluminum paint as per the Color coding requirement for specific service of piping given in
Clause 19.0.
6. All coating system including surface preparation, primer, finish coat for piping shall be done at
site/field only.
Page 308 of 351

Rev.1
TABLE 11.0 COATING SYSTEM FOR EFFLUENT TREATMENT PLANT (ETP)
Coating System Total

Sl. Design Temp. DFT in
Surface Preparation Remarks
No. in oC Primer Finish Coat Microns
(min.)
For External Surfaces of C.S./M.S. items: Screens, Walk way bridges, Baffles, Dual media filters,
11.1 Vertical pumps, piping in treated effluent sump, bio sludge pump, Screw pump and pump house, CS
tanks, sumps and vessels.
2 coats of
F-6A @100µ
DFT/coat + 1
1 coat of F-9
coat of F-2 @
-14 to 80 SSPS-SP-10 @ 65-75µ 305-315 -
40µ
DFT/coat
DFT/coat;
(2x100+40=2
40)
For Internal Surfaces of CS/MS Items: Bio-sludge sump, Filter feed sump, Process sump, Sanitary
11.2
sump, Transfer sump, Sludge, Slop oil tank, scrapping mechanism in Clarifier
3 coats of
1 coat of F-9
F-6A @100µ
-14 to 80 SSPS-SP-10 @ 65-75µ 365-375 Note:1
DFT/coat
DFT/coat.
(3x100=300)
All R.C.C./concrete surfaces exposed to effluent water / liquid such as tanks, structures, drains etc. in
11.3
Process sump, TPI separator (Process and Oil), Aeration Tank and Transfer sump etc.
Epoxy screed
lining shall be
Blast cleaning to SSPC-SP
applied as per
guide lines and Acid
specific
-14 to 80 etching with 10-15% HCl Epoxy Screed lining 3mm
manufacturer
acid followed by thorough
and Engineer-
water washing.
in-Charge
instructions
C.S/M.S Dual media filters (Internal), Chemical dosing tanks(internal) such as Di-Ammonium
11.4
Phosphate (DAP) and Urea
Natural
Rubber lining
shall be
Natural Rubber Lining applied as per
Up to 60 SSPC-SP-10 (As per IS 4682, Part 1) 4.5mm specific
manufacturer
and Engineer-
in-Charge
instructions
NOTES
1. The paint /coating manufacturers shall provide their Quality control test certificate of coating
materials (F-6A) for immersion service of the exposed effluent given in 11.2.
Page 309 of 351

Rev.1
TABLE 12.0 EXTERNAL COATING SYSTEMS FOR UNINSULATED CARBON STEEL

AND LOW ALLOY STEEL STORAGE TANKS (For all plant locations, coastal
or inland)
All Process Units & Off-sites
Total
Surface Coating system (Field)
DFT
Sl. Design Temp. Preparation (see note 1 below) in Remarks
No. in oC (Field)
Microns
Primer Finish Coat (min.)
All external surfaces of shell, wind girders, appurtenances, roof tops of all above ground tank including top
12.1
side of external and internal floating roof and associated external structural works.
F-6 should
2 coats of F-6A @
1coat of F-9 @ 65-75µ be suitable
100µ DFT /coat + 1
SSPC-SP-10 DFT/coat + 1coat of P-6 for
12.1.1 -14 to 80 coat of F-2 @ 40µ 345-355
@ 40µ DFT/ coat ; occasional
DFT/ coat;
water
immersion
1 coat of F-15 primer @ 1 coat of F-15 finish

SSPC-SP-10 80µ DFT/ coat + 1 coat coat @80µ DFT/ coat +
12.1.2 81 to 150 280 -
of F-15 intermediate 1coat of F-2 @ 40µ
coat @ 80µ DFT/coat ; DFT/ coat;
2 coats of F-12 @20 µ

105
DFT/ coat
1coat of F-9 @ 65-75µ or
12.1.3 151 to 500 SSPC-SP-10 Or -
DFT/coat 115
1 coat of F-16 @ 50 µ
DFT / coat
12.2 External surfaces of bottom plate (soil side) for all storage tanks.
F-7 should
be suitable
for
SSPC-SP-10 1 coat of F-9 @ 3 coats of F-7@ 100µ immersion
12.2.1 -14 to 80 365-375
65-75µ DFT/ coat DFT/coat (3x100=300) service of
the
products
given
1 coat of F-15 primer @
80µ DFT/ coat + 1 coat
SSPC-SP-10 1 coat of F-15 finish
12.2.2 81 to 150 of F-15 intermediate 240 -
coat @ 80µ DFT/ coat
coat @ 80µ DFT/coat ;
(80+80=160)
1 coat of F-16 @ 125 µ 1 coat of F-16 @ 125 µ
12.2.3 151 to 550 SSPC-SP-10 250 -
DFT /coat DFT /coat
12.3 For underside of the bottom plate (in case tank is not lifted during PWHT) (see Note 2c)
Page 310 of 351

Rev.1
For CS Products
SSPC SP-6 from
Commercial JOTUN or
HI-TEMP
Blast 2 coats of inert
-180 to 650 1 coat of inert polymeric coatings or
12.3.1 polymeric matrix 350-400
For SS matrix coating @ 125 µ SK
coating @ 125 µ
SSPC SP-1 FORMULA
with non- TIONS are
chloride recommend
solvent ed.
NOTES
1. All paint coating application including primer for tankage shall be carried out at field after
erection and completion of all welding.
2. For underside of bottom plate :

a) Painting shall be carried out before laying of bottom plate for tanks with Non-Post Weld
Heat Treatment (PWHT).
b) For tanks with PWHT, painting shall be carried out after PWHT.
c) In case tank is not lifted during PWHT then painting shall be applied before laying of bottom
plate, clause no. 12.3.1 shall be followed.
Caution: PWHT temperature shall not exceed 650oC.
Page 311 of 351

Rev.1
TABLE 13.0 INTERNAL COATING SYSTEMS FOR CARBON STEEL AND LOW ALLOY
STORAGE TANKS
All Process Units & Off-sites
Coating system (Field) Total

Surface
(see note 1 below) DFT
Sl. Design Preparation
in Remarks
No. Temp. in oC (Field)
Primer Finish Coat Microns
(min.)
CRUDE OIL, ATF, TURPENTINE OIL, LUBRICATING OIL AND VEGETABLE OIL
Underside of floating roof, internal surface of cone roof, inside of bottom plate, Internal surfaces of Shell
13.1
- including wetted and free board height, oil side surfaces of deck plates, oil side surfaces of pontoons,
roof structures, structural steel, ladders and other CS internals
1 coat of F-15
intermediate coat @
13.1. 1 coat of F-15 primer @
-14 to 90 SSPC-SP-10 80µ DFT/coat + 1 coat 240-300 -
1 80µ DFT/ coat
of F-15 finish coat @
80µ DFT/ coat;
PETROLEUM PRODUCTS & INTERMEDIATES like LDO, HSD , GAS OIL, FEEDS of
FCC-PC, FCC-LCO, VGO-HDT, ISOM, DHDT, REFORMATE, DCU, NHT & GASOLINE,
NAPHTHA, ISOMERATE AND KEROSENE.
13.2
Underside of Floating roofs, internal surface of cone roof, inside of bottom plate, internal surfaces of
Bare shell for full height, underside of floating roof, oil side surfaces of deck plates, oil side surfaces of
pontoons, support structures and ladders etc.
13.2. 1 coat of F-9 @
-14 to 45 SSPC-SP-10 - 75 Note 2
1 75 µ DFT/coat
1 coat of F-15
intermediate coat @
13.2. 1 coat of F-15 primer @
46 to 90 SSPC-SP-10 80µ DFT/coat + 1 coat 240-300 -
2 80µ DFT/ coat
of F-15 finish coat @
80µ DFT/ coat;
POTABLE AND FIRE WATER
13.3
All internal surfaces, accessories and roof structures of Cone and Dome roof tanks
2 Coats of F-6A @
13.3. 1 Coats of P-6 @
-14 to 60 SSPC-SP-10 100µ DFT/ Coat; 300-350 Note-4
1 100 µ DFT/coat;
(2x100=200)
DE-MINERALIZED (DM) WATER
13.4
2 coats of F-6C @
13.4. 1 Coats of P-6 @
-14 to 60 SSPC-SP-10 200µ DFT/ coat; 400-450 -
1 100µ DFT/coat;
(2x200=400)
1 coat of F-15
intermediate coat @
13.4. 1 coat of F-15 primer @ 80µ DFT/coat + 1 coat
61 to150 SSPC-SP-10 240-300 -
2 80µ DFT/ coat of F-15 finish coat @
80µ DFT/ coat;
(80+80=160)
HYDROCHLORIC ACID (HCl) 10 %
13.5
13.5.
-14 to 60 SSPC-SP-10 None Natural Rubber Lining 4.5 mm -
1
Page 312 of 351

Rev.1
AGGRESSIVE SOLVENTS LIKE HEXANE, HEXENE, BENZENE, XYLENE AND TOLUENE

13.6
13.6. 1 coat of F-9 @ 75µ

-14 to 65 SSPC-SP-10 --- 75 -
1 DFT/ coat
ETHYLENE GLYCOL (EG) TANKS

13.7
Internal shell-full height, bottom plate, underside of roof and all accessories
3 coats of vinyl
chloride co-polymer
13.7.
All SSPC-SP-10 None AMERCOAT 23 @ 225 -
1
75µ /Coat;
(3x75=225)
13.8 Inside pontoon and inside of double deck of all floating roofs
13.8. 1 coat of F-8 @ 100µ 1 coat of F-8 @ 100µ
-14 to 80 SSPC-SP-3 200 -
1 DFT/coat DFT/coat
WET SLOPS, AMINE solutions, SOUR WATER , WATER DRAW OFF
13.9
1 coat of F-15
intermediate coat @
13.9. 1 coat of F-15 primer @ 80µ DFT/coat + 1 coat
-14 to 90 SSPC-SP-10 240 -
1 80µ DFT/ coat of F-15 finish coat @
80µ DFT/ coat;
(80+80=160)
VACUUM RESIDUE, FUEL OIL , DRY SLOP, BITUMEN AND OTHER HIGH TEMPERATURE
HYDROCARBON LIQUIDS
13.10 Underside of floating roof, internal surface of cone roof, bottom plate, inside of bare shell – including
wetted and non wetted surfaces, oil side surfaces of deck plates, oil side surfaces of pontoons, roof
structures, structural steel and ladders
1 coat of F-17
intermediate coat @
13.10 1 coat of F-17 primer 125µ DFT/coat + 1 coat
Up to 150oC SSPC-SP-10 375 Note:3
.1 @ 125µ DFT/ coat of F-17 finish coat
@125µ DFT/ coat;
(125+125=250)
ALKALIS UP TO 50 % CONCENTRATION
13.11
2 Coats of F-6 A @
13.11 1 coat of F-15 primer @
Up to 60oC SSPC-SP-10 100µ DFT/coat; 280-100 -
.1 80µ DFT/ coat
(2x100=200)
NOTES
1. All paint coating application including primer shall be carried out after erection and completion
of all welding work at site.
2. F-6A should be suitable and resistant for immersion service for the respective Hydrocarbons.
3. This system can be used where maximum operating temperature is below 150oC and design
temperature is upto 200oC. Cases of operating temperature > 150oC are not covered in this spec,
such cases shall be covered in the job specifications.
4 F-6 A shall be suitable for drinking water service and should have competent authority
certification.
Page 313 of 351

Rev.1
TABLE 14.0 COATING SYSTEMS FOR EXTERNAL SIDE OF UNDERGROUND

CARBON STEEL PLANT PIPING AND UNDERGROUND VESSELS
Surface Coating system (Field) Total Final

Design Preparation
Sl. Surface DFT
Temp. in & Remarks
No. o
Preparation & Finish Coat in Microns
C Shop Primer
Primer (min.)
14.1 Underground carbon steel plant piping
1 layer of coaltar tape

The primer
coating @ 2mm +1
DFT is not
coat of synthetic fast
SSPC-SP-10; measurable.
drying primer 25 @µ
Reconciliation
DFT/ coat + 1 layer of
14.1.1 25 to 65 --- 1 coat of synthetic 4 mm primer shall
coal tar tape coating @
fast drying primer be done by
2mm /layer as per
25 @µ DFT/ coat coverage of
EIL Standard
maximum 10
Specification .No
sq.m/litre
6-79-0011
SSPC-SP-10; 1 coat of F-17

intermediate coat @
14.2.1 66 to 150 --- 1 coat of F-17 125µ DFT/coat + 1 375 -
primer @ 125µ coat of F-17 finish
DFT/ coat coat @125µ DFT/ coat
SSPC-SP-10;
1 coat of F-16 finish
14.2.2 151 to 400 --- 1 coat of F-16 250 -
coat @125µ DFT/ coat
primer @ 125µ
DFT/ coat
14.3 External side of un-insulated underground storage vessels
SSPC-SP-10;
1 coat of F-9 3 coats of F-7 @ 100µ

14.3.1 -40 to 80 --- 365-375 -
@ DFT/coat
65-75µ DFT/
coat
SSPC-SP-10;
1 coat of F-17
intermediate coat @
1 coat of F-17
14.3.2 81 to 150 --- 125µ DFT/coat + 1 375 -
primer @
coat of F-17 finish
125µ DFT/
coat @125µ DFT/ coat
coat
SSPC-SP-10;
1 coat of F-16 1 coat of F-16 finish

14.3.3 151 to 400 --- 250 -
primer @ coat @125µ DFT/ coat
125µ DFT/
coat
Page 314 of 351

Rev.1
TABLE 15.0 COATING UNDER INSULATION (COASTAL OR INLAND PLANTS). ALL

UNITS AREAS & OFF-SITES
For insulated Piping, Equipments, Storage vessels, tanks, Columns etc of Carbon
Steel, LTCS, Low Alloy Steel & Stainless Steels

Surface
(Post-erection / Field) Final
Preparation &
Sl. Design DFT
Pre- Remarks
No. Temp. in oC Primer/ in
erection/Shop Finish Coat
Intermediate Microns
Primer
(min.)
15.1 Carbon steel, LTCS and low Alloy steel Piping
SSPC-SP-10; 2 coats of F-15 @
1 coat of F-15 @
15.1.1 -45 to 120 1coat of F-15 @ 75µ DFT/coat; 225- 250 -
75µ DFT/coat
75µ DFT/coat (2x75= 150)
SSPC-SP-10; 2coat of F-12 @
15.1.2 121-540 1coat of F-12 @ None 20µ DFT/coat; 60 -
20µ DFT/coat (2x20=40)
15.2 Carbon steel, LTCS and low Alloy steel - Storage vessels, Reactors, Columns & Equipments
SSPC-SP-10; 2 coats of F-15 @
1 coat of F-15 @
15.2.1 -45 to 120 1coat of F-15 @ 75µ DFT/coat; 300 -
75µ DFT/coat
75µ DFT/coat (2x75= 150)
3 coats of F-12 @
SSPC-SP-10; 20µ DFT/coat
121 to 400
15.2.2 1 coat of F-9 @ None OR 125-135 -
65-75 µ DFT/coat 1 coat of F-16 @
60 µ DFT/coat
15.3 Stainless Steel (SS) including Alloy-20 piping (Note:2)
For CS
SSPC SP-6 Products from
Commercial Blast JOTUN or HI-
1 coat of inert 2 coats of inert
-180 to Zero TEMP coatings or
15.3.1 polymeric matrix polymeric matrix 350-400
For SS SK
coating @ 125 µ coating @ 125 µ
SSPC SP-1 with FORMULATIONS
non-chloride are recommended.
solvent
If the piping &
equipments are
already erected
then surface shall
SSPC-SP-10
be prepared by
(15-25µ surface 1 coat of F-15 1 coat of F-15
cleaning with
15.3.2 0 to 125 profile) intermediate coat finish coat@ 80 240
emery paper and
1 coat of F-15@ @80 µ DFT/coat µ DFT/coat; wash/flush with
80 µ DFT/coat
chloride free DM
water followed by
wiping with
organic solvent
SSPC-SP-10 Not recommended
1 coat of F-16 @
15.3.3 126 to 400 1 coat of F-16 @ None 250 for operating
125 µ DFT/coat
125 µ DFT/coat temperature
Page 315 of 351

Rev.1
SSPC SP-10; between

1 coat of
1 coat of 60 – 120 °C
15.3.4 401 to 600
Amercoat 738@
None Amercoat 738@ 250
125 µ DFT/coat 125 µ DFT/coat
15.4 Coating system for Cyclic Service of Carbon Steel, LTCS, Low Alloy Steel & Stainless Steel
SSPC-SP-10 Apcothern EPN
(15-25µ surface 1 coat of F-15 1 coat of F-15 200 of M/s Asian
15.4.1 - 40 to 150 profile) intermediate coat finish coat @ 240 Paints Ltd
1 coat of F-15 @ @ 80µ DFT/coat 80µ DFT/coat; OR
80 µ DFT/coat Equivalent
For CS
SSPC SP-6 Products from
Commercial Blast JOTUN or HI-
1 coat of inert 2 coats of inert
-180 to 650 TEMP coatings or
15.4.2 For SS polymeric matrix polymeric matrix 350-400
SK
SSPC SP-1 with coating @ 125 µ coating @ 125 µ
FORMULATIONS
non-chloride are recommended.
solvent
15.5 No painting is required for insulated Monel, Incoloy and Nickel lines.
NOTES
1. “Cyclic Service” is characterized by rapid temperature fluctuation.

2. The blast cleaning abrasives for SS and Alloy steel surfaces shall be Aluminium oxide
grits/shots or garnet.
3. In case of overlapping of temperature ranges as mentioned in 15.4.1 and 15.4.2, clause 15.4.1
shall be followed.
TABLE 16.0 COATING SYSTEM FOR CARBON STEEL COMPONENTS OF COOLERS /

CONDENSERS (INTERNAL PROTECTION) FOR FRESH WATER SERVICE
Fresh Water boxes, channels, partition plates, end covers and tube sheets etc.

Surface Preparation
Sl. Design (Post-erection / Field) Final DFT
& Pre-erection/Shop Remarks
No. Temp. in oC in Microns
Primer Primer Finish paint
(min.)
1 coat of F-15 2 coats of F-15 @
16.1 Up to 80 oC SSPC-SP-10 240 -
@ 80 microns 80µ DFT/coat;
1 coat of Glass
Fibre Reinforced
16.2 80 to 140 SSPC-SP-10 --- 1500 -
Novolac epoxy of
1.5 mm DFT
Page 316 of 351

Rev.1
TABLE 17.0 COATING SYSTEM (INTERNAL PROTECTION) FOR GALVANIZED OR

NON FERROUS OR STAINLESS STEEL/ DUPLEX STAINLESS STEEL
COMPONENTS OF COOLERS/ CONDENSERS FOR FRESH WATER
SERVICE
Coating System Total Final

Surface Preparation
Sl. Design (Post-erection / Field) DFT
& Pre-erection/Shop Remarks
No. Temp. in oC in Microns
Primer Primer Finish paint
(min.)
1 coat of F-15 @ 1 coat of F-15 @
17.1 Up to 80 Sweep Blasting 160 -
80µ DFT/coat; 80µ DFT/coat;
1 coat of Glass
Fibre Reinforced
17.2 80 to 140 Sweep Blasting --- 1500 -
Novolac epoxy of
1.5 mm DFT
18.0 STORAGE
18.1 All paints and painting materials shall be stored only in rooms to be arranged by contractor
and approved by Engineer-in-charge for the purpose. All necessary precautions shall be
taken to prevent fire. The storage building shall preferably be separate from adjacent
building. A signboard bearing the word “PAINT STORAGE – NO NAKED LIGHT –
HIGHLY INFLAMABLE” shall be clearly displayed outside. Manufacturer’s
recommendation shall be followed for storage of paint materials.
19.0 PAINT COLOUR CODE FOR PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
1 This specification covers the requirement of colour scheme for the identification of the
contents of the pipelines carrying fluids, storage tanks and equipment in refineries. The
following colour coding system has been made based on BPCL-KR input document.
19.1 Identification
The system of colour coding consists of a ground colour and secondary colour bands
superimposed over the ground colour. The ground colour identifies the basic nature of the
service and secondary colour band over the ground colour distinguishes the particular service.
The ground colour shall be applied over the entire length of the un-insulated pipes. For
insulated lines ground colour shall be provided as per specified length and interval to identify
the basic nature of service and secondary colour bands to be painted on these specified length
to identify the particular service. Above colour code is applicable for both unit and offsite
pipelines.
The following ground colour designation for identification of basis classification of various
important services shall be followed.
Post Office Red Fire protection materials

Off White / Aluminium Steam (all pressures)
Canary Yellow Chemicals and dangerous materials
Page 317 of 351

Rev.1
Dark Admiralty Grey Crude oil, lube oil

Orange Volatile petroleum products (motor sprit and lighter)
Oxide red Non-Volatile petroleum products (kerosene and heavier,
including waxy distillates and diesel, gas oil)
Black Residual oils, still bottoms, slop oils and asphalts, fuel oil
Sky blue Water (all purities and temperatures)
Sea green Air and its components and Freon
Secondary colours: The narrow bands presenting the secondary colour which identifies the
specific service may be applied by painting or preferably by use of adhesive plastic tapes of
the specific colour.
19.2 Colour Bands and Identification Lettering
The following specifications of colour bands shall be followed for identifying the piping
contents, size and location of bands & letters. The bandwidth and size of letters in legends will
depend to some extent upon the pipe diameter. Either white or black letters are selected to
provide maximum contrast to the band colour. Bands usually are 100 mm wide and regardless
of band width, are spaced 50 mm apart when two bands are employed.
Colour bands and size of lettering for piping:
Outside diameter of pipe Width of colour bands in Size of legend Letters in

or covering in mm mm mm
19 to 32 200 13
38 to 51 200 19
64 to 150 300 32
200 to 250 600 64
Over 250 800 89
Contrast shall be provided between color field and legend for readability. Use of letters
standard style, in sizes, 1/2inch (13mm) and larger, is recommended. See above table for
specific size recommendations. For identification of materials in pipes of less than ¾ inch
(19mm) in diameter, and for valve and fitting identification, the use of permanently legible tag
is recommended.
In addition, ground colour as per specified length should be provided on insulated piping for
easy identification of nature of fluid, on which the colour bands should be painted for
identification of each service. The length of the ground colour should be 3 times the width of
normal bands or 2 meters, whichever is suitable depending on the length of the pipe.
Arrows shall be used to indicate direction of flow. Where flow can be in both directions,
arrows in both directions shall be displayed.
Positive identification of the contents of a piping system shall be by lettered legend, giving the
name of the contents in full or abbreviated form. Contents shall be identified by a legend with
sufficient additional details such as temperature, pressure, etc as are necessary to identify the
hazard. Legends shall be brief, informative, pointed and simple of greatest effectiveness.
Legends shall be applied close to valves or flanges and adjacent to changes in direction,
branches and where pipes pass through walls or floors, where it enters and emerges from road,
Page 318 of 351

Rev.1
culvert and walkway overpasses, unit battery limits and at every 50m intervals on straight pipe
runs sufficient for identification. Identification may be accomplished by stencilling, the use of
tape, or markers. In any situation, the number and location of identification markers shall be
based on the particular piping system.
The letters will be in black on pipes painted with light shade colours and white on pipes
painted with dark shade colours to give good contrast.
Only writing of service name shall be done on stainless steel lines. Precautions should be taken
while painting by using low chloride content painting to avoid any damage to the stainless
steel pipes. It is preferable to use adhesive plastic tapes to protect stainless steel pipes.
Visibility:
Attention shall be given to visibility with reference to pipe markings. Where pipelines are
located above or below the normal line of vision, the lettering shall be placed below or above
the horizontal centreline of the pipe.
Size of letters stencilled / written for equipment shall be as given below:
Column and vessel : 150

mm (Height)
Pump, compressor and other machinery : 50 mm (Height)
In addition, the contents of the pipe and/or direction of flow may be further indicated by
arrows and legend. If a hazard is involved it must be identified clearly by legend.
Colour bands: The location and size of bands, as recommended, when used, shall be
applied to the pipe.
- On both sides of the valves, tees and other fittings of importance.

- Where the pipe enters and emerges from walls and where it emerges from road &
walkway overpasses, unit battery limits.
- At uniform intervals along long sections of the pipe.
- Adjacent to tanks, vessels and pumps.
Colour band specification:
a) Bands at intervals of 50 meters for the long stretch of pipelines

b) Each pipe segment will have minimum one band indication, irrespective of length.
c) The bands shall also be displayed near walkways, both sides of culverts, tanks dykes,
tanks, vessels, suction and discharge of pumps / compressors, unit battery limit, near
valves of line, etc.
For alloy steel / stainless steel pipes and fittings in stores / fabrication yard, colour band
(Minimum ½” wide) should be applied along the complete length of pipe, bends / tees, side-
covered surface (on thickness) of flanges as well as valves as per the metallurgy.
Unusual or Extreme situations
When the piping layout creates or occurs in a limited area of inaccessibility or of extreme
complexity, such segments of layouts may require substitute techniques shall be limited to
such segments and shall not deviate from the concept of identification as defined above.
Page 319 of 351

Rev.1
The specification for application of the complete Piping identification colour code, including
base and bands colours, are presented in the below table.
Sl. FIRST COLOUR SECOND

SERVICE GROUND COLOUR
No. BAND COLOUR BAND
I WATER
01 Drinking Water Sea Green French Blue Signal Red
02 DM Water Sea Green Gulf Red
03 Cooling Water Sea Green French Blue
04 Boiler Feed Water Sea Green Gulf Red
05 Steam Condensate Sea Green Light Brown
06 Raw Water Sea Green Oxide Red
07 Tempered Water Insulated With Green Band
08 Sour Water Sea Green Yellow
09 Stripped Water Sea Green Gulf Red
10 Fire Water Fire Red
11 Wash Water Sea Green Canary Yellow
12 ETP Treated water Sea Green Canary Yellow Canary Yellow
II STEAM
01 Very High Pressure Steam Aluminium To IS 2339 Signal Red
02 High Pressure Steam Aluminium To IS 2339 French Blue
03 Medium Pressure Steam Aluminium To IS 2339 Gulf Red
04 Low Pressure Steam Aluminium To IS 2339 Canary Yellow
05 Very Low Pressure Steam Aluminium To IS 2339 Grey
06 Low Medium Pressure Steam Aluminium To IS 2339 Light Brown
07 Condensate Aluminium To IS 2339 Grey Canary Yellow
III AIR/OTHER GASES
01 Process Air Sky Blue Signal Red
02 Plant Air Sky Blue Silver Grey
03 Instrument Air Sky Blue French Blue
04 Nitrogen Canary Yellow Black
05 Oxygen Canary Yellow White
06 Freon Canary Yellow Light Grey Dark Violet
07 Sweet Fuel Gas Canary Yellow Grey
08 Sour Fuel Gas Canary Yellow Grey Dark Violet
09 Acid Gas Orange Grey
10 H2S Canary Yellow French Blue
11 Hydrogen Canary Yellow Signal Red French Blue
IV CHEMICALS
01 Caustic Smoke Grey Light Orange
02 Chlorine Canary Yellow Dark Violet Light Orange
03 Ammonia Canary Yellow Dark Violet
04 Corrosion Inhibitor Yellow Aluminium
Page 320 of 351

Rev.1
05 Sulfolane Azure Blue Yellow

06 Mono Ethanol Amine Light Yellow Brown
07 Lean DEA Light Yellow Blue
08 Rich DEA Light Yellow Red
09 Lo-Cat Solution Canary Yellow Smoke Grey
10 Anti-Foam Light Yellow Grey
11 De-Mulsifier Light Yellow Black
12 DMDS Black Gulf Red
V HYDROCARBONS
01 LPG Dark Ad. Grey Brilliant Green Dark Violet
02 Naphtha Dark Ad. Grey Light brown Black
03 Benzene Dark Ad. Grey Canary Yellow
04 Toluene Orange Blue Green
05 Reformate Dark Ad. Grey Blue
06 LAN (Low Aromatic Naphtha) Dark Ad. Grey Brilliant Green
07 Mixed Aromatic Solvent Orange Brilliant Green
08 Motor Spirit (MS) Orange Blue
09 Heavy Naphtha Light Brown Brilliant Green Red
10 Kerosene Light Brown Brilliant Green Dark Violet
11 LGO (Light Gas Oil) Light Brown Brilliant Green
12 HGO (Heavy Gas Oil) Light Brown Brilliant Green
13 High Speed Diesel Light Brown Brilliant Green
14 ATF (Aviation Turbine Fuel) Light Blue White
15 VDO (Vacuum Diesel Oil) Light Brown Brilliant Green
16 VGO (Vacuum Gas Oil) Steel Grey Red
17 Slop Distillate Steel Grey Black Red
18 VR (Vacuum Residue) Steel Grey Black Green
19 Slop Steel Grey Black
20 Crude Oil Light Brown Yellow
21 Fuel Oil Steel Grey Yellow
22 Flushing Oil Light Brown Yellow
23 Flare Line Heat Resistant Aluminium
24 Reduced Crude Oil Steel Grey Black Signal Red
25 LCO (Light Cycle Oil) Light Brown Brilliant Green Yellow
26 HCO (Heavy Cycle Oil) Light Brown Brilliant Green Light Orange
27 CLO (Clarified Oil) Steel Grey Black French Blue
28 Propylene Dark Ad. Grey Signal Red Black
29 Reject Olefin Dark Ad. Grey Light Grey French Blue
30 Butane Dark Ad. Grey Signal Red Light Brown
31 Iso Butylene Dark Ad. Grey Brilliant Green Gulf Red
32 SBPS Dark Ad. Grey White Gulf Red
33 MTO Light Blue Green
34 Bitumen Dark Grey Signal Red Brilliant Green
35 HAN Dark Ad. Grey Brilliant Green
Page 321 of 351

Rev.1
36 Heavy Kerosene Light Blue Black

37 RLNG Canary Yellow Signal Red Light Brown
Sl. No. . SERVICE RECOMMENDED COLOUR CODE

VI INSULATED HYDROCARBON PIPING
01 IFO Supply 1 Black ground colour with 1 yellow band in centre
02 IFO Return 1 Black ground colour with 1 green band in centre
03 HPS 1 Black ground colour with 1 red band in centre
04 Bitumen 1 Black ground colour with 2 red band in centre
05 CLO 1 Black ground colour with 1 brown band in centre
06 VB Tar 1 Black ground colour with 2 brown band in centre
07 VR AM (Bitumen / VBU Feed) 1 Black ground colour with 1 blue band in centre
08 VR BH 1 Black ground colour with 2 blue band in centre
09 VAC Slop 1 Black ground colour with 1 white band in centre
10 Slop 1 Steel grey ground colour with 1 black band in centre
11 Crude Sweet 1 Light brown ground colour with 1 yellow band in centre
12 Crude Sour 1 Light brown ground colour with 1 orange band in centre
13 VGO / HCU Feed 1 Oxide red ground colour with 1 steel grey band in centre
14 OHCU Bottom / FCCU Feed 1 Oxide red ground colour with 2 steel grey band in centre
VII UNINSULATED EQUIPMENT, TANKS AND STRUCTURES

01 Heater Structure Dark Admiralty Grey
02 Heater Casing Heat Resisting Aluminium
03 Vessels & Columns Aluminium
04 Hydrogen Bullets Pink
05 LPG Vessels White (Reflective Paint)
06 SO2 Canary Yellow
07 Heat Exchangers Heat Resisting Aluminium
08 FO Tank & Hot Tanks Black
09 All Other Tanks Aluminium / Off White
10 Caustic / Amine / Acid Tanks Golden Yellow
11 Sour Water Sky Blue
12 Outer Surface In Boiler House Heat Resisting Aluminium
13 Compressors & Blowers Dark Admiralty Grey
14 Pumps Navy Blue
15 Motors & Switch Gear Bluish Green
Hand Railing - Hand Railing Middle Rail,
16.1 Signal Red
Toe Plate
16.2 Hand Railing – Vertical Post Black
17.1 Ladder - Rungs Black
17.2 Ladder – Vertical & Cage Signal Red
Page 322 of 351

Rev.1
18 Load Lifting Equipment & Mono Rails Etc. Leaf Brown
19 Steel Structure Dark Admiralty Grey
19.3 PAINTING COLOUR CODE FOR STRUCTURAL STEEL
1. GANTRY GIRDER & MONORAIL DARK GREEN
2. GANTRY GIRDER & MONORAIL STOPPER SIGNAL RED
3. BUILDING STRUCTURAL STEEL COLUMNS, DARK ADMIRALITY

BRACKETS, BEAMS, BRACINGS, ROOF TRUSS, GREY
PURLINS, SIDEGIRTS, LOUVERS, STRINGERS
4. PIPE RACK STRUCTURE & TRESTLES DARK ADMIRALITY

GREY
5. CHEQUERED PLATE (BOTH FACES) BLACK
6. GRATING GALVANSIED
7. LADDER RUNGS – BLACK

VERTICALS & CAGE – RED
8. HAND RAILINGS
- HANDRAIL, MIDDLE RAIL, TOE PLATE SIGNAL RED
- VERTICAL POST BLACK
20.0 IDENTIFICATION OF VESSELS, PIPING ETC
20.1 Equipment number shall be stencilled in black or white on each vessel, column, equipment &
machinery (insulated or uninsulated) after painting. Line number in black or white shall be
stencilled on all the pipe lines of more than one location as directed by Engineer-In-Charge;
Size of letter printed shall be as below:
Column & Vessels - 150mm (high)

Pump, compressor & other machinery - 50mm (high)
Piping - 40-150 mm
20.2 Identification of Storage Tanks
The storage tanks shall be marked as detailed in the drawing.
21.0 PAINTING FOR CIVIL DEFENCE REQUIREMENTS
21.1 Following items shall be painted for camouflaging if required by the client.
a. All Columns
b. All tanks in Offsites
c. Large Vessels
Page 323 of 351

Rev.1
d. Spheres
21.2 Two coats of selected finishing paint as per defense requirement shall be applied in a
particular pattern as per 20.3 and as per the instructions of Engineer-In-Charge.
21.3 Method of Camouflaging
21.3.1 Disruptive painting for camouflaging shall be done in three colours in the ratio of 5:3:2 (all
matte finish).
Dark Green Light Green Dark Medium Brown

5 : 3 : 2
21.3.2 The patches should be asymmetrical and irregular.
21.3.3 The patches should be inclined at 30º to 60º to the horizontal.
21.3.4 The patches should be continuous where two surfaces meet at an angle.
21.3.5 The patches should not coincide with corners.
21.3.6 Slits and holes shall be painted in dark shades.
21.3.7 Width of patches should be 1 to 2 meters.
22.0 QUALITY CONTROL, INSPECTION AND TESTING
22.1 All painting materials including primers and thinners brought to site by contractor for
application shall be procured directly from manufactures as per specifications and shall be
accompanied by manufacturer's test certificates. Paint formulations without certificates are
not acceptable (see section 24.0).
22.2 The contractor must produce Test Certificate from Pre Qualified Paint Manufacturer for
various tests as detailed out in section 25.1 of this document, for each batch & for each
category of product. The Engineer-in-Charge shall have the right to test wet samples of paint
from each batch at random for verifying quality of paint supplied. Contractor shall arrange to
have such tests, when called for by Engineer-in-Charge, performed at his cost any one of the
independent laboratories listed in the 25.1 of this document.
Samples for the test will be drawn at random in presence Engineer-in-Charge or his
representations. Following tests to be carried out if called for by Engineer-in-Charge:
- Specific Gravity
- % solids by weight (% zinc content in case of inorganic or organic zinc primer)
- Drying time (touch dry & full curing)
- Adhesion
- Flexibility
- Hardness
- Storage stability (pot life)
Test methods for above tests shall be as per relevant ASTM or ISO Standard.
Page 324 of 351

Rev.1
22.3 The painting work shall be subject to inspection by Engineer-In-Charge at all times. In
particular, following stage-wise inspection will be performed and contractor shall offer the
work for inspection and approval of every stage before proceeding with the next stage. The
record of inspection shall be maintained in the registers. Stages of inspection are as follows:
(a) Surface preparation

(b) Primer application
(c) Each coat of paint
During surface preparation, following tests are to be carried out:
- Test for absence oil & grease after degreasing before blasting as per procedure given in
sec 6.7 of Annexure-I of this specification (specification for thermally sprayed
Aluminium Coating).
- Tests for surface finish of blasted surface shall be done by visual inspection using SSPC-
VIS1. Clear cellophane tape test as per ISO 8502-3 shall be used to confirm absence of
dust on blasted surface. Checks shall be done on each component atleast once per 200 m2
of blasted surface and minimum of 3 checks per shift.
- Test for presence of soluble salt as per method ISO 8502-9. Maximum allowable salt
content shall be considered 20 mg/m2 (2 mg/cm2). Checks shall be done on each
component atleast once per 200 m2 of blasted surface and minimum of 3 checks per shift.
In case salt exceeds specified limit, the contaminated surface shall be cleaned by method
as per Annexure-C of IS 12944-4 (water cleaning). After cleaning surface shall be
retested for salt after drying.
- Blast profile measurement – This shall be done as described in sec 6.2 of Annexure-I of
this specification (Specification for thermally sprayed Aluminium).
- Test for blasting Media and Blasting air- this shall be done as described in sec 6.6 of
Annexure-I of this specification (Specification for thermally sprayed Aluminium).
In addition to above, record should include type of shop primer already applied on equipment
e.g. zinc silicate, or zinc rich epoxy, or zinc phosphate.
Any defect noticed during the various stages of inspection shall be rectified by the contractor
to the entire satisfaction of Engineer-In-Charge before proceeding further. Irrespective of the
inspection, repair and approval at intermediate stages of work, contractor shall be responsible
for making good any defects found during final inspection/guarantee period/defect liability
period as defined in general condition of contract. Dry film thickness (DFT) shall be checked
and recorded after application of each coat and extra coat of paint should be applied to make-
up the DFT specified without any extra cost to owner, the extra coat should have prior
approval of Engineer-in-charge.
22.4 Primer Application
After surface preparation, the primer should be applied to cover the crevices, corners, sharp
edges etc. in the presence of inspector nominated by Engineer-In-Charge.
22.5 The shades of successive coats should be slightly different in colour in order to ensure
application of individual coats, the thickness of each coat and complete coverage should be
checked as per provision of this specification. This should be approved by Engineer-In-
Charge before application of successive coats.
Page 325 of 351

Rev.1
22.6 The contractor shall provide standard thickness measurement instrument with appropriate
range(s) for measuring.
Dry film thickness of each coat, surface profile gauge for checking of surface profile in case
of sand blasting. Holiday detectors and pinhole detector and protector whenever required for
checking in case of immersion conditions.
22.7 Prior to application of paints on surfaces of chimneys, the thickness of the individual coat
shall be checked by application of each coat of same paint on M.S.test panel. The thickness of
paint on test panels shall be determined by using gauge such as 'Elkometer'. The thickness of
each coat shall be checked as per provision of this specification. This shall be approved by
Engineer-In-Charge before application of paints on surface of chimney.
22.8 At the discretion of Engineer-In-Charge, the paint manufacturer must provide the expert
technical service at site as and when required. This service should be free of cost and without
any obligation to the owner, as it would be in the interest of the manufacturer to ensure that
both surface preparation and application are carried out as per their recommendations. The
contractor is responsible to arrange the same.
22.9 Final inspection of finished coating shall consist of measurement of:

1) Paint dry film thickness (DFT),
2) Adhesion, and,
3) Holiday detection check as well as for finish and workmanship.
1) Coating DFT measurement shall be as per ISO 2808. Type II electromagnetic gauges
should be used for ferrous substrates. DFT gauge calibration, number of measurement
shall be as per SSPC-DA 2. Measured DFT shall be within + 10% of the dry film
thickness, specified in the specifications.
2) Adhesion of the primer to the steel substrate and intercoat adhesion of the subsequent
coat(s) after curing for at least a week after application of the topcoat shall be examined by
a knife test in accordance with ASTM D 6677. For the knife test, if the rating is better than
8, the adhesion is considered acceptable. The adhesion is destructive and tested areas shall
be repaired afterward using the spot repair procedure. Alternatively, the applicator may
perform the adhesion test on a steel coupon coated using the same surface preparation and
coating application procedure as the work piece. Adhesion testing shall be carried out for
each component at least once per 200 m2 (2000 ft2) of coated surface.
3) Holiday testing shall be conducted in accordance with NACE SP 0188. For immersion
services, 100% of coated area shall be inspected for holidays. For atmospheric exposure,
10% of coated area which must include weld seams, corners and edges to be holiday
tested. Voltage at which test is to be carried out will depend upon DFT of coating being
tested and shall be as per NACE SP 0188. Any holiday is unacceptable and should be
marked and repaired immediately.
22.10 The contractor shall arrange for spot checking of paint materials for Specific gravity, glow
time (ford cup) and spreading rate.
22.11 Final Inspection of coating system
Page 326 of 351

Rev.1
A final inspection shall be conducted prior to the acceptance of the work. The coating
contractor and the facility owner shall both be present and they shall sign an agreed inspection
report. Such reports shall include:
General
- Names of the coating contractor and the responsible personnel
- Dates when work was performed
Coating Materials
- Information on coating materials being applied
- Condition of coating materials received
Environmental Conditions
- Weather and ambient conditions
- Coating periods
Surface Preparation
- Condition of surface before preparation
- Tools and methods used to prepare surface
- Condition of surface after preparation
Coating Application
- Equipment used
- Mixing procedure prior to application
- Coating application techniques used
Testing
- Type and calibration of inspection instruments used
- Type of quality control tests performed, and results
23.0 GUARANTEE
23.1 The contractor shall guarantee that the chemical and physical properties of paint materials used
are in accordance with the specifications contained herein/to be provided during execution of
work.
24.0 QUALIFICATION CRITERIA OF PAINTING CONTRACTOR/SUB-CONTRACTOR
Painting contractor who is awarded any job for EIL, Projects under this standard must have
necessary equipments, machinery, tools and tackles for surface preparation, paint application
and inspection. The contractor mush have qualified, trained and experienced surface
preparator, paint applicator, inspector and supervisors. The contractor supervisor, inspector,
surface preparator and paint applicator must be conversant with the standards referred in this
specification.
25.0 QUALIFICATION/ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA FOR PAINT COATING SYSTEM
25.1 Pre-Qualification of Paint Coating Manufacturer and his Products
Paint Coating manufacture meeting the following requirements shall be considered for supply
of their products. Contractor is advised to select coating manufacturer. Only after obtaining
Page 327 of 351

Rev.1
prequalification from EIL for the manufacturer based on following requirements. Even those
manufacturers, whose names are appearing elsewhere in the tender document, under the list of
“EIL’s Recommended or Approved Vendors”, will also be required to meet the following
prequalification requirements.
- Manufacturer should have been in continuous business of paint coating formulation and
manufacturer for at least past 5 years.
- Manufacturer should posses past experience of supplying his products to hydrocarbon

processing industry or offshore platforms in the past 5 years.
- Coating manufacturer should have supplied at least 10000 litre of an individual product
to hydrocarbon processing industry or offshore platform.
- The manufacturer’s manufacturing procedure & QA/QC system shall meet ISO 9001
requirements and preferably should posses ISO 14000 certificate.
- The Quality control set up should be manned by qualified paint technologists whose bio
data should be sent along with quality control organization chart.
- Pre-Qualification Testing:
Manufacturer should have got his products tested at least one time in last 3 years at a
reputed independent laboratory for the following test items. Test certificates which are
more than 3 years old will not be considered.
Test Test Method

Specific gravity ASTM D 1475
Dipping properties ASTM D 823
Film characteristics -
Solids content by weight ASTM D 2369
Drying time ASTM D 1640
Flexibility ASTM D 1737/ D 522
Hardness ASTM D 3363
Adhesion ASTM D 2197
Abrasion resistance ASTM D 968/ D 1044
DFT/coat As per SSPC guidelines
Storage Stability ASTM D 1849
Resistance to moisture vapour permeability for 2000 hrs ASTM D 2247
Cyclic Test for the duration of 4200 h (25 cycles a 168 ISO 7253, ASTM G53
hours)
% Zn in Dry film for Inorganic Zinc -
Silicate primer
Page 328 of 351

Rev.1
Chemical Resistance test ASTM D 543

- 10% & 40% NaOH (applicable only for F-6 & F-15)
- 10% H2SO4 (applicable only for F-6 & F-15)
- 10 % Nitric Acid test (applicable only for F-6 & F-15)
- Benzene / Toluene (applicable only for F-6 & F-15)
- Kerosene (applicable only for F-6 & F-15)
- Sea water (applicable only for F-6 & F-15)
- MIBK test (applicable only for F-6 & F-15)
Resistance to water using water immersion (applicable ASTM D 870
only for F6-, F-7, F-8, F-14 & F-15)
Dry Heat Resistance test
(applicable only for F-9, F-6A/B, F-2, F-15, F-16,
polysiloxane, heat resistance Al silicone)
Thermal shock resistance test ASTM D2485 - 91
(only for F-9, F-6, polysiloxane)
Each coating product to be qualified shall be identified by the following
1) An infrared scan (fingerprint), for Part A and B, each component as per ASTM
D 2621
2) Specific gravity of Base and curing agent (Ref. ISO 2811)
3) Ash content (ASTM D1650), volatile and non-volatile matters (ISO 3251) of each
component
The identification shall be carried out on the batch, which is used for the Pre-
qualification testing. Pre-qualification of the products shall be carried out at an
independent laboratory.
Test shall be carried out at any one of the following laboratories and tests to be witnessed &
certified by third party inspection agency (TUV, BV, DNV).
IICT, Hyderabad
HBTI, Kanpur
DMSRDE, Kanpur
BIS Laboratories
UICT, Matunga, Mumbai
RITES, Kolkata
PDIL, Sindri
NTH, Kolkata
Contractor shall furnish to EIL for approval/ acceptance of all necessary

documents/information including test certificates to prove that the paint manufacturers, from
whom he intends to procure paint products, meet the various requirements for fulfilling the
pre-qualification criteria as given under section 25.1 above. The paint manufacturer shall be
qualified and approved for supply after review/assessment of the submission made by the
contractor.
25.2 Information to be furnished during delivery of coating system:
Page 329 of 351

Rev.1
Contractor along with delivery of paint material has to furnish following information from
paint manufacturer to EIL for acceptance/approval of products.
a) Batch test certificates (Batch Testing)
Along with delivery to site of the paint products from pre-qualified coating manufacturer.
Contractor has to produce test certificate from paint manufacturer for each batch and for
each category of product for the following test items. Test to be witnessed & certified
by third party inspection agency. All test results must mention clearly the batch no. and
category of product tested. Tests to be conducted for following properties:
- Infrared scan for Part A and B, each component

- Specific Gravity
- % solids by weight (% zinc content in case of inorganic or organic zinc primer)
b) Product information sheet/ technical data sheet for each category of product.
26.0 METHOD OF SAMPLING & DISPATCH FOR LABORATORY TESTING

(Pre-Qualification tests (sec. 25.1), Batch testing (sec. 25.2) and Inspection testing (sec.
22.0))
26.1 Samples of coating materials should be submitted to the Govt. laboratory in sealed containers
with batch no. and test certificate on regular format of manufacturer’s testing laboratory. The
sampling shall be certified and sealed by a certifying agency.
26.2 All test panels should be prepared by Govt. testing agency coloured photographs of test
panels should be taken before and after the test and should be enclosed along with test report.
Sample batch no. and manufacturer’s test certificate should be enclosed along with the
report. Test report must contain details of observation and rusting if any, as per the testing
code.
26.3 Manufacturers should intimate the company, details of sample submitted for testing, name of
Govt. testing agency, date, contact personnel of the govt. testing agency. At the end of the
test the manufacturer should submit the test reports to the company for approval.
26.4 Coating systems for panel test shall be decided after discussion with EIL.
Page 330 of 351

Page 331 of 351
Page 332 of 351
Page 333 of 351
Page 334 of 351
Page 335 of 351
Page 336 of 351
Page 337 of 351
Page 338 of 351
Page 339 of 351
Page 340 of 351
Page 341 of 351
Page 342 of 351
Page 343 of 351
Page 344 of 351
Page 345 of 351
Page 346 of 351
Page 347 of 351
Page 348 of 351
Page 349 of 351
Page 350 of 351
Page 351 of 351

Eil BPCL Kochi Qap For NDT

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Eil BPCL Kochi Qap For NDT

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Eil BPCL Kochi Qap For NDT

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Click on the Document Title to go to that section of the document

Client : BHARAT PETROLEUM CORPN. LIMITED

A Pre-bid conference will be held on 23-JUN-2014 at 1100

At 1400 Hrs. (IST) on 10-JUL-2014 (at EIB - 5th Floor,

Contact Persons for this RFQ are:

Enclosure: As per List Attached

The Asst.General Manager (C&P)

Attn.: Mr. S.MONDAL

We ………………………………………..hereby authorise following representative(s) to attend the

1. Name & Designation …………………………. Signature ……………………….

2. Name & Designation …………………………. Signature ……………………….

PROVISIONS FOR MICRO AND SMALL ENTERPRISES UNDER PPP, 2012

COMPANY'S NAME: M/s -------------------------------------

GROUP F: Ultrasonic Flowmeter Cooling Water (IUS Qty- 1 no.) 1

GROUP G: Ultrasonic Flowmeter Raw Water (IUR Qty- 2 nos.) 1

GROUP H: Ultrasonic Flowmeter Flare (IUF & IUS Qty- 2 nos.) 1

GROUP I: Ultrasonic Flowmeter Flare (IFP Qty- 2 nos.) 1

Rate in Rate in Words

For Item v)_____

TOTAL CIF VALUE

*UNIT TO BE SPECIFIED BY BIDDER

ITEM : ULTRASONIC FLOWMETERS

8 For Sr. No. 1 of MR

RFQ NO. SM/A307-000-YF-MR-2853/1300

ITEM : ULTRASONIC FLOWMETERS

NAME OF BIDDER: M/S __________________________

GROUP F: Ultrasonic Flowmeter Cooling Water (IUS Qty- 1 no.) 1

GROUP G: Ultrasonic Flowmeter Raw Water (IUR Qty- 2 nos.) 1

GROUP H: Ultrasonic Flowmeter Flare (IUF & IUS Qty- 2 nos.) 1

GROUP I: Ultrasonic Flowmeter Flare (IFP Qty- 2 nos.) 1

Page 15 of 351 Page 2 of 4

ITEM : ULTRASONIC FLOWMETERS

*UNIT TO BE SPECIFIED BY BIDDER

BHARAT PETROLEUM CORPORATION LTD

RFQ No.: __________________________________________________________________

Supplier’s Offer Ref No. & Date: ______________________________________________________

Tel. No. ___________________Mob. No. ______________________ Fax No. ________________

Contact Person: ___________________________ E-mail _________________________________

1. ALL CORRESPONDENCE MUST BE IN ENGLISH LANGUAGE ONLY.

3. ALL COMMERCIAL TERMS ARE GIVEN/CONFIRMED IN THE QUESTIONNAIRE ITSELF

4. FAILURE ON PART OF THE SUPPLIER IN SUBMITTING THIS DULY FILLED-IN

5. YOUR OFFER SHALL BE IN TOTAL COMPLIANCE WITH RFQ DOCUMENTS

a) For Supply Only

SUPPLIER’S SIGNATURE WITH STAMP/SEAL

b) For Supply + Site Work

a. Specify Excise Tariff Sub-Heading No. _________________

f. If Excise Duty & Edu. Cess is not applicable on transportation Confirmed

g. Non Cenvatable Excise Duty, if any is included in quoted Confirmed

h. Only Statutory Variations, if any, in the present rate of Excise Confirmed

d. Confirm CST/ Kerala VAT will not be applicable on Confirmed

e. If CST / Kerala VAT is not applicable on transportation Confirmed

SUPPLIER’S SIGNATURE WITH STAMP/SEAL

h. Only Statutory Variations, if any, in the present rate of CST / Confirmed

SUPPLIER’S SIGNATURE WITH STAMP/SEAL

e. Confirm that Entry Tax / Octroi applicable on Construction

b. Percentage of Service Tax & Edu. Cess as applicable extra ----------------%

c. Per-diem rate for supervision has been quoted in accordance Confirmed

d. Where erection/ testing/ commissioning supervision, Noted & Confirmed

9. Confirm documentation charges as per MR are included in Confirmed

Tel. No. _Mob. No. Fax No.

Contact Person: _ E-mail _______

Tel. No. _Mob. No. Fax No.

Contact Person: _ E-mail _______

Tel. No. _Mob. No. Fax No.